Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 38383 (2)
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT AIRFIELD SIGNAGE IMPROVEMENTS AIRFIELD LIGHTING CONTROL & MONITORING SYSTEM (ACLMS) . Mike Moncrief Mayor Kent Penny, A.A.E. AIRPORT BEACON RELOCATI.ON . AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT ':lTY SEC RETA r-" CONTRA CT NO · 3~ 38 ~ FOR THE CITY OF f'ORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA Grant Number: 3-48~0296-35-2008 File Number: M---C.P.M.S. NUMBER: 1136 Dale Fisseler City Manager A. Douglas Rademaker, P .E. Director, Department of Aviation Executive Asst. to City Manager Timothy D. Ward President, Alliance Air Services ,~"'""'''ll.'11.1\1111, ............ t OF r '•o ~-"?-\ ······ ...... f"..f.'o, :r~ .. · •. ··.-1 I. --J.· ·.J' v, :•: ...• ,A "' fl • • • 'ii a ... .: ....................... : •... 'llc ~ JAMES G. KIRSCHBAUM ~ ,,_ ................................ ... i--o ·.. 83583 ... CJ::::; . I "P, ·. /i3 <;) : l.,]o ',,Q;.· .. tc, s~~ .. ·· ~ 'ols's .......... ~1:,'..:- ·•, 10NAL ~~--'11•.. ~ ... ~··s!,:~ (J ,t-1-08 PREPARED BY: DMJM AVIATION, INC . 1200 SUMMIT AVE, ST. 320 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817) 698-6800 November 3, 2008 03 -?7 O o ~ -:;., A 11: 09 IN ~"'""'"'"''\.'\'\\\1;1 ~~OF rt:!-lt ~~'i'-1~···""··~-t:r,1-l11 ,... C":i ••• * ... d) 11 ~ . .. * . ., t!*l '". .. Yi ;.!*! \,td', U······························-····~ ~ C. LECETTE FERGUSON fJ ~-·••\•••··········""'''''''''''i''''': J ~ .. ~\ 81460 /e:::i'J. u~\ ~ •' «!..i ~10.,..•,71:" .... ~<:;,,.• ,<:._. ,-., Ii"~ ·-•. ~1sr1:.~~··· "!;· .~ b<;'Sn ......... ·~i:>" .,, 'ltl;°\:(PNAl ~! ,,, .. ... \'\'\;O,."\: .. City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 2/24/2009 DATE: Tuesday , February 24 , 2009 REFERENCE NO.: C-23366 LOG NAME: 55AFW ELEC IMPRVMNT SUBJECT: Au thor ize a Contract w ith EAS Con tr acting , LP , in the Amount of $707 ,969 .00 for the Electr ical Improvement Project at Fort Worth Alliance A irport RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a contract w ith EAS Contract ing , LP , in the amount of $707 ,969 .00 for the Electrical Improvement Project at Fort Worth Alliance Airport . DISCUSSION: On April 8, 2008 , (M&C G-16099) the City Council approved the City Manager to accept , if awarded , a grant from the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) for various imp rovements at Fort Worth Alliance A irport. This grant was awarded on June 12 , 2008 . Grant funds w ill be used to complete the electrical improvements pro j ect which will include: 1. Improvements to airfield signage ; 2. Improvements to the airfield lighting control and mon itoring systems ; and 3. A irport beacon relocation . The project was advertised on November 13 and November 20 , 2008 , in the Fort Worth Star- I elegr am . On December 4 , 2008 , the following bids were rece ived : Bidders EAS Contracting , LP HyPower, Inc. B.C . Company Total Base Bid $551 ,541 .00 $608 ,270 .00 $711 ,020 .00 Alternate _1 $5 ,158 .00 $2,600 .00 $6 ,790 .00 Alternate 2 $151 ,270 .00 $282 ,030.00 $219 ,874 .00 EAS Contract ing , LP , is in compliance with the City's DBE Ord inance by committing to 21 percent DBE participation . The City 's goal on the project is 19 percent. This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2. FISCAL INFORMATION/ CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director cert ifies that funds are available in the current capital budget , as appropr iated , of the Airports Grant Fund. FUND CENTERS: Logn ame : 55 AFW ELEC IMPRV MNT Page 1 o f 2 TO Fund/Account/Centers CERTIFICATIONS: Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: ATTACHMENTS 1. EAS DB_E_ Co mRli a nce .pdf (CFW Internal) SUGGESTED ATTACHMENTS 1. Available funds -218266 .pdf Logn ame : 55AFW ELEC IMPRV MNT • FROM Fund/Account/Centers GR14 539120 055218266800 Carl Smart (6525) Kent Penney (5403) Aya Ealy (5406) $707 ,969 .00 Page 2 of2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT AIRFIELD SIGNAGE IMPROVEMENTS AIRFIELD LIGHTING CONTROL & MONITORING SYSTEM (ACLMS) Mike Moncrief Mayor Kent Penny, A.A.E. AIRPORT BEACON RELOCATI.ON . AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FAA Grant Number: 3-48~0296-35-2008 File Number: M---C.P.M.S. NUMBER: 1136 Dale Fisseler City Manager A. Douglas Rademaker, P .E. Director, Departmentof Aviation Executive Asst. to City Manager Timothy D. Ward President, Alliance Air Services PREPARED BY: DMJM AVIATION, INC . 1200 SUMMIT AVE, ST. 320 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817). 698-6800 November 3, 2008 INDEX OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOTICE TO BIDDERS COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS WAGE RATE DETERMINATION PROPOSAL BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EXPERIENCE RECORD BONDS CONTRACT PART I -SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART II -WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART Ill -GENERAL PROVISIONS PART IV -TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project i-1 INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NO. Description G-300 Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control G-700 Demolition P-101 Mobilization SP-P-151 Clearing and Grubbing P-151 Clearing and Grubbing SP-P-152 Special Provision to Excavation and Embankment P-152 Excavation and Embankment SP-P-155 Special Provision to Lime Treated Subgrade P-155 Lime Treated Subgrade SP-P-340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement P-603 Bituminous Tack Coat P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete SP-T-901 Special Provision to T-901-Seeding T-901 Seeding SP-T-905 Special Provision to T-905-Topsoiling T-905 Topsoiling SP-F-162 Special Provision to F-162 -Chain-Link Fence F-162 Chain-Link Fence L-108 Underground Power Cable for Airports L-110 Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits L-115 Electrical Manholes and Junction Structures SS-L-125 Installation of Airport Lighting System SS-L-126 Removal of Existing Navaids 16010 General Provisions -Electrical (Item L-100) Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project i-2 16013 16031 16060 16070 16075 16080 16091 16111 16113 16114 16116 16120 16130 16140 16150 16276 16338 16411 16442 16461 16530 16532 16533 16535 16536 Recommended Lockout Procedure for Airfield Lighting Circuit Airfield Electrical Installation Testing (L-111) Grounding and Bonding Systems Supporting Devices Electrical Identification Electrical Testing (600V) Work in Existing Buildings Conduit Installation of Underground Cable for Airports (L-108) Wireways Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits (L- 110) Wire and Cable Boxes Wiring Devices Wire Connections and Devices Dry type Transformers Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors (Low Exposure) Disconnect Switches Panelboards Special Provisions to Item SP-L-109 Installation of Power Distribution Equipment for Airfield Circuits Installation of Airport Lighting Systems (L-125) Airport Rotating Beacons (L-101) Airport Beacon Towers (Item L-103) Airport Obstruction Lights (Item L-119) Removal of Existing Navaids (Item SS-L-126) Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project i-3 16740 16917 Structured Cabling Infrastructure Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project i-4 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: · FOR: Electrical Improvements Project AT ALLIANCE AIRPORT FAA Grant Number: 3-48-0296-35-2008 FILE NO.: __ CPMS#: 1136 Addressed to Mr. Dale Fissler, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1 :30 P .M ., December 4. 2008 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 PM In the Council Chambers. Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be .obtained at the Office of the Department of Aviation, 4201 North Main Street, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas. Plan sets may be picked up at The Department of Aviation for a non-refundable fee in the amount of Thirty dollars ($30.00). Bid security is required in accordance with the Special Instruction to Bidders. This project Includes, but is not limited to, the following items: Base Bid; Signage Modifications, removal of selected existing signs, demolition of selected existing slgri foundations, modification of selected existing sign foundations, installation of new signage foundations, Installation of new slgnage, Installation of a new airfield lighting control & monitoring system (ACLMS}, and installation of a second PC in the electrical vault within the AOA at Alliance Airport, Fort Worth, Texas; Alternate Bid #1; Installation of third PC in the Airport Terminal Building, Read Only, Alternate Bid #2; Construction of a new airport rotating beacon and demolition of the existing airport beacon of which is located outside the AOA at Alliance Airport, Fort Worth, Texas. A pre-bid conference will be held on November 21, 2008 at 2:00 P.M. at Alliance Air Services Offices, 2221 Alliance Boulevard, Suite 100, Fort Worth. Texas 76177. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all Addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the Addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all Addenda may be rejected as being nonresponslve. Information regarding the status of Addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Aviation at 817- 392-5407. For additional Information, contact Mike Kazda (817) 392-5407 or Jim Kirschbaum, P.E. at (817) 698-6800. DALE FISSELER CITY MANAGER Advertising Dates: November 131 2008 November 20, 2008 FTW _Front_Ends.doc 'NB-1 MARTY HENDIX CITY SECRETARY By,~ Kennel.Penny, A.A.E. Airport Systems Director COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: Electrical Improvements Project ALLIANCE AIRPORT FOR: FAA GRANT NUMBER: 3-48-0296-35-2008 CPMS NO.: 1136 FILE NO.: Addressed to Mr. Dale Fissler, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, will be received at the City of Fort Worth until 1 :30 P .M., December 41 2008 and then publicly open and read aloud at~. P.M. Contract Documents, including Plans and Specifications fort.his project, may be obtained at the office of the Department of Aviation, 4201 North Main Street, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. A non-refundable fee of thirty dollars {$30.00) ls ·required for purchase of a set of documents. All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of "Vernon's Clvll Statutes" of the State of Tex~s with respect to payment of prevailing wage rates and City Ordinance NO. 7400 {Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. Bid security is required In Accordance with Paragraph 1 of the Special Instructions to Bidders. This project includes, but is not limited to, the following items: Base Bid; Signage Modifications, removal of selected existing signs, demolition of selected existing sign foundations, modification of selected existing sign foundations, installation of new signage foundations, installation of new signage, installation of a new airfield lighting control & monitoring system {ACLMS), and Installation of a second PC in the electrical vault within the AOA at Alliance Airport, Fort Worth, Texas; Alternate Bid #1; Installation of third PC in the Airport Terminal Building, Read Only, Alternate Bid #2; Construction of a new airport rotating beacon and .demolition of the existing airport beacon of which is located outside the AOA at Alliance Airport, Fort Worth, Texas. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all Bids and waive any and/or all formalities. AWARD OF CONTRACT: No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty-nine { 49) days from the date bids are opened. The award of contract, if made, will be within forty-nine { 49) days after the opening of bids, but In no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified . Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do no acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding that status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering {817) 392-7910. A pre-bid conference will be held on November 21 1 2008 at 2:00 P.M. at Alliance Air Services Offices, 2221 Alliance Boulevard, Suite 100, Fort Worth, Texas 76177. Bidders are encouraged to submit the required DBE documentation with their bid . However, it is not a mandatory requirement. FlW _Front_Ends.doc NB-2 The Bidder (Proposer) must supply all the information required by the instructions to Bidders and the bid must be submitted on a form which substantially complies with the form provided by the City of Fort Worth. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each In the full amount of the contract price, executed by a surety company or surety companies authorized to execute surety bonds under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas . All bidders and proposers shall make good faith efforts, as defined In Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 23, regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, to subcontract 19 Percent of the dollar value of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged Individuals (DBEs). In the event that the bidder for this solicitation qualifies as a DBE, the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. Individuals who are rebuttable presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged Include women, Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans and Asian-Indian Americans. The apparent successful bidder (proposer) will be required to submit information concerning the DBE's that will participate in this contract. The information will include the name and address for each DBE, a description of the work to be performed by each named firm, and the dollar value of the contract (subcontract). If the bidder falls to achieve the contract goal as stated herein, it will be required to provide documentation demonstrating that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. A bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponslve. For additional information, contact Mike Kazda (817) 392-5407 or Jim Kirschbaum at (817) 698- 6800. . DALE FISSELER CITY MANAGER Advertisement Dates: November 13, 2008 November 201 2008 Fort Worth, Texas FTW _Front_Ends.doc Kenneth enny, A.A.E. Airport Systems Director NB-3 MARTY HENDIX CITY SECRETARY Notice to Bidders Buy American • Steel and Manufactured Products for Construdion Contracts (January 1991) I. The Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 provides that preference be given to steel and manufactured products produced in the United States when funds are expended pursuant to a grant issued under the Airport Improvement Program. The following terms apply: A. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United · States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind as the products referred to in subparagraphs (ll)(A) or (B) shall be treated as domestic. B. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. C. Cost of Components. This· means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. 11. The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will" be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Materialmen, and Suppliers in the performance of this contract, except those - A. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonable available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; B. that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, that domestic preference would be inconsistent with the public interest; or C. that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent. · FlW _Front_Ends.doc NB-4 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 1. BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth , in an amount of hot less· than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, ( 1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury, or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the limit of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the treasury list or one-tenth (1/10) the total capital and surplus . . 2. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code. 3. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must ( 1) hold a certificate of authority from the · Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required . under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein . The City will accept no sureties who are in default or delinquent on any bonds or who have an interest in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsati~factory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to . that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The Contractor's attention is called to the "General Provisions" concerning liquidated damages for late completion of projects. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 18-1 4. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 5. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance NO. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-a-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 6. WAGE RATES: The Bidder also agrees to pay not less than the "Prevailing Wage Rates for Highway Construction" as established by the City of Fort Worth and not less than the wage rates stated in General Wage Decision NO. TX020080043. 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by the Department of Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 8. INSURANCE: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the Contractor must provide, along with executed contract documents and appropriate bonds, proof of insurance for Worker's Compensation and Comprehensive General Liability (Bodily lnjury-$250,000 each person, $500,000 each occurrence; Property Damage -$300,000 each occurrence). The City reserves the right to request any other insurance coverages as may be required by each individual project. . 9. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth , contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 •Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to· do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. FlW _Front_Ends.doc IB-2 g. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative. coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups . The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. · i. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. m. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. 10. . NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a non resident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas res.ident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. 11. "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. "Texas resident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is in this state, and includes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds . The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all non resident bidders in order for its bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance NO. 13471, as amended by Ordinance 13781, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of disadvantaged business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the office of the City Secretary'. In addition, FTW _Front_Ends.doc 18-3 the bidder shall submit the DBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate. The Documentation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by a DBE. The misrepresentation of facts ( other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiation action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement; further, any such misrepresentation ( other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participation in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. 12. AWARD OF CONTRACT: Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the Lowest Qualified Bidder for the Base Bid or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1, or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 2, or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1, and Alternate Bid No. 2 or any combination of the Base Bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty-nine (49) days from the date the DBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation") as appropriate is received by the City. 'fhe award of contract, if made, will be within forty-nine (49) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. 13. PAYMENT: The Contractor will receive full payment (minus 5% retainage)from the City for all work for each pay period. Payment of the remaining amount shall be made with the final payment, and upon acceptance of the project. 14.. ADDENDA: Bidders are responsible for obtaining all a~denda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering Construction Division at (817) 871-7910. Bids that so not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive. 15. CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW: A. Workers Compensation Insurance Coverage a. Definitions: Certain of. coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- FTW _Front_Ends.doc 18-4 Certain of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory worker's compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project-includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. · Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has .undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or toner services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. b. The contractor shall provided coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) or all employees of the contractor providing services on t~e project, for the duration of the project. c. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. d. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. e. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. f. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter g. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have FlW _Front_Ends.doc IB-5 known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. h. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. i. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the · project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. (6) notify the governmental entity in wiring by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known,-of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1 )-(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. j. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and FlW _Front_Ends.doc IB-6 16. 17. 18. that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, .criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. k. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. B. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered; and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other TE;}xas Worker's Compensation Commission rules . This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: . "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE" The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker" compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". NON DISCRIMINATION: The contractor shall not discriminate against any person or persons because of sex, race, religion, color, or national origin and shall comply with the provisions of City Ordinance 7278, as amended by City Ordinance 7 400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13A-21 through 13A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. AGE DISCRIMINATION: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, or employees, will engage in performing this contract, shall, in connection . with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against person because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents , or employees, or person acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this Contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. FlW _Front_Ends.doc IB-7 19. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any and all claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 20. DISCRIMINATION DUE TO DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or current employees of Contractor. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal state and local laws concerning disability and will defend indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor's alleged failure to comply with the above-referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 21. Safety Plan: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the contractor must provide a safety plan for approval of the owner or owners authorized representative. FlW _Front_Ends.doc IB-8 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS The following clauses are placed in every DOT assisted contract and subcontract: A.· Non Discrimination Assurance During the performance of this contract, the contractor or subcontractor agrees that it will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out the applicable requirements of 49 PCFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the City of Fort Worth deems appropriate. The Contractor understands that it is required to insert the substance in this clause in all subcontracts and purchase orders. B. Prompt Payment The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than ten (10) [calendar] days from receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the City of Fort Worth. The prime contractor agrees further to release retainage payments (if applicable) to each subcontractor within ten (10) [calendar] days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactory completed and final payment has been made to the subcontractor. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth FlW _Front_Ends.doc IB-9 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS .... ATI "''"' MENT 1.A Page 1 of 3 FORTW°ORTH "-z ·w· CITY OF FORT WORTH D isadvantaged Business Enterprise Office Schedule of Subcontractors/Suppliers PRIME COMPANY NAME: EAS Cot-.11\<AC\ll-JGr-, L.'P. ODBE DMWBE ~NON-M/W/DBE PROJECT NAME : PROJECT NUMBER: EL.6'C.11<.l.C.AL l~Pr<.C\J E M.E"~T'::) 'PRO'SE"-C.-T C .?. M. S. t-J u""-e£R ~ 11 3l" BID DATE: _l _'2_-_L(_-_0_8 __ I CITY'S DBE PROJECT GOAL: . ...1L% I Prime's DBE GOAL COMMITMENT: Please read the following statements prior to executing t _his.form. Bldders/Offerors must provide information on all prospective subcontractor(s)/suppllers who submit bids/quotations .In support of this solicitation. Failure to complete this form, in Its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bit opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid .being considered non-responsive to the bid specifications. ' · The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate Information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, Including DBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for Initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply _with this ordinance and creates. a material breach of contract may result In a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. Prime contractors . must identify by tier level of all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier: means the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor/cc;>nsultant I.e. a direct payment payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 1st tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier .Is considered 2nc1;tier. The prime contractor is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered subcontractors identified as a DBE and counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed goal. · Prime contractors must a.lso provide the previous years annual gross receipts of all subcontractors/suppliers listed on the utilization form. This information may . be expressed in the dollar ranges provided that column. · Counting DBE Participation: If .materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer, count 100 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies towards the goal. If the materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE regular dealer, count 60 percent of the cost of the materials and supplies toward the DBE goal. When materials or . supplies are purchased from a DBE neither a manufacture nor a regular dealer, count the entire amount of fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies or fees or transportation charges for the delivery of the materials or supplies delivered to the job site. In all cases, the prime contractor is responsible to identify the amounts to be used toward the committed DBE goal. · If hauling services Is utilized, separation of dollars for haul-In and haul out is required. In addition; the prime will be given credit for utilizing a DBE hauling firm as lohg as the DBE owns and operates a least one fully licensed and operational truck used _on the contract. . The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including DBE owner- operated and receive full DBE credit The DBE may lease trucks from non-DBEs, including owner-operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the DBE as outlined In the lease agreement Note: Be mindful of the 60% rule. Rev. 5/30/03 FORTW°ORTH "--.•. CITY OF FORT WORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS 1 1 l --~ ATI,-_,:;,'HMENT 1A Page 2 gf 3 Check this box D if any subcontractor/supplier is a Sole Source and identify by writing sole source by the subcontractor/supplier name. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Name: A112Po~T L, 4-HT ,,.,r.-5-<s-reM.S Address: q~\ s. <'..14utz(I-( 'ST (s~~E'\llt,if,r1' ,~os I Phone: 8i,-Gr?-o'-{oo Fax: sn -~LC)-014 (o Email: cdfla;C"fo.-lli<"inl ill~ .cot'<'\ Contact Person: Cou~et De111N!'{ Name:1E'1~ e..,.,,~o ... ~'t"lo.L ~ME°~T SA. ,nvc Address: Phone: ~qo -ti.Lt~ -3c.4 o Fax: C\40· l.PI.\~-?.t.to, Email: wbo,~•c-@h-i-'i15t '"' i ro.to"" Contact Person: 'N1u..1"-M Boa.G-1:R Name: A.SLE (om .... uo-> I (AT\OtJS I :C,...c Address: \~\~ #\'JS,\lE µ. ~ST ~~ PRMCl11:, rx 1SOS'O Phone: <rn.-t.t,o-~'2.S~ Fax: q7t-t.t.O -,,S"i Email: t:,a ..... ~~@ ab\tcoM;w\.\'\~t Contact Person: t:>""N"-o.., :r l'<ME<i Name: e.e.Ceol( Jt so ... ~. 1: .... t. Address: p.o. So'11. ,,-s-s Phone: Fax: Email: RoANOU ;rx ,c...-zt.-i. s,,-"'~ .. I-ct'<05 an-,'1., -'l,. ~"!>"i Contact Person: (l{~t.11: C.oo t<. TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Type of Work: MkTERi~<;, 5oPPllt""l< $ AMOUNT: ~ "l.1.D /·l '\ 0. oo Type of Work: St1:::"""l> , ,... <:,.. S1.1 s Cot->TrtM:..iOrt $ AMOUNT: t °i I QC\ l.. 0 0 Type of Work: $AMOUNT: ic 1 LtC\O -00 Type of Work: ( IV I L Su (3 -Ci.0,-.,-rn.Ae. n> ~ $ AMOUNT: !, C\ 1 C\ 00 . Ou Specify Tier 1 "( CERTIFIED DBE FIRM Yes 1 No Certified By: NCTRCA X TXDOT Yes ~ No Certified By: NCTRCA ~ TX.DOT Yes X.. No Certified By: NCTRCA X TX.DOT Yes No ~ Certified By: NCTRCA __ TX.DOT PREVIOUS YEARS ANNUAL GROSS RECEIPTS _ less than $SOOK _ $SOOK -$2 mil. _ $2 mil_ $5 mil _ more than $5 mil. _ less than $SOOK $SOOK -$2 mil. = $2 mil _ $5 mil _ more than $5 mil. _ less than $SOOK _ $SOOK -$2 mil. _ $2 mil _ $5 mil _ more than $5 mil. _ less than $SOOK $500K -$2 mil. = $2 mil_ $5 mil _ more than $5 mil. Rev. 5/30/03 I.. (~ FORTW"ORTH w· NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Name: Address: Phone: Fax: Email: Contact Person: Name: Address: Phone: Fax: Email: Contact Person: ' ,: CITY OF FORT WORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIERS) TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Specify CERTIFIED DBE FIRM Tier Type of Work: Yes -No - Certified By: $AMOUNT: NCTRCA --TXDOT -- Type of Work: Yes -No - Certified By: $AMOUNT: NCTRCA --TXDOT -- -) ATI ~cHMENT 1A Page 3 of 3 PREVIOUS YEARS ANNUAL GROSS RECEIPTS _ less than $500K _ $500K -$2 mil. _ $2 mil _ $5 mil _ more than $5 mil. _ less than $500K _ $SOOK -$2 mil. _ $2 mil _ $5 mil _ more than $5 mil. The undersigned . bidder ·agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the DBE firms for work listed In this schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. RACTAWARD Contact Name and Title (If different) q1z-sqo -ss,ep q1z-~qo-ss11 Company Name Z. ~ 'i I -,-p.M:)1; Cl::Nn:"R bR. Sn-ZtJ 0 Phone Number Fax Number lrpQ eas\p_co~ Address -.-- ( tef?R o 1-L-TON I I 'f: -rsoo, Email Address 12-4 -o& City/State/Zip Code Date Rev. 5/30/03 .J ... ( This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false, fict itious , or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. By: ---..!=====!::...L_ ____ _ Title: \J lC.,~ &est Dcr-.JI OI= l= AS Cot-JT72Ae-T1N G-1 L • f->. Address: 2 Ci'-tl 'JR.Abt= U7--,...rTER. C)R. , '5u tT~ ZoO Lk:f<_(loU.....TO 1'.J 'l~ 1~007 Date: __ l '2.._-_L.{_-_o_B ___ _ (__) TRC-2 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project WAGE RATE DETERMINATION GENERAL DECISION: TX20080043 02/08/2008 TX43 Date: February 8, 2008 General Decision Number: TX20080043 02/08/2008 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20070045 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Grayson, Johnson, Kaufman, Parker, Rockwall, Tarrant and Wichita Counties in Texas. HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS IN WICHITA COUNTY ONLY. HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS ONLY FOR REMAINING COUNTIES. Modification Number 0 Publication Date 02/08/2008 SUTX2004-004 11/09/2004 Air Tool Operator .............. $ Asphalt Distributor Operator ... $ Asphalt paving machine operator$ Asphalt Raker .................. $ Asphalt Shoveler ............... $ Batching Plant Weigher ......... $ Broom or Sweeper Operator ...... $ Bulldozer operator ........... $ Carpenter ...................... $ Concrete Finisher, Paving ...... $ Concrete Finisher, Structures .. $ Concrete Paving Curbing Machine Operator ............... $ Concrete Paving Finishing Maching Operator ............... $ Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Operator ....................... $ Concrete Paving Saw Operator ... $ Concrete Paving Spreader Operator ....................... $ Concrete Rubber ................ $ Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Operator ....................... $ Electrician .................... $ Flagger ........................ $ Form Builder/Setter, Structures$ Form Setter, Paving & Curb ..... $ Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted ................ $ Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted .................. $ Front End Loader Operator ...... $ Laborer, common ................ $ Laborer, Utility ............... $ Rates 10.06 13.99 12 .78 11. 01 8.80 14.15 9.88 13.22 12.80 12.85 13.27 12.00 13.63 12.50 13 . 56 14.50 10.61 14.12 18.12 8.43 11. 63 11. 83 13. 67 16.30 12.62 9.18 10.65 Fringes 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/ getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=TX2008... 4/30/2008 Mechanic ....................... $ 16. 97 Milling Machine Operator, Fine Grade ..................... $ 11.83 Mixer operator ................. $ 11.58 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade ....................... · ... $ 15.20 Motor Grader Operator, Rough ... $ 14.50 Oiler .......................... $ 14.98 Painter, Structures ............ $ 13.17 Pavement Marking Machine Operator ....................... $ 10. 04 Pipelayer ...................... $ 11. 04 Reinforcing Steel Setter, Paving ......................... $ 14. 86 Reinforcing Steel Setter, Structure ...................... $ 16. 29 Roller Operator, Pneumatic, Self-Propelled ................. $ 11.07 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Flat Wheel/Tamping ............. $ 10.92 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Plant Mix Pavement ............. $ 11.28 Scraper Operator ............... $ 11.42 Servicer ....................... $ 12. 32 Slip Form Machine Operator ..... $ 12.33 Spreader Box operator .......... $ 10.92 Tractor operator, Crawler Type.$ 12.60 Tractor operator, Pneumatic .... $ 12.91 Traveling Mixer Operator ....... $ 12.03 Truck driver, lowboy-Float ..... $ 14.93 Truck driver, Single Axle, Heavy .......................... $ 11 . 4 7 Truck driver, Single Axle, Light .......................... $ 10.91 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle, Semi-Trailer ................... $ 11.75 Truck Driver, Transit-Mix ...... $ 12.08 Wagon Drill, Boring Machine, Post Hole Driller Operator ..... $ 14.00 Welder ......................... $ 13. 57 Work Zone Barricade Servicer ... $ 10.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=TX2008... 4/30/2008 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * * * * an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination ·a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ----=----====================-===================-====--====-=== END OF GENERAL DECISION http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=TX2008... 4/30/2008 / Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project PROPOSAL PROPOSAL TO: Mr. Dale Fissler City Manager Fort Worth, Texas FOR: Electrical Improvements Project FAA GRANT NO. 3-48-0296-35-2008 FILE NO. C-.M.P.S. Number: 1136 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to . complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Department of Engineering Director of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish Performance and Payment Bond approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing said work within the time stated and for the following sums, to-wit: FlW _Front_Ends.doc P-1 BID FORM Bidder: EAS Contracting, LP Date: 4 December, 2008 Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Electrical Improvements Project Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Ouantitv 00006 A L-125 Cable-Num 8-1/C L-824C SKY -Install, 12 Strand LF 2000 SM Fiber Optic Cable, Complete in Place $ 3.25 $ 6,500.00 00010 L-125 Conduit-1 Inch -Install, 1-Inch Innerduct -Interior, LF 200 Complete in Place $ 0.60 $ 120.00 00010 L-125 Conduit-1 Inch -Install, 1-Inch Innerduct -Exterior, LF 8000 Complete in Place $ 0.45 $ 3 ,600.00 00020 L-125 Electrical Vault Work Regulator Power & Control -LS 1 Install, Modification of the CCRs and Circuit Selector Switches, Complete in Place $ 74,161.00 $ 74,161.00 00020 L-125 Electrical Vault Work Regulator Power & Control -LS 1 Install , Modification of Controls for ATS/Generator, Windcone, REILS , Relocated Beacon, Complete in Place $ 32 ,108.00 $ 32,108 .00 00020 L-125 Electrical Vault Work Regulator Power & Control -LS 1 Install , Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System, Complete in Place $ 194,974.00 $ 194 ,974.00 - 00040 G-700 Pavement -Removal , Saw-Cut, Complete LF 60 $ 30.00 $ 1,800.00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Install, 1 Module, Complete in EA 13 Place $ 1,769 .00 $ 22,997.00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Install, 2 Module , Complete in EA 4 Place $ 2,295.00 $ 9,180.00 P-2 BID FORM B idder: EAS C o ntracting, LP Date: 4 December, 2008 Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Electrical Improvements Project Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Ouantitv 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Install, 3 Module, Complete in EA 3 Place $ 2 ,818.00 $ 8,454.00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Install, 4 Module, Complete in EA 22 Place $ 3,895 .00 $ 85 ,690.00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Install , Distance Remaining EA 13 Sign, 1 Module, Complete in Place $ 2,651.00 $ 34,463.00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Install , Cant Existing Sign in EA 2 Shoulder, Complete in Place $ 1,914.00 $ 3,828 .00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Remove, Demolition of EA 7 Existing Signage, Including Foundation and Pavement Repair, Complete $ 964 .00 $ 6 ,748.00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Remove, Demolition of EA 58 Existing Signage, Complete $ 186.00 $ 10,788.00 00042 L-125 Sign-Guidance Sign -Install , New Sign Base EA 3 $ 929.00 $ 2 ,787.00 00048 L-125 Paint & Coating-Bituminous Tack Coat -Install , GAL 10 Complete in Place $ 5.00 $ 50.00 00124 L-125 Mobilization -Services, Complete LS 1 $ 35 ,363 .00 $ 35 ,363.00 P-3 BID FORM Bidder: EAS Contracting, LP Date : 4 December, 2008 Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Electrical Improvements Project Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Ouantitv 00135 T-901 Grass-Seeding -Install , Seeding AC 1 $ 9 ,100.00 $ 9,100.00 00147 T-905 Topsoil -Install, Topsoiling (Obtained by Contractor CY 25 On-Site or Removed from Stock Pile or Borrow, Complete in Place $ 100.00 $ 2,500.00 00429 P-340 Pavement -Install, TxDOT Hot Mix Asphaltic TON 3 Concrete Pavement, Type 'D', Complete in Place $ 200.00 $ 600.00 00501 G-300 Sign-Barricades & Traffic Routing -Install , LS 1 Complete in Place $ 5,730.00 $ 5,730.00 Total Base Bid $ 551,541.00 ----------------- Alternate Bid #1: Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Ouantitv 00006 L-125 Third PC in Terminal Building, Read Only -Install , LS 1 Complete in Place $ 5,158.00 $ 5,158.00 Total Alternate Bid #1 $ 5,158.00 ---------------- P-4 BID FORM Bidder: EAS Contracting, LP Date : 4 December, 2008 Airport Name : Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project D es cription: Electrical Improvements Project Alternate Bid #2: Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Ouantitv 00006 L-125 Cable-Num 8-1/C L-824C 5KV -Install , Complete LF 175 in Place $ 2.00 $ 350.00 00006 A L-125 Trenching for Direct-Buried Cable, Complete LF 150 $ 3 .50 $ 525.00 00010 A L-125 Conduit-2 Inch -Install, 2-Inch RGD , Secured to LF 60 Concrete, Complete in Place $ 16.00 $ 960.00 00011 L-125 Conduit-2 Inch w/Trench -Install , 2-Inch PVC , Sch. LF 150 40, Complete in Place $ $ 5.00 750.00 00016 L-125 Electrical Counterpoise-Bare Wire -Install , LF 150 Complete in Place $ 0 .90 $ 135.00 00041 P-155 Subgrade-9 Inch-Lime Stabilized -Install , Complete SY 340 in Place $ 16 .00 $ 5,440.00 00041 A P-155 Subgrade-9 Inch-Lime Stabilized -In stall , Lime, TON 8 Complete in Place $ 160.00 $ 1,280.00 00046 A L-125 Rotating Beacon -Install, Install New Rotating LS 1 Beacon, Complete in Place $ 36 ,081.00 $ 36 ,081.00 00046 B L-126 Rotating Beacon -Remove, Demolish and Salvage LS 1 Ex isting Rotating Beacon -Install , Complete $ 1,004.00 $ 1,004 .00 00065 P-152 Channel-Unclassified Excavation -Remove , CY 120 Unclassified Ex c avation , Complete in Place $ 21.00 $ 2,520.00 P -5 BID FORM Bidder: EAS Contracting, LP Date: 4 December, 2008 Airport Name: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Electrical Improvements Project Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Ouantitv 00065 A P-152 Channel-Unclassified Excavation -Install, CY 510 Embankment, Complete in Place $ 31.00 $ 15 ,810.00 00124 P-101 Mobilization -Services , Complete LS 1 $ 4,797.00 $ 4 ,797 .00 00127 G-700 Fence -Remove, 8 Foot Perimeter Security Fence LF 22 and Associated Mow Strip, Complete $ 45.00 $ 990.00 00128 F-162 Fence-Chain Link -Install , 8 Foot Perimeter LF 325 Security Fence , Vinyl Coated, Complete in Place $ 38 .00 $ 12 ,350.00 00135 T-901 Grass-Seeding -Install , Seeding, Mulching and AC 1 Fertilizer, Complete in Place $ 10 ,800 .00 $ 10 ,800 .00 00143 P-610 Landsc ap e-Mow Strip -Install , Complete in Place LF 325 $ 17.00 $ 5,525.00 00144 P-151 Site Preparation-Clear and Grub Excavation -AC 3 Remove , Clearing and Grubbing, Complete $ 5,751.00 $ 17 ,253 .00 00144 A P-151 Site Preparation-Clear and Grub E x cavation -LF 325 Remove, Clearing of Perimeter Security Fence Ro w, Complete $ 11.00 $ 3,575 .00 00147 T-905 Topsoil -Install , Topsoiling (Obtained by contractor CY 100 On-Site or Removed from Stock Pile or Borrow), Complete in Place $ 61.00 $ 6,100.00 P-6 BID FORM Bidder: EAS Contracting, LP Date : 4 December, 2008 Airport Name : Fort Worth Alliance Airport Project Description: Electrical Improvements Project Item No. Spec Item Description Unit Approximate Unit Price Total Amount Ouantitv 00395 L-125 Electrical Pull Box -Install, Complete in Place EA 2 $ 685 .00 $ 1,370.00 00452 P-610 Pavement-7 Inch -Install , Complete in Place SY 295 $ 60.00 $ 17 ,700.00 00501 G-300 Sign-Barricades & Traffic Routing -Install , LS 1 Complete in Place $ 25.00 $ 25.00 00527 P-610 Walk-5 Ft -Install , 4-Inch, Complete in Place SY 25 $ 46.00 $ 1,150.00 01056 A P-610 Beacon-Concrete Foundation -Install , 36" Dia. LS 1 Beacon Foundation, Complete in Place $ 4 ,780.00 $ 4 ,780.00 Total Alternate Bid #2 $ 151,270.00 ----------------- P-7 (' The Bidder shall write out each bid in words on the lines provided below: TOTAL BASE BID: TOTAL AL TERNA TE BID No. 1: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 2: In case of a discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern. STATEMENT OF MATERIALS AND OTHER CHARGES TOTAL BASE BID: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: ALL OTHER CHARGES: TOTAL BASE BID: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No.1: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT: ALL OTHER CHARGES: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID NO. 1: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID No. 2: *MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT ALL OTHER CHARGES: TOTAL ALTERNATE BID NO. 2: FlW _Front_Ends.doc P-8 350 ~18 .oo $------t----=--- C 00 S03 . oo $ _____ ,___--=---- 55 l SLJ\~00 $ _____ ....__ ____ _ L( 5 3 0 . oo $ ____ -+-------s Z.8 .oo $ __________ _ $ __ 5_,_l _S_8_._o_o_ \ 3 Q Ll 6 ({, OQ $ ____ -f _ __;:;._ __ _ zo 1 8 \ .00 $-------,f------- \ S \ 7-10 .00 $ __________ _ ) \ ! ' *These totals must agree with the total figure shown in the Proposal for the Total Base Bid, Total Alternate Bid No. 1, Total Alternate Bid No. 2 respectively. For purposes of complying with the Texas Tax Code, the Contractor agrees that the charges for any material incorporated into the project in the excess of the estimated quantity provided for here in will be no less than the invoice price for such material to the Contractor. The Contract will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the lowest qualified bidder for the Base Bid or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1, or the Base bid plus Alternate Bid No. 2 or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1 and Alternate Bid No. 2 or any combination of the Base bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. The Bid Form must be completed and submitted in its entirety. Failure to complete the Bid Form will render the bidder as non-responsive. At the owner's discretion, the Owner reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. Complete the following statements by checking the appropriate space. The Bidder (Proposer) hasi has not participated in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive Order 109225, or Executive Order 11114, or Executive Order 11246. The Bidder (Proposer) has.l has not submitted all compliance reports in connection with any such contract due under the applicable filing requirements; and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports signed by proposed subcontractors will be obtained prior to award of subcontracts. If the Bidder (Proposer) has participated in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause and has not submitted. compliance reports due under applicable filing requirements, the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on Standard form 100 "Employee Information Report EEO-1" prior to the award of this contract. Standard form 100 is normally furnished to contractors annually, based on a mailing list currently maintained by the Joint Reporting Committee. In the event a contractor has not received the form, he may obtain it by writing to the Joint Reporting Committee, 1800 G Street, Washington, DC, 20506. The Bidder assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractor or employment agency is either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited of the terms of City Ordinance NO. 7278, as amended by City Ordinance NO. 7 400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" and to fully complete the project within 120 Calendar Days. Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages in the sum of $1,0000.00 for each consecutive calendar day to complete the work beyond the allotted time or as extended by an approved Change Order. FlW _Front_l=nds.doc P-9 I J The Bidder agrees to pay not less than the "Prevailing Wage Rates for Highway Construction" as established by the City of Fort Worth and not less than the wage rates stated in General Wage Decision NO. TX 20080043 Issued by the U.S. Department of labor. The Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. The Bidder agrees this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. Within ten (10) days of receipt of the written "Notice of Award", the bidder will execute the formal contract agreement and deliver a surety bond or bonds as required under the contract documents. The bid security attached in the sum of ______ S"_0 ~_o __ G-_. ~-·-~-· ____ Dollars($ ___ _, is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth in the event the contract is not executed as set forth in the contract documents as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense caused thereby. Respectfully Submitted, G-IV::> Cot-JTRACTI t-.lG I L. p By: ___ L_A._w_"2_c_N<: __ cS __ P_l_t-J_~_«="<-___ _ (Type or print name) Title: \) l ct.6. 'Pi<.E.S l P€NT ----------------- Address: Zct "{ ( 1 /2.-AD~ c~TfR OR·, 'Sutn 200 Date: Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1 ------------ AddendumNo.2 ___________ _ Addendum No. 3 ------------ AddendumNo.4 ___________ _ Addendum No. 5 ------------ FTW _Front_ Ends.doc P-10 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE (JAN 1991) By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, except for those items listed by the Offer or below or on a separate and clearly identified attachment to this bid/proposal, the offer or certifies that steel and each manufactured product, is produced in the United States (as defined in the clause Buy American -Steel and Manufactured Products or Buy American -Steel and Manufactured products For Construction Contracts) and that components of unknown origin are considered to have been produced or manufactured outside the United States. Attached is a list of articles, materials, and supplies excepted from this provision . PRODUCT COUNTRY OF ORIGIN BAC-1 List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Sufficient Quality ( Jan 1991) Acetylene, black Agar, bulk Anise Antimony, as metal or oxide Asbestos, amosite, chrysolite and crodidolite Bananas Bauxite Beef, corned and canned Beef extract Bephenium Hydroxynapthoate Bismuth Books, trade, text, technical, scientific; newspapers; pamphlets; magazines; periodicals; printed briefs and films; not printed in the United States and for which domestic editions are not available Brazil nuts, unroasted Cadmium, ores and flue dust Calcium cyanamide Capers Cashew nuts Castor beans and castor oil Chalk, English Chestnuts Chicle Chrome ore or chromite Cinchona bark Cobalt, in cathodes, rondelles, or other primary ore and metal forms Cocoa beans Coconut and coconut meat, unsweetened, in shredded, desiccated or similarly prepared form Coffee, raw or green bean Colchicine alkaloid, raw Copra Cork, wood or bark and waste Cover glass, microscope slide Cryolite, natural Dammargum Diamonds, industrial, stones and abrasives Emetine, bulk Ergot, crude Erthrityl tetranitrate Fair linen, altar Fibers of the following types: abaca, abace, agave, coir, flax, jute, jute burlaps, palmyra and sisal Goat and kidskins Graphite, natural, crystalline crucible grade Handsewing needles Hemp yarn Hog bristles for brushes Hyoscine, bulk Ipecac, root Iodine, crude Kaurigum Lac Leather, sheepskin, hair type Lavender oil Manganese Menthol, natural bulk Mica Microprocessor chips (brought onto a construction site as separate units for incorporation into building systems during construction or repair and alteration of real property) Nickel, primary, in ingots, pigs, shots, cathodes or similar forms; nickel oxide and nickel salts Nitroguanidine (also known as picrite) Nux vomica, crude Oiticica oil Olive oil Olives (green), pitted or unpitted, or stuffed, in bulk Opium, crude Oranges, mandarin, canned Petroleum, crude oil, unfinished oils, and finished products (see definitions below) Pine needle oil Platinum and related group metals, refined, as sponge, powder, ingots, or cast bars BAC-2 List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Sufficient Quality (Jan 1991) CONTINUED Pyrethrum flowers Quartz crystals Quebracho Quinidine Quinine Rabbit fur felt Radium salts, source and special nuclear materials Rosettes Rubber, crude and latex Rutile Santonin, crude Secretin Shellac Silk, raw and unmanufactured Spare and replacement parts for equipment of foreign manufacture, and for which domestic parts are not available Spices and herbs, bulk Sugars, raw Petroleum terms are used as follows: Swords and scabbards Talc, block, steatite Tantalum Tapioca flour and cassava Tartar, crude; tartaric acid and cream of tartar in bulk Tea in bulk Thread, metallic (gold) Thyme oil Tin in bars, blocks and pigs Triprolidine hydrochloride Tungsten Vanilla beans Venom, cobra Wax,canauba Woods; logs, veneer, and lumber of the following species: Alaskan yellow cedar, angelique, balsa, ekki, greenhart, lignum vitae, mahogany and teak Yarn, 50 Denier rayon "Crude Oil" means crude petroleum, as it is produced at the wellhead, and liquids (under atmospheric conditions) that have been recovered from mixtures of hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir and that are not natural gas products. "Finished products" means any one or more of the following petroleum oils, or a mixture of combination of these oils, to be used without further processing except blending by mechanical means: (A) "Asphalt" - a solid or semi-solid cementitious material that (1) gradually liquefies when heated, (2) has bitumens as its predominating constituents, and (3) is obtained in refining crude oil. (8) "Fuel oil" - a liquid or liquefiable petroleum product burned or lighting or for the generation of heat or power and derived directly or indirectly from crude oils, such as kerosene, range oil, distillate fuel oils, gas oil, diesel fuel, topped crude oil or residues. (C) "Gasoline" - a refined petroleum distillate that, by its consumption, is suitable for use as a carburant in internal combustion engines. (D) "Jet fuel" -a refined petroleum distillate used to fuel jet propulsion engines. BAC-3 (E) "Liquified gases" -hydrocarbon gases recovered from natural gas or produced form petroleum refining and kept under pressure to maintain a liquid state at ambient temperatures. (F) "Lubricating oil" - a refined petroleum distillate or specially treated petroleum residue used to lessen friction between surfaces. (G) "Naphtha" - a refined petroleum distillate falling within a distillation range overlapping the higher gasoline and the lower kerosenes. (H) "Natural gas products" -liquids (under atmospheric conditions) including natural gasoline, that (1) are recovered by a process of absorption, absorption, compression, refrigeration, cycling, or a combination of these processes, form mixtures oh hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir, and (2) when recovered and without processing in a refinery, definitions of products contained in subdivisions (8), (C), and (G) above . (I) "Residual fuel oil" - a topped crude oil or viscous residuum that, as obtained in refining or after blending with other fuel oil, meets or is the equivalent of MILSPEC Mil-F-859 for Navy Special Fuel Oil and any more viscous fuel oil, such as NO. 5 or Bunker C. "Unfinished oils" means one or more of the petroleum oils listed under "Finished products" above, or a mixture or combination of these oils, that are to be further processed other than by blending by mechanical means. BAC-4 TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE 49 CFR PART 30 The Contractor by submission of an offer and or execution of a contract, certifies that it: a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S . firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR); b. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country on said list, or is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said list; c. has not procured any product or subcontracted for the supply of any product for use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said list. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no contact shall be awarded to a Contractor of Subcontractor who is unable to certify the above. If the Contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on said list for use on the project, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract at no cost to the Government. Further, the Contractor agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely o the certification of a prospective Subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the Owner if the Contractor learns that its certification or that of a Subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The Subcontractor agrees to provide written notice to the Contractor if at any time it learns that its certification has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance as placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or Subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the forgoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a Contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. TRC-1 •( \ ' _j j j J _J ' -' 1 ) "---" j CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION 49 CFR PART 29 The Bidder certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the Bidder or any lower tier participant is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to this ~::cita:;;J Title: \JlC!..~ 14<.es, De70T of bAS <!of'-JOCAC::rt NG-, L.. P. Address: ?.-t:t"ll ,airb~ c~ Dt'<., 5u,n 'k>o ~U...TI)µ, l')L 1~007 Date: ___ l_'Z.._-_4_,_0_Ef __ _ CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FAC~LITIES 41 CFR 60-1.8 The Federally Assisted construction Contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide, for his employees, any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally-assisted construction Contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause in this Contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms, and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation , and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason . The federally-assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and that he will retain such certification in his files. Address: Date: 7. q '"{ ( ,--n..A--l)& c~T2 Oa. J Su I ,E-Zoo C)dul.a.L 10 !'J, T',l 1 ~o o 7 ----------- j j ..1 J u VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed House Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-State contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required too underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all out-of-State or nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications . The failure of out-of-State or nonresident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident vendors in (give State), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State law. A copy of the Statute is attached. Nonresident vendors in (give State), our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas . BIDDER: By: l,'.\NRl?NCE Vi N ZEL (Please print) (qlj\ \ Rk't\E (efJ1t12._ \JI(.. Stt:" clX) Signature _______ _ Title : ~ l C..£ VRES ( D <:NT City State Zip (Please print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR QUOTATION I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I ' . .,.. CERTIFICATE OF INS U RANCE TO : CITY OF FORT WORTH Date~ March 11, 2009 NAME OF PROJECT : Alliance Elech'lcal Improvement PROJECT NUMBER : 3-48-0296-35-2008 IS TO CERTIFY THAT : EAS Contracting, L.P. is, at the date of this certificate, In s ured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for th e type of insurance and accord ance with pro visi ons of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described . Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker's Compensation UB4870B350IN 11/20/08 11/20/09 $1,000 000 Commercial General K:05449B3 6 6TL 11/20/08 11/20/09 1•eh gee il gls ogs Li ability Insurance (Public iaeE am e~ 6, O Li a bility) !~s~~tll ~Vt 198§08 _ro~uc s ~gm $ , 6 Blasting Included 1100/08 11/ LlJ/09 Ea . Occurrence: $ Collapse of Building or stru ctures adjacent to I n cluded ll/;20/08 11/20/09 Included excavations Damage to Underground Included 11/20/08 '11/20/09 Included Utilities --Builder 's Ri sk Dusiness ;'.::AP5449B378T 11/20/08 11/20/09 ~SL $1,000,000 Automobil e Liability Co ntractual Liability Include d 11/20/08 11/20/09 Included Ge nera l Liability Oth er Loc at io ns cov e re d: Allianc e Airport §~o Description of operation s covered: Electrical Improv e ments, Airf ie~d Signage, Airfield Lighting, Monitoring S~stem, Airport Beacon Th e ab ove polici es either in the body th ereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or ca nce led by the in s urer in less tha n fiv e (5 ) days after the in sm ed has· received written notice of such change/or ca nce ll ation . Wh ere applicabl e local law s or regulati ons require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assu red , the above po licies co ntain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached . The City , its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies exce pting employ er's liability in s urance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. AgencyIMA of Texas, Inc. Insurance c 8 yo. Trave~~ny Dal l .a s . Ag ent Parrin J Weber ~~ . ~·~~·· Address 14185 Dallas Parkway Suite 800 Title President Dallas , TX 75254 ----------------- CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A. Labor Code §406.96 (2000), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering NO. C · P ·~ · S • µ o . : I, °3(o STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § § § CONTRACTOR ~ By EAS Contracting GP G.~ CO t-JT"1'<-A.. CT/ ,-J 6-1 L-I...-', LLC, General Partner ' By: r 2 ;__p . Name: L-Awf2~c.G P, "-JZbl- Title: \) l CG 7)12 ~ I D~r->/ Date: l 2 -L/ ... 0 8 BefRre me, the undersigned authority. on this day personally appeared J.. PIWRtE.v'CE ~N 2 EL , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the for~going instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of ~fl S C oJJ-r P. Jtt;i''QU(r L for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacl therein stated. Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office this THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT PERFORMANCEBOND ~!L}Jj;, f/~c.5,,t::)/3(Jf § § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, (1) EAS Contracting, L.P . as Principal herein, and (2) /)a r±fr;ri r)1eTll 9a r@zc ce /a 1n114,yt , a corporation organized . ;_IL- under the laws of the State of (3) U217 ll fc::{/C a L, and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas , Surety herein , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth , a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties , Texas, Obligee herein , in the sum of Seven Hundred and Seven Thousand Nine Hundred and Sixty Nine Dollars($ 707,969.00) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs , executors, administrators , successors and assigns , jointly and severally , firmly by these presents. WHEREAS , Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the 24th day of February, 2009, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes, for the construction of Electrical Improvements Project-Airfield Signage, Airfield Lighting Control, Monitoring System (ACLMS) and Airport Beacon Relocation at Fort Worth Alliance Airport. NOW , THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such , if the said Principal shall faithfull y perform the work in accordance with the plans , specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal 's default , and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default , then this obligation shall be void ; otherwise , to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED , HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code , as amended , and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute , to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this 24th day of February , 2009. ATTEST: By EAS Contracting GP, EAS Contracting, L.P . LLC, General Partner :~INC¥~ I Name: CA~~ 'Jl,L f 0 fl/JW.;l:,S. Title : Prus-z:1:)e;,~ (P ~ (SEAL) Address : 2941 Trade Center Dr., Suite 200 Carrolton, Texas 75007 ~~~~ Witness as to Principal lS (SE AL) Witness as to Surety NOTE : ( 1 ) (2) (3) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). Correct name of Surety. State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated . In addition , an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. PAYMENT soNn /Jt?.d M t11~sr ll:?17f THE STA TE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT § § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, (1), EAS Contracting, L.P . as Principal herein, and (2) _ //a tf~J£/ t eI}tc;,na;.c .g U2fr-;P44,,V , ~ corporation organized and exi sting under the laws of the State of (3) Wotr/-tcu.L;;s surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties , Texas, Obligee herein, in the amount of Seven Hundred and Seven Thousand Nine Hundred and Sixty Nine Dollars($ 707,969.00) the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs , executors , admini strators , successors and assigns , jointly and severally , firmly by these presents : WHEREAS , the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the ---'2=--4'-'t=h---=d=a+-y---=o~f~F---=e~b~ru~a~ry.,__ ___ , 2009 , which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project: Electrical Improvements Project-Airfield Signage , Airfield Lighting Control, Monitoring System (ACLMS) and Airport Beacon Relocation at Fort Worth Alliance Airport. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and ev ery claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253 , Texas Government Code , as amended) supplying labor or material s in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void ; otherwise , to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED , HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code , as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute , to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGN E D and SE ALED this 24th day of February , 2009. (SE AL) By EAS Contracting GP , EAS Contracting, L. p LLC , General Partner PRINCIP,- By fi/..-& ('t Name: C At2,kou f oc.v.4-;l.AS Title : ~~~~ Address : 2941 Trade Center Dr., Suite 200 Carrolton, Texas 75007 ~J~,&MAK1A Witness as to principal (SE AL) ~ 0. 1-.kef Telephone Number: 1/Ji-m-~ Witness as to Surety NOTE: ( 1) (2) (3) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). Correct name of Surety . State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated . In addition , an origin 91 copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact . The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. MAINTENANCE soNo tfcA/ /tb. t;I/Jcs rlyf~ THE STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS : L. P. ("Contractor"), as principal , and , 4-JL.&.r...A/.t.'-lfl....J.._.J.':..t:J;;.r.M:~;aeL"f41~1J.11.~~a corporation organized under the laws of the State of , ("Surety "), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth , a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas , ("City ") in Tarrant County , Texas , the sum of Seven Hund re d and Seven Thou sand N in e Hundred and Sixty Nine Doll ars($ 707,969.00), lawful money of the United States , for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors , said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves , their heirs , executors , administrators , assigns and successors , jointly and severally . This obligation is conditioned , however, that: WHEREAS , said Contractor has this day entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the 24th of February , 2009 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the performance of the following described public improvements : Electrical Improvements Proj ec t-A irfi e ld Signa ge , Airfie ld Li ghti n g C ontro l, Monitoring System (ACLMS ) and A irp ort B eacon R elo cation at Fo rt Worth All iance Ai rp ort . the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project number(s) 3-48-0296-35-2008 and said contract , including all of the specifications , conditions , addenda, change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and being made a part hereof; and , WHEREAS , in said Contract , Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will rema in in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City ; and WHEREAS , said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of Two (2) years ; and WHEREAS , said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part at any time within said period , if in the opinion of the Director of the City of Fort Worth Department of Aviation it be necessary ; and , WHEREAS , said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said Work as herein provided . NOW THEREFORE , if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain , repair or reconstruct said Work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract , these presents shall be null and void , and have no force or effect. Otherwise , this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect , and the City shall have and recover from Contractor and Surety damages in the premises as prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be a continu ing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted . IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this instrument is executed in~ counterparts , each of which shall be deemed an or iginal , this 24th day of February , A.O . 2009 . ATTEST : (SEAL) ~ Seeret.ry By EAS Contracting GP , EAS Contracting, L.P. LLC, General Partner ::ntra ~ Nam /=;au, Ww~ Title : Au:szu~ Address IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain infomiation or make a complaint: You may contact your agent. You mc1y Cclll HcutronJ Insurance Group at the toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-392-7805 You may also write to The Hartford: The Hartford Hartford Financial Products 2 Park Avenue, 5th Floor New York, New York 10016 1-212-277-0400 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance P .O . Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax Number (512) 475-1771 Web : http ://www.tdi .state .tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi .state .b< .. us PREMIUM OR CLAIMS DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first If the dispute ts not resolved. you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice Is for your Information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document F-4275-1, JTX4275-1 HR 42 H006 00 0807 AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener infomiacion o para someter una queja . Puede comunicarse con su agente . Usted puede llamar al numero de telefono gratis de The Hartford Insurance Group para indom,acion o para someter una queja al 1-800-392-7805 Usted tambien puede escribir a The Hartford . The Hartford Hartford Financial Products 2 Park Avenue, 5th Floor New York, New York 10016 1-212-277-0400 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acarca de companf as, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas P .O . Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax Number (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state .tx .us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: SI Uene una dlsputa concernlente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunlcarse con su agante prlmero. SI no ae resuelve la disputa, puede entonees comunlcarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de infonnaclon y no se convierte en parte o condlcion del documento adjunto. Producer Compensation Notice You can review and obtain information on The Hartford's producer compensation practices at www.thehartford.com or at 1-800-592-5717. HR 00 H093 00 0207 © 2007, The Hartford Page 1 of 1 Direct Inquiries/Claims to: POWER OF ATTORNEY THE HARTFORD BOND, T-4 P.O. BOX 2103 , 690 ASYLUM AVENUE HARTFORD , CONNECTICUT 06115 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: call: 888-266-3488 or fax : 860-757-5835 Agency Code: 46-506046 ~ Hartford Fire Insurance Company , a corporatio n duly organ ized und er the l aws of the State of Connectic ut ~ Hartford Casualty Insurance Company , a co rp oration duly organized un de r th e l aws of the State of lndi ana ~ Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company , a corporation duly organized under the l aws of the State of Connecticut c:::::J Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company , a corporation duly organized under the l aws of the State of Connecticut c:::::J Twin City Fire Insurance Company , a corporation duly organized under the l aws of the State oflndiana c:::::J Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois , a corporatio n dul y organ ized under the l aws of the State of Illinois c:::::J Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest , a corporation duly organized under th e l aws of the State of Indiana c:::::J Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, a corporation dul y organized und er the laws of the State of Flori da having their home office in Hartford , Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make , constitute and appoint, up to the amount of unlimited: Darrin J. Weber, Elnora Cruth is, April R. Michaelis, George Schneller, Teresa L. Shaffer of Dallas, TX their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above , to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by 1:8:1 , and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds , undertakings , contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Compan ies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guarantee ing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings requi red or permitted in any act ions or proceedings allowed by law. Scott Sadowsky , Ass istant Secretary STATE OF CONNECTICUT} ss. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD M. Ross Fisher, Ass istant Vice President On this 3'° day of March , 2008 , before me personally came M. Ross Fisher, to me known , who being by me duly sworn , did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hartford , State of Connecticut; that he is the Assistant V ice President of the Compan ies , the corporations described in and wh ich executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations ; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals ; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. A ~ CERTIFICATE Scott E. Pa seka Notary Publi c My Commi ss ion Expires October 31 , 201 2 ftf~p Gary W . Stumper, Assistant Vice President STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: This Contract is made and entered into this the 24th day of February, 2009 , by and between the City of Fort Worth, a home-rule municipal corporation situated in Tarrant, Denton, Parker, and Wise Counties , Texas, hereinafter referred to as "Owner," by and through its duly authorized Assistant City Manager, and EAS Contracting, L.P., hereinafter referred to as "Contractor," by and through its duly authorized representative. WITNESSETH: That Owner and Contractor agree as follows: 1. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Electrical Improvements Project at Fort Worth Alliance Airport Airfield Signage Improvements, Airfield Lighting Control & Monitoring System (ACLMS), Airport Beacon Relocation 2. That the Contract Documents shall consist of the written, printed, typed and drawn instruments which comprise and govern the performance of the work. Said Contract Documents include, but are not limited to , the notice to bidders, instructions to bidders , special instructions to bidders , addenda to the notice to bidders, proposal , plans , specifications, maps , blueprints, notice of award , general conditions, special conditions, supplementary conditions, general provisions , special provisions , work order(s), this Contract and the payment, performance, and maintenance bonds. The Contract Documents shall also include any and all supplemental agreements approved by the Owner which may be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of the plans and specifications in an acceptable manner, and shall also include the additional instruments bound herewith . 3. That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor , tools , appliances , materials , supplies, superintendence, insurance , bonds and equipment necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared at the direction of the Owner. The Page I of 4 Contract Documents are incorporated by this reference and made a part of this Contract as if written herein . 4. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds itself to commence the construction of said work within ten ( 10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner and to complete same within the time stated in its proposal. 5. The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to fully complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Aviation Department, the Department of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a period of One Hundred-Twenty 120 CALENDAR DAYS. If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the plans , specifications and other Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the general conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the sum of $315.00 per working day , not as a penalty but as liquidated damages , the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency . 6. Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of the plans , specifications and other Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either (l) demand that the Contractor's surety take over the work and complete same in accordance with the plans , specifications and other Contract Documents or (2) to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to Owner shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the Contract Documents , the Contractor and/or its surety shall pay Owner upon its demand in a writing , setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. 7. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify , hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage , personal injury , including death , arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers , agents , employees , subcontractors , licensees or invitees , whether or not any such iniury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers , servants and employees and any damage , loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such iniury or damage Page 2 of 4 is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved , or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor 's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Owner, if deemed appropriate, may refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work projects from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City of Fort Worth contract. 8. Owner agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive , for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom , the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the Contractor hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total Contract amount shall be Seven Hunderd and Seven Thousand Nine Hundred and Sixty Nine Dollars, ($707,969.00). 9 . It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone by Contractor without the written consent of the Owner. 10. The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth , Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. 11. It is mutually agreed and understood that this Contract is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. (remainder of page intentionally left blank) Page 3 of4 IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have made and executed this Contract in multiple originals the day and year first above written , in Fort Worth, Tarrant County , Texas . CITY OF FORT WORTH: ~~ T.M . Higgins K Assistant City Manager A::Y' RECOMMENDED: K~Director Aviation " ... . ATTEST: f'Y\l(.4 ~/\/\ MartyHendr~ City Secretary - Authorization t-J33(o(.o Date :_6l.__:_/ cH-----'--l_o C,...,___ APPROV ED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY: Am y . R y Assistant Ci y Attorney Pa ge 4 of 4 EAS Contracting, LP , b y EAS Contracting GP , LLC , its G ral rtner, by PresideHt CEO Title 2941 Trade Center Dr., Suite 200 Carrolton, Texas 75007 OFFI IAL RECOR J CITY SECRETARY T. ORTH,TX Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project PART I -SPECIAL PROVISIONS PARTI SPECIAL PROVISIONS General Scope. It is the intent that the work included in the contract shall include Shoulder Rehabilitation Project -Phase 2, and related work, at the Airport. 1. Amount of Liquidated Damages. The amount of liquidated damages determined in accordance with Section 80-08 "Failure to Complete On Time" shall be $1,000.00 per calendar day. 2. Warranty of Construction. In addition to any other warranties set out elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect of equipment, material or design furnished, or workmanship performed by the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Suppliers at any tier. Such warranty shall continue for a period of two years from the date of final acceptance of the work, but with respect to any part of the work which warranty shall continue for a period of two years from the date City of Fort Worth takes possession. Under this warranty, the Contractor shall remedy at own expense any such failure to conform or any such defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at his own expense any damage to City of Fort Worth owned or controlled real or personal property, when that damage is the result of the Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements or any such defect of equipment, material, workmanship or design. The Contractor shall also restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced hereunder will run for two year from the date of such repair or replacement. The City of Fort Worth shall notify the Contractor in writing within a reasonable time after the discovery of any failure, defect or damage. Should the Contractor fail to remedy any failure, defect or damage described in {a) above within reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof, the City of Fort Worth shall have the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy such failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense. In addition to the other rights and remedies provided by this clause, all subcontractors', manufacturers' and suppliers' warranties expressed or implied, respecting any work and materials shall, at the direction of the City of Fort Worth, be enforced by the Contractor for the benefit of the City of Fort Worth. In such case, if the Contractor's warranty under (a) above has expired, any suit directed by the City of Fort Worth to subcontractor's, manufacturer's or supplier's warranty shall be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. Th~ Contractor shall obtain any warranties which the subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers would give in normal commercial practice. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall require any such warranties to be executed in writing to the City of Fort Worth. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause, unless such a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or suppliers at any tier, the Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defects of FlW _Front_Ends.doc 1--1 material or design furnished by the City of Fort Worth for the repair of any damage which results from any such defect in the City of Fort Worth furnished material or design . Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor partial or entire occupancy of the premises by the City of Fort Worth, shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. The City of Fort Worth will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 3. Parking of Construction Equipment. At night and during all other periods of time when equipment is not being actively used on the construction work, the Contractor shall park the equipment at locations which are approved by the Engineer and/or as directed by the Airport Manager. The Contractor shall provide adequate barricades, markers and lights to protect the City of Fort Worth, Texas, Alliance Airport, the public and the other work. All barricades, lights and markers must meet the requirements of these specifications and must be approved by the Engineer. 4. Access Routes, Staging Areas and Storage Areas. The staging area will be as shown on the construction plans. All haul roads and access routes and the location of any additional staging areas and storage areas will be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and repairing all roads and other facilities used during construction. Upon completion of the project, all existing roads shall be left in a condition equal to that at the time the Contractor commences work on this project. 5. Water for Construction. Water for construction will be obtained from the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall provide a meter to measure water consumption and shall pay the City of Fort Worth for water consumed. 6. Coordination of Work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate his work with any public or private utility engaged in the installation of new or adjustment of existing facilities on or adjacent to the project site. 7. Work Hours and Closure. Work hours will be as follows: a. All work shall be performed during daylight hours. b. Work will be suspended between October 27, 2008 and November 5, 2008 due to the Dickies 500 NASCAR Race at Texas Motor Speedway. Contractor to clean and secure site, fill all ruts, grade site smooth and clean up debris to the satisfaction of the owner and owner's authorized representative. c. Work will be suspended between March 27, 2009 and April 8, 2009 due to the Samsung 500 NASCAR Race at Texas Motor Speedway. Contractor to clean and secure site, fill all ruts, grade site smooth an clean up debris to the satisfaction of the owner and owner's authorized representative. FTW _Front_Ends .doc 1-2 d. VVork will be suspended between May 29, 2009 and April 8, 2009 due to the Lear-Jet 550 Indy Car Race at Texas Motor Speedway. Contractor to clean and · secure site, fHI all ruts, grade site smooth an clean up debris to the satisfaction of the owner and owner's authorized representative. 8. Airfield Operations. A portion of this Project is located within the active air operations area (AOA) of the Airport. 9. Protection of Existing Utilities and Improvements. The Contractor shall take adequate measures to protect all existing structures, improvements and utilities which may be encountered. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the Owner to be accurate as to location and depth; they .are shown on the plans as the best information available from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities and conduct his work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement of ahy utility damaged by him and shall likewise be responsible for losses to the utility owner due to any disruption to the service of the utility caused by the Contractor. 10. Sanitary Facilities. The Contractor shall provide suitable sanitary facilities for use of his employees and inspection personnel. Such facilities, temporary or permanent, shall meet local sanitary codes, and may not contribute untreated sewage to any dry or flowing watercourse. There will be no separate payment for this item. 11. Insurance Required. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. All insurance policies must show the Owner as additional insured (General Liability, auto, etc.). a. Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of his employees at the site of the project; and in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employee engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the project is not protected under Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. The minimum amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: ( 1 ) State -Statutory (2) Applicable Federal -Statutory FlW _Front_Ends.doc 1-3 (3) Employer's Liability-$500,000 b. Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract such Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance as shall protect him and any subcontractor performing work covered by this contract from claims for damages or personal inj_ury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damages which may arise from operations under this contract, and including explosion , collapse and underground coverage, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them , and the amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: Bodily Injury. (1) Each Occurrence -$1 ,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate -$1 ,000 ,000 Property Damage Insurance. (1) Each Occurrence -$1 ,000,000 (2) Annual Aggregate -$1,000,000 . Property damage liability insurance providing Explosion, Collapse and Underground coverages. c. Comprehensive Automobile Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Person -$500 ,000 (2) Each Accident-.$1,000 ,000 · Property Damage (1) Each Occurrence -$1 ,000,000 d. Contractual Liability. Bodily Injury (1) Each Occurrence -$1,000 ,000 Property Damage (1) Annual Aggregate -$1,000 ,000 e. Such insurance will be subject to the following deductible amount: $250 .00 . The City of Fort Worth, Texas and Alliance Airport shall be named as additional insured parties for the project. FlW _Front_Ends .doc 1-4 The Contractor's general liability carrier shall issue a separate Protective Liability Policy covering Owner and Engineer providing coverage for not less than the amounts listed above. f . Proof of Carriage of Insurance. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of carriage of the insurance required. All the certificates of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the contractor will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner by certified mail. 12 . Award of Bids. The Owner may reject any or all bids. The Project will be awarded solely at the Owner's discretion to the lowest qualified bidder for the Base Bid or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1, or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 2, or the Base Bi~ plus Alternate Bid No. 1 and Alternate Bid No. 2 or any combination of the Base Bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City. At the owner's discretion, the Owner reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. 13. Construction Time. The Owner reserves the· right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the Owner. 14. Reta1nage on Partial Payments. For this contract, the Owner will deduct and retain Five (5) percent of the total amount of the partial payment until the final payment is made. 15. Final Acceptance and Payment. Final payment, including retainage, will be made upon acceptance of the completed project by the Owner. · 16. Construction Record Drawings. A. The contractor shall keep a complete and accurate record of all changes or deviations from the Contract Documents. This record set of prints of the Contract Drawings and Specifications shall be kept on site. The Owner or Owners Authorized representative .(OAR) shall at all times have access to review record drawings for completeness and accuracy. B. The Owner may withhold the 5% retainage if the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this Article. C. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner or Owners Authorized Representative one ( 1 ) complete record set of Red Line record documents of Contract Drawings and Specifications modified to reflect all changes made by Addenda, Contract Change Order and field Modifications, on the date of Substantial completion of the entire work. The Engineer shall incorporate changes noted and produce a set of mylars to be delivered to the Owner. The mylars of the Contract documents and the cover sheet of the Contract specifications to be stamped with a "RECORD DRAWINGS" stamp and dated. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 1-5 17. The General Provisions are hereby replaced or amended as follows by General Provision paragraph designated: 10-27 Shall be modified as follows: MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 5 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 20-03 Contents of Proposal Forms. The following paragraph shall be added to this section : ADDENDA. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt on the proposal form . Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at (817) 392-7910. Bids that do not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive. 20-07 Preparation of Proposal. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: Bidders shall not separate, detach, or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract documents at any time. Failure to bid fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as Onon- responsiveo and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate and as determined by City Engineer. 20-08 Irregular Proposals. The following paragraph shall be added to this section: AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal , the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 20-09 Bid Guarantee. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than, five (5) percent of the Total Base Bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list and the amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the U.S. Treasury list for that company. 30-02 Award of Contact. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 49 calendar . days of the date specified for publicly opened proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 1-6 FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by Director of the Department qf Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 30-05 Requirements of Contract Bonds. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond as well as a payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list (Circular 570) of acceptable sureties, and · the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the contractor and the surety company. No sureties will be accepted by the City which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract to be awarded is less than $100,000, the performance and payment bonds are not required if the successful bidder states in its bid that payment is not due until the work is completed and is accepted by the City. Provided, however, that this paragraph does not affect the furnishing of a maintenance bond, if same is required by the specifications. It is presumed that the successful bidder agrees to provide performance and payment bonds unless the bidder, on the bid proposal, states otherwise. 40-01 Intent of Contract. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The contractor shall provide all utility services required to construct the project, including, but not limited to, electrical service, water service and telephone service. The contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of Two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of this project by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth and Will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of the project which becomes defective due to these causes. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1--7 40-02 Alteration of Work and Quantities. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: All Supplemental Agreement shall require consent of the Contractor's Surety and Separate Performance and Payment Bonds. The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, an part of the project, or the entire project, at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. 40-04 Extra Work. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: The quantities shown in the proposal are approximate. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to verify all the pay item quantities prior to submitting a bid. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is more than 125% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of the work above 125% of the quantity stated in the contract. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is less than 75%of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of work below 75% of the quantity stated in this contract. This paragraph shall not apply in the event Owner deletes a pay item in its entirety from this contract. . A major pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost equal to greater than 5 percent of the original contract. A minor pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost less than 5 percent of the original contract. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a negotiated price, Owner and Contractor agree that the consideration will be the actual field cost of the work plus 15 percent as described herein below, agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Director of the Department of Engineering and approved by the City Council after said work is completed, subject to all other conditions of the contract. As used herein, field cost of the work will include the cost of all workmen, foremen, time keepers, mechanics and laborers; all materials, supplies, trucks, equipment rental for such time as actually used on such work only, plus all power, fuel, lubricants,. water and similar operating expenses; and a ratable portion of premiums on performance and payment bonds, public liability, Workers Compensation and all other insurance required by law or by ordinance. The Director of the Department of Engineering will direct the form in which the accounts of actual field cost will be kept and will recommend in writing the method of doing the work and the type and kind of equipment to be used, but such work will be performed by the Contractor as an independent Contractor and not as an agent or employee of the City. The 15 FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1-8 percent of the actual field cost to be paid to the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for profit, overhead, general supervision and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein specified. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide the Director of the Department of Engineering access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto. 40-05 Add: The cost of maintaining vehicular traffic shall not be measured directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the project. 50-16 Claims for Adjustment and Disputes. The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give contractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. (8) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such subcontractor involving transactions to this subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor responsible advance notice of intended audits. 60-09 SUBSTITUTIONS: The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material which has been specified. Where the term Dor equalD or Dor approved equalD is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished it will be approvable, as the particular trade · name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor. Where the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" is not used in specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. FTW _Front_Ends.doc The provisions of this sub-section as related to DSubstitutionso shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. 70-01 Laws to be Observed: The following paragraphs shall be added to this section: During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes.· EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance NO. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance NO. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. WAGE RATES: All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of "Vernons Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates as established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas and set forth in Contract Documents for this project. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) in City contracts. In order for a bid to be considered responsive, the compliance statement, Attachments "IA", "IB", and/or"IC", contained in the proposal must be completed and submitted to the bid contracting officer no later than 5:00 p.m., three (3) business days after the bid opening date. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN THE PROPOSAL BEING NON-RESPONSIVE. 70-19 Environmental Protection. The following paragraph shall be added to. this section: Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill materials, the contractor shall advise the Director of Transportation and Public Works, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such materials until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance NO. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved ~y the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit. A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at contractor's expense. In the event that the contractor disposes of spoil/fill material in a site without a fill permit or a letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of the Department of Engineering, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at it's expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. · FlW _Front_Ends.doc 1--10 80-05 Add: The Owner and/or the Engineer may require the replacement of any employee, including supervisors, of the Contractor or Subcontractors found to be unsuitable or unqualified. 80-06 Add: The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to safety-related reasons. 80-07 Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered and included in the planning and scheduling of all work influenced by high or low ambient temperature, precipitation and/or saturated soil to ensure completion of all Work within the Contract Time. Average historical climatic conditions for the preceding ten (10) years are published by the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and entitled "Local Climatological Data -Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas." For planning purposes, the following shall be considered average work days lost per month due to weather conditions: LOST MONTH TIMEIN WORK DAYS January 5 February 4 March 5 April 6 May 6 June 4 July · 4 August 4 Seotember 5 October 4 November 4 December 4 Contract time extensions for abnormal weather will be granted only to the extent that the actual time lost during a particular month exceeds the average lost time indicated in the above table. Time extensions granted for abnormal weather are not compensable. 90-07 Add: Payment for materials on hand shall be limited to materials required for incorporation into the work within a maximum of 30 days. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 1-11 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project PART II • WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FlW _Front_Ends .doc 1-12 PART II WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SECTION A Federal Aviation Administration (FM) Requirements A-1 Airport and Airway Improvement Program Project. The work in this contract is included in FM Grant Number GR14 531350-030218034100 which is being undertaken and accomplished by Alliance Airport, in the City Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), in accordance with the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between Alliance Airport, Texas (Owner), and the United States under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (P.L. 97-248). as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987 (P.L. 100-223) and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative thereof or to any rights granted to the FM or any representative thereof or the United States by the contract makes the United States a party to this contract. A-2 Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, Section 520. The Contractor assures that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive orders and such rules as are promulgated to · assure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap be ·excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision obligates the Contractor or its transferee for the period during which Federal assistance is extended to the airport program, except where Federal assistance is to provide, or is in the form of personal property or real property of interest therein or structures or improvements thereon. In these cases the provision obligates the party of any transferee for the longer of the following periods: (a) the period during which the property is used by the airport sponsor or any transferee for a purpose for which Federal assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits or (b) the period during which the airport sponsor or any transferee retains owner$hip or possession of the property. In the case of Contractors, this provision binds the Contractor form the bid solicitation period through the completion of the Contract. A-3 Consent to Assignment. The Contractor shall obtain the prior written consent of the City of Fort Worth and Alliance Airport, Texas ( Owner), to any proposed assignment of any interest in or part of this contract. A-4 Rights to Inventions ( 49 CFR Part 18). All rights to inventions and materials generated under this contract are subject the regulations issued by the FM and the Owner of the Federal Grant under which this contract is executed. Information regarding these rights is available from the FAA. A-5 Convict Labor. · No convict labor may be employed under this contract. A-6 Veterans Preference (Airport & Airway Improvement Act of 1982, Section 515). In the employment of labor ( except in executive, administrative and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section 515( c)( 1) and (2) of the Act. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-1 A-7 Withholding: Owner from Contractor. Whether or not payments or advances to the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), are withheld or suspended by the FAA, the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), may withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. A-8 Nonpayment of Wages. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages required by this contract, the City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner), may after written notice to the Contractor take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. A-9 Inspection of Records (49 CFR Part 18). The Contractor shall maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Owner, the FAA and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to any books, documents, paper, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purposes of making an audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. The Contractor shall maintain all required records for three years after the Owner makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. A-10 Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6 and A-7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts, which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. A-11 Breach of Contract Terms Sanctions (49 CFR Part 18). Any violation or breach of the terms of this contract on the part of the contractor or subcontractor may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action which may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-2 SECTION B (Davis-Bacon Act Requirements -29 CFR Part 5) 8-1 Minimum wages. 1. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination(s) of the Secretary of Labor which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. For the purpose of this paragraph, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1 (b )(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (d) below; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(i)). Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage skill, except as provided in paragraph B-4 of this clause. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, however, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination(s) (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under subparagraph (b) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and readily accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. 2. (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage determination(s) and which is to be employed under this contract, shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination(s). Approval will be given for an additional classification and wage rate, and fringe benefits therefore , only when the following criteria have been met: i. ii. iii. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and T,he proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-3 (b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be representatives, and the City of Fort Worth Texas agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action of the action taken shall be sent by the City of Fort Worth, Texas to the FAA for tentative approval and transmittal to the Department of Labor, Employment Standards Administration, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Department of Labor will approve, modify or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the FAA or will notify the FAA within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1215-0140.) (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(i)). (c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, to be employed in the classification or their representatives and the City of Fort Worth, Texas do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the City of Fort Worth, Texas shall send the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the sponsor, to the FAA to be referred, with the recommendation of the FAA, to the Department of Labor for final determination. The Department of Labor will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt or provide notification within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0140.) (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (b )(2) and (3) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 3. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for determination (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(iii)). 4. If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program. Provided, however, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0140.) FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-4 8-2 Withholding: FAA from Owner. Pursuant to the terms of the grant agreements between the United States and the City of Fort Worth, Texas relating to Airport Improvement Project NO. 3-48-0296-1100 and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), the FAA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor may withhold or cause to be withheld from the City of Fort Worth, Texas so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of the work all or part of the wages required by this contract, the FAA may after written notice to the City of Fort Worth, Texas take further action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until such violations have ceased (29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)). 8-3 Payrolls and basic records. 1. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address and social security number of each such employee, his correct classification, rates of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1 (b )(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of paragraph 8-1 above), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1 (b )(2)(8) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) 2. (a) The Contractor will submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the City of Fort Worth, Texas for availability to the FAA as required by paragraph 152.59(a). The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained by paragraph B-3 (a) above. This information may be submitted in any form desired. The contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under 0MB control number 1215-0149.) FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-5 (b) Each payroll shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the employer or his agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: i. That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph B-3 (a) above and that such information is correct and complete; ii. That each laborer and mechanic, including each helper, apprentice and trainee, employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; iii. That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 3-B (2) of this section. ( d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States code. 3. The contractor will make the records required under the labor standards clause of the contract available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the sponsor, the FAA and the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. 4. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FAA may, after written notice to the sponsor or contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)). B-4 Apprentices and trainees. 1. Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-6 any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage rate determination for the work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates ( expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a . percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of the fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of the apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)). 2. Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at the trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-7 no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved . (29 CFR. 5.5(a)(4 )(iii)). 3. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this paragraph shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30 (29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(iii)). 4. Application of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). On contracts in excess of $2,000, the employment of all apprentices and trainees as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(c) shall be subject to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4) (see paragraphs 8-4(a), (b) and (c) above). 5. Enforcement. (a) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regulations or procedures for federally assisted construction programs for which it does not contract directly necessary to insure that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifications thereof which have been approved by the Department of Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds shall be approved by the FAA after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the Contractor that he and his subcontractors have complied or that there is substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions (29 CFR 5.6(a)(1 )). (b) Enforcement activities, including the investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary duty of the FAA . The Department of Labor will coordinate its efforts with the FAA as may be necessary to ensure consistent enforcement of the requirements of these provisions. Enforcement of these provisions shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 5.6. 8-5 Compliance with Copeland Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations (29 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference in this contract (29 CFR 5.5(a)(5)). 8-6 Subcontracts. The Contractor of Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. B-7 Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the Contract clauses in this section (B) and in Section C may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for the debarment as a Contractor and a Subcontractor as provided in 92 CFR Part 5.5. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-8 B-8 Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Acts Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. B-9 Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract sha ll not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the FAA, the sponsor, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. B-10 Certification of Eligibil ity. 1. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 2 . No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1 ). 3. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 u.s.c . 1001. B-11 Wage Rates In Effect for This Project U.S . Department of Labor (DOL) Wage Determination Number TX020045, reproduced in this specification, provides the required minimum wages and fringe benefits to be paid to all laborers and mechanics employed to work on this contract throughout its duration, either under this contract or under a related subcontract. The Contractor and all subcontractors are required to report the actual wages paid to laborers and mechanics doing work under this contract by filing certified weekly payrolls. The reported wages will be verified by review of the weekly payroll reports and by periodic on-site interviews conducted by the Owner or his designated representative. In the event that the work specified in this contract requires work to be done by laborers or mechanics whose job classification is not listed in the attached Wage Determination, the Contractor is responsible for preparing the attached Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate form. The Contractor must complete Items 3 through 15 and submit the request to the Owner's representative prior to issuance of the Contractor's Notice to Proceed or as soon as the need for the additional classification or rate is identified (if the work has been authorized to beg in). FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-9 REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX D SERVICE CONTRACT D CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 15 AND SUBMIT THE REQUES T IN OUADRUPLICA TE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. -1. TO : ADMINISTRATOR, Employment Standards Administration 2. FROM (REPORTING OFFICE) WAGE AND HOUR DMSION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR I WASIIlNGTON, D.C. 20210 3 . CONTRACTOR 14. DATEOFREQUEST 5. CONTRACT NUMBER 6. DATE BID OPENED (SEALED BIDDING) 7. DATE OF AWARD 8. DATE CONTRACT WORK STARTED DATE OPTION EXERCISED (IF APPLICABLE) (SCA ONLY) JtO. SUBCONTRACTOR (IF ANY) 11. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK (ATTACH ADDmONAL SHEET IF NEEDED) 12. LOCATION (CITY, COUNTY AND STATE) 13. IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK PROVIDED FOR UNDER THE ABOVE CONTACT, IT IS NECESSARY TO ESTABLISH THE FOLLOWING RATE(S) FOR THE INDICATED CLASSIFICATION(S) NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION NUMBER· DATED · -a. LIST IN ORDER PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLE(S), JOB DESCRIPTION(S), DUTIES AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION (SCA ONLY). b. WAGERATE(S) c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS I (Use reverse of attach additional schedules, if necessary) 14. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE (IF ANY) IS . SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE 16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX- D D D AGREE D DISAGREE TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE -SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) ORF AR 22.406-3 (OBA) THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROV ALBY THEW AGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED . THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON TiiIS PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE. A DETERMINATION OF THE QUESTION BY THEW AGE AND HOUR DMSION IS THEREFORE REQUESTED. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE NO. DATE SUBMITTED -DEPARTMENT OF LABOR LOCAL REPRODUCTION -STANDARD FORM 1444 (10-87) SECTION C (Contract Workhours and Safety Standards Act Requirements -29 CFR Part 5) C-1 Overtime Requirements. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or perm it any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic rece ived compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. C-2 Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages: Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, the Contractor or any Subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages . In addition , such contractor and Subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above. C-3 Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor of Subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same rime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabi lities of such contractor of Subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clauses set forth in paragraph C-2 above . C-4 Subcontractors . The Contractor or Subcont ractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4 and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs C-1 through C-4. C-5 Working Conditions. No Contractor or Subcontractor may require any laborer or mechan ic employed in the performance of any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 1926) issued by the Department of Labor. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-11 SECTION D (Equal Employment Opportunity-41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b)) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: D-1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. D-2 The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. D-3 The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. D-4 The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. D-5 The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor or pursuant thereto and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and others. D-6 In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor or as otherwise provided by law. D-7 The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph C- 1 and the provisions of paragraph C-1 through C-7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administrating agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-12 provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. D-8 Notice to be Posted per Paragraphs (1) and (3) of the EEO Clause (41 CFR Part 60-1.4(b)). Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law -Discrimination is Prohibited by the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and by Executive Order NO. 11246. Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -Administered by: The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Prohibits discrimination because of Race, Color, Religion, Sex, or National Origin by Employers with 25 or more employees, by Labor Organizations with a hiring hall of 25 or more members, by Employment Agencies, and by Joint Labor-Management Committees for Apprenticeship or Training. Any Person who believes he or she has been discriminated against should contact: FTW _Front_Ends.doc The Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 11-13 SECTION E (Air and Water Quality Standards) E-1 Any other provis ion herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations and directives as may be lawfully issued by a local, state or federal agency having within its jurisdiction the protection of the environment in the area surrounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the Contractor shall comply with all d irectives given by the Engineer in implementation of temporary air and water pollution, soil erosion and siltation control measures . Such measures shall not be paid for directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the contract. E-2 Contractors and subcontractors agree: 1. That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. 2. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. 3. That as a condition for award of a contract, he will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities . 4 . To include or cause to be included in any contract or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-14 SECTION F (Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications -41 CFR 60-4.3) F-1 As used in these specifications: 1. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; 2. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; 3. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; 4. "Minority" includes: (a) Black ( all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (b) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South America or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (c) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast, Asia, the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific Islands); and (d) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). F-2 Whenever the Contractor or any subcontractor at any tier subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract is excess of $10,000, the provision of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. F-3 If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area, either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the plan area (including goals and time tables) shall be in accordance with that plan for those trades which have unions participating in the plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the plan in each trade in which it has employees . The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved plan does not excuse any efforts to achieve the plan goals and time tables. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-15 F-4 The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7(a) through (p) of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization; the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress towards its goals in each craft during the period specified . F-5 Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, as amended, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. F-6 In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. F-7 The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure EEO. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: 1. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation and coercion at all sites and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. 2. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. 3. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union, or if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. 4. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-16 Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. 5. Develop on-the-job trairiing opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under ?(b) above. 6. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. 7. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on-site supervisory personnel, such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter. 8. · Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. 9. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations; to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection process. 10. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women, and where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-17 11. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 12. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. 13. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. 14. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated, except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities, shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. 15. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction Contractors and suppliers including circulation of solicitations to minority and female Contractor associations and other business associations. 16. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. F-8 Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations [?(a) through (p)]. The efforts of a Contractor association, joint Contractor-union, Contractor-community or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participated, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under ?(a) through (p) of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and time tables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. F-9 A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide EEO and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women; generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). F-1 O The Contractor shall not use the goals and time tables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-18 F-11 The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. F-12 The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations by the OFCCP. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. F-13 The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. F-14 The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. F-15 Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). FTW _Front_Ends .doc 11-19 SECTION G (Contractual Requirements Pursuant to Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VI -49 CFR Part 21) During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor" agrees as follows: G-1 Compliance with Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter "DOT) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. G-2 Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. G-3 Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. G-4 Information and Reports. The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Owner or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. G-5 Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 1. Withholding of payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor complies, and/or 2. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or part. G-6 Incorporation of Provisions. The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to and subcontract or procurement as the Owner or the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-20 is threatened with litigation with a Subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the Owner to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Owner and, in addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. SECTION H {Termination of Contract -49 CFR Part 18) H-1 The Owner may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, either for the Owner's convenience or because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations. Upon receipt of such notice, services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as ma have been accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in progress, delivered to the Owner. H-2 If the termination is for the convenience of the Owner, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. H-3 If the termination is due to failure to fulfill the Contractor's obligations, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. In such case, the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any additional cost occasioned to the Owner thereby. H-4 If, after notice of termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Owner. In such event, adjustment in the contract price shall be made as provided in paragraph H-2 of this clause. H-5 The rights and remedies of the Owner provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law o·r under this contract. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 11-21 SECTION I (Buy American -Steel and Manufactured Products for Construction Contracts) 1-1 The Contractor agrees that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Materialmen, and Suppliers in the performance of this contract, as defined in 1-2 below. 1-2 The following terms apply to this clause: 1. 2. 3. Steel and Manufactured Products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. Cost of Components. This means the costs for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 11-22 SECTION J (DBE Required Statements -49 CFR Part 26) J-1 J-2 Contract Assurance. Draft AC 150/5370-10A Change 15 provides that each contract the owner signs with a contractor (and each subcontract the prime contractor signs with a subcontractor) must include the following clause: The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Prompt Payment. A prompt payment clause is required in each DOT-assisted prime contract. A sample follows below: The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the City of Fort Worth. The prime contractor agrees further to return retain age payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Fort Worth. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. F1W _Front_Ends.doc 11-23 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project PART Ill-GENERAL PROVISIONS FlW _Front_Ends.doc GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. · The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to MSHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 AIP. The Airport Improvement Prog·ram, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights of way; and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas, and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-1 adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes . The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed . The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal ; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond ; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific un it of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME . The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM . The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner to be responsible for engineering inspection of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative . 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS . The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-23 FORCE ACCOUNT. Force account construction work is construction that is accomplished through the use of material, equipment, labor, and supervision provided by the Owner or by another public agency pursuant to an agreement with the Owner. 10-24 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-2 10-25 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words oflike import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation; or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly , the words "approved," "acceptable," ''satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-26 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-27 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-28 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-29 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-30 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins . 10-31 OWNER. The term "Owner" shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For AIP contracts, the term "sponsor'' shall have the same meaning as the term "Owner." Where the term ~Owner'' is capitalized in this document, it shall mean airport owner or sponsor only. 10-32 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-33 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-34 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-35 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-3 10-36 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-37 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-38 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his/her proposal is accepted by the Owner. 10-39 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-40 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-41 SPONSOR. See definition above of "Owner." 10-42 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vau lts; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-43 SUBGRADE. The soil that forms the pavement foundation. 10-44 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-45 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering (1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or (2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-46 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds that are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-47 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. 10-48 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-49 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-4 least 6 hours toward completion of the contract when work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. · END OF SECTION 10 FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-5 SECTION 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT {Notice to Bidders). See Notice to Bidders at the beginning of these Contract Document. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the Contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his/her financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his/her {bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinbefore specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the Owner at the time of bid opening. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: a. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding . b. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the Owner) at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. c. Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-6 d. Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES . An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The Owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans specifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his/her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his/her proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. The bidder shall sign his/her proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his/her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his/her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-7 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: a. If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner, or if the Owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. b. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind that make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. c. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. d. If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. e. If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts . 20-09 BID GUARANTEE. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the Owner. 20·10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read , publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-8 b. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. c. If the bidder is considered to be in '· default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. END OF SECTION 20 FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-9 SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: a. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and is in conformance with · applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. · 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 60 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest qualified bidder for the Base Bid or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1, or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 2 or the Base Bid plus Alternate Bid No. 1 and Alternate Bid No. 2 or any combination of the Base bid plus Alternate(s), which ever combination is most advantageous to the City, whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the Owner. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner receives the contracts bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-10 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds that have been fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in .the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful · bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the .Proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. END OF SECTION 3() FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-11 SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations that do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations that are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion . 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITIED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called "Extra Work." Extra Work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such Extra Work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such Extra Work. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-12 When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, he may order the Contractor to proceed with Extra Work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Extra Work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of Extra Work that is not covered by written agreement {change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs , flagperson, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein . The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall be measured and paid in accordance with Technical Specification G-300, Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-13 abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place . The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his/her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c. Use such material for his/her own temporary construction on site; or, d. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., he shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his/her use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his/her exercise of option a., b., or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-14 40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission · of such property owner. END OF SECTION 40 FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-15 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specification requirements. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his/her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his/her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his/her determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term '' reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA, to use good engineering judgment in his/her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-16 The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. SP-P-151 SP-P-152 SP-P-304 SP-P-340 SP-T-901 SP-T-905 SP-F-162 LIST SPECIAL PROVISIONS Special Provision to Clearing and Grubbing Special Provision to Excavation and Embankment Special Provision to Cement Treated Base Course Special Provision to Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Special Provision to Seeding Special Provision to Topsoiling Special Provision to Chain-Link Fence 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with two copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his/her inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his/her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his/her authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct his/her work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-17 Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his/her contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his/her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his/her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES . The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his/her own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The Contractor must give weekly copies of the survey notes to the Engineer so that the Engineer may check them as to accuracy and method of staking. All areas that are staked by the Contractor must be checked by the Engineer prior to beginning any work in the area. The Engineer will make periodic checks of the grades and alignment set by the Contractor. In case of error on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in establishing grades and/or alignment that are not in accordance with the plans or established by the Engineer, all construction not in accordance with the established grades and/or alignment shall be replaced without additional cost to the Owner. No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents, for this labor, materials, or other expenses therewith. The cost thereof shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contract. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking. Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot stations. Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot stations. Subgrade blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway -minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways -minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas -minimum 3 per station d. Roadways -minimum 3 per station Base Course blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway -minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways -minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas -minimum 3 per station FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-18 Pavement areas: a. Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks (for string line by Contractor) at 100 foot stations b. Between Lifts at 25 foot stations for the following section locations: (1 ). Runways -each paving lane width (2). Taxiways -each paving lane width (3). Holding areas -each paving lane width c. After finish paving operations at 50 foot stations ( 1 ). All paved areas -Edge of each p;::iving lane prior to next paving lot d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50 foot stations and at all break points with maximum of 50 foot offsets Fence lines at 100 foot stations Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, VASl's, PAPl's, REIL's, Wind Cones, Distance Markers (signs), pull boxes and manholes. Drain lines; cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot stations, inlet and manholes. Painting and Striping layout (pinned with 1.5 inch PK nails) marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting) Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a minimum of once per 400 feet per pass (i.e. paving lane). NOTE: Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed bythe Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors employed by the Owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his/her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his/her decision. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-19 of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the ( contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been given by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the Owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his/her own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-20 effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed , the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification , the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection . If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed . In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his/her intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby FTW _Front_Ends .doc 111-21 agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his/her written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. 50-17 COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE. The provisions of this subsection will apply only to contracts awarded to the lowest bidder pursuant to competitive bidding . On projects with original contract amounts in excess of $100,000, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the plans, specifications or other requirements of the contract for the sole purpose of reducing the cost of construction. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the project, including but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design and safety standards. This provision shall not apply unless the proposal submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for consideration as a value engineering proposal. Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes in the basic design of a pavement type, runway and taxiway lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the project. As a minimum, the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: a. A description of both existing contract requirements for performing the work and the proposed changes, with a discussion of the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each; b. An itemization of the contract requirements that must be changed if the proposal is adopted; c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing contract and under the proposed changes; d. A statement of the time by which a change order adopting the proposal must be issued; e. A statement of the effect adoption of the proposal will have on the time for completion of the contract; and f. The contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them. The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer, within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal that may be submitted. The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract until a change order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. If a FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-22 change order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a decision should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's judgment such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. The Owner may require the Contractor to share in the Owner's costs of investigating a cost reduction proposal submitted by the Contractor as a condition of considering such proposal. Where such a condition is imposed, the Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the Owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the contract. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be by a contract change order that shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection . Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the plans and specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based . The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the involved work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor's 50 percent share of the net savings shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the work. Acceptance of the cost-reduction proposal and performance of the cost-reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order. END OF SECTION 50 FlW _Front_Ends .doc 111-23 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: None Required 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, AASHTO, Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods, which are current on the date of advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Owner. The testing organizations performing on site field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his/her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the Owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at his/her request. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-24 The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required tests. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final report to the Engineer showing all test data reports, plus an analysis of all results showing ranges, averages, and corrective action taken on all failing tests. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified . Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his/her acceptance of the material or assembly. · Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-25 b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE. The Contractor shall furnish for the duration of the project one building for the use of the field engineers and inspectors, as a field office. This facility shall be an approved weatherproof building meeting the current State Highway Specifications (for example, Class I Field Office or Type C Structure). This building shall be located conveniently near to the construction and shall be separate from any building used by the Contractor. A land line telephone and answering machine shall be provided. The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of the basic monthly charge and local calls only. Any Long Distance Tolls shall be the responsibility of the caller. The Contractor shall furnish FAX machine, photocopy machine, water, sanitary facilities, heat, air conditioning, and electricity. No direct payment will be made for this building or labor, materials, ground rental, or other expense in connection therewith. The cost hereof shall be included in the price bid for the various items of the contract. The Contractor and his/her superintendent shall provide all reasonable facilities to enable to the Engineer to inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-26 Rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its used in the work. 60-08 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the Owner. Owner- furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished material is used. After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-Jurnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due. the Contractor any cost incur.red by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-furnished materials. END OF SECTION 60 FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-27 SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his/her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his/her employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utllity service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: Ovmer (Utility or Other Facility) Location (See Plan Sheet No.) Person to Contact (~lame, Title, Address and Phone) Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above . When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-28 make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AIP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FM's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of Title 49 of the United States Code (USC) and the Rules and Regulations of the FM that pertain to the work. As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, FM, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the USC, the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his/her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health or safety. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area shall be a maximum of 18 inches high. Unless otherwise specified, barricades shall be spaced not more than 25 feet apart. Barricades, warning signs, and markings shall be paid for under Technical Specification G-300, Construction Barricades, Lighted Cones and Traffic Control. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-29 When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet (300 m) from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his/her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not'be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300 m) of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his/her manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his/her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-30 was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his/her contract as may be considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money is due, his/her surety may be held until such suit(s), action(s), or claim(s) for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to · create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract.. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner as described below, as outlined in Part I Special Provisions and Part IV Technical Specifications and as shown on the plans: -·" .. _m Days to Complete Work Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-31 damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions.) Contractor shall refer to the approved safety plan to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his/her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seedings, and soddings furnished under his/her contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his/her operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FM, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows: Utility Service or Facility Person to Contract (Name, Title, Address, & Phone) Owner's Emergency Contact (Phone) FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-32 It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his/her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his/her plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his/her plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity . The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two day's notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet (90 cm) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his/her operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his/her surety. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of- way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-33 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS . In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his/her authorized representatives, or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will · expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his/her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his/her obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. END OF SECTION 70 FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-34 SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. Should the Contractor elect to assign his/her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform, with his organization, an amount of work equal to at least 25 percent of the total contract cost. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 1 O days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit his/her progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his/her operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AIP contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-35 When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows: Coordinate with Airport Operations: AOA-Runway 34R-16L AOA -Bell Helicopter Apron AOA -Taxiway 'A' AOS -Taxiway 'H' Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions). 80-04.1 OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORT DURING CONSTRUCTION. All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project safety plan and the provisions set forth within the current version of Advisory Circular 150/5370-2. The safety plan included within the contract documents conveys minimum requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a plan that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the safety plan. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks of the safety plan measures to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the safety plan and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved safety plan unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to fuJI completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-36 Should the Contractor fail to remove such persons or person, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders . All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to met requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements . If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his/her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-37 provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his/her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The Engineer shall base his/her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. (2) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The Contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest setting forth his/her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-38 b. CONTRACTTIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and nonwork days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. c. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed . If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his/her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his/her request. Requests for extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount of inclement weather exceeded which could normally be expected during the contract period. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion . 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his/her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages including but not limited to additional engineering services that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his/her contract. SCHEDULE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES COST ALLOWED CONSTRUCTION TIME The maximum construction time allowed for Schedules will be the sum of the time allowed for individual schedules but not more than 45 days. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-39 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his/her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or d. Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or e. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or g. Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or h. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or i. For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason herein before, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 1 O days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-40 construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense . When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed . 80-11 WORK AREA, STORAGE AREA AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport. No operating runway, taxiway, or Air Operations Area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his/her work in such a manner as to insure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 400 feet from the centerline of an active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time . No equipment shall be within 400 feet of an active runway at any time . END OF SECTION 80 FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-41 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his/her authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs) having an area of 9 square feet (0.8 square meter) or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. · Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds (907 kilograms) avoirdupois. All materials that are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material is paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the Engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards (cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-42 to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon (liter) or ton (kilogram). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60 F ( 15 C) or will be corrected to the volume at 60 F ( 15 C) using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton (kilogram) or hundredweight (kilogram). Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M.F.B.M.) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such . identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound ( 454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-43 Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them . Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound (2.3 kilogram) weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitab le weights and devices for other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site . Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales '' overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1 percent. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been ''underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted , and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing , installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES . When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled AL TERA TION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his/her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-44 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or nonperform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for based on expended labor, equipment, and materials plus a negotiated and agreed upon allowance for overhead and profit. a. Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. b. Comparison of Record. The Contractor and the Engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the Contractor and the Engineer or their duly authorized representatives. c. Statement. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the Contractor has furni.shed the Engineer with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workman's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-45 Statements shall be accompanied and supported by a receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his/her stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor. 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his/her option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be deducted. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Engineer may, at the Owner's discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of this contract before the final retained percentage or final payment is made. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release in full, the Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any potential lien or other such claim. The bond or collateral shall include all costs, expenses, and attorney fees the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging any such lien or claim. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-46 airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: a. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d. The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. e. The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection . 90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the Contractor's option, he/she may request that the Owner accept (in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the Contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions. a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses ·of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the Owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owner. d. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. FlW _Front_Ends .doc 111-47 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled Fl NAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his/her objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. END OF SECTION 90 FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-48 SECTION 100 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM 100-01 GENERAL. When the specification requires a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified herein and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: a. Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. c. Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference, his/her understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. 100-02 DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM. a. General Description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. b. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document that shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to the start of any production,· construction, or off-site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least ten (10) calendar days before the start of construction. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-49 The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address, as a minimum, the following items: a. Quality control organization; b. Project progress schedule; c. Submittals schedule; d. Inspection requirements; e. Quality control testing plan; f. Documentation of quality control activities; and g. Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met. The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that he/she deems necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. 100-03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program, including inspection and testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be utilized for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100-03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization . The quality control organization shall consist of the following minimum personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least 1 of the following requirements: ( 1) Professional engineer with 1 year of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-50 (2) Engineer-in-training with 2 years of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (3) An individual with 3 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering , Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials techn ician certified at Level Ill by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET). (5) Highway materials technician certified at Level Ill by NICET. (6) Highway construction technician certified at Level Ill by NICET. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with 5 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm . The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site within 2 hours after being notified of a problem . b. Quality Control Technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced craftsman with qualifications in the.appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of 2 years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the following functions: (1} Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications, and as required by Section 100-06. (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and Section 100-07. Certification at an equivalent level, by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification. c. Staffing Levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different work elements. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-51 100-04 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedule for all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT, or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities, milestone dates, and activity duration. The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. 100-05 SUB MITT ALS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (e .g., mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications . The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number; b. Item description; c. Description of submittal; d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal; and e. Scheduled date of submittal. 100-06 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by Section 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment utilized in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. b. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment utilized in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. 100-07 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING PLAN. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum, include the following: FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-52 a. Specification item number (e.g., P-401); b. Item description (e.g., Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements); c. Test type (e.g., gradation, grade, asphalt content); d. Test standard (e.g., ASTM or AASHTO test number, as applicable); e. Test frequency (e.g., as required by technical specifications or minimum frequency when requirements are not stated); f. Responsibility (e.g., plant technician); and g. Control requirements (e.g ., target, permissible deviations). The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D 3665. The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by Section 100-08. 100-08 DOCUMENTATION. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall·include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken. These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features , and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: a. Daily Inspection Reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations on a form acceptable to the Engineer. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the following: (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Compliance with approved submittals; (3) Proper storage of materials and equipment; (4) Proper operation of all equipment; (5) Adherence to plans and technical specifications; (6) Review of quality control tests; and (7) Safety inspection. The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found, causes for rejection, and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-53 b. Daily Test Reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that will record all quality control test results . Daily test reports shall document the following information: (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Test designation; (3) Location; (4) Date of test; (5) Control requirements; (6) Test results; (7) Causes for rejection; (8) Recommended remedial actions; and (9) Retests. Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and utilize statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 SURVEILLANCE BY THE ENGINEER. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production, manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed herein and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of either on-site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 NONCOMPLIANCE. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer or his/her authorized representative to the Contractor or his/her authorized representative at the site of the work, shall be considered sufficient notice. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-54 b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program, as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer may: (1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2) Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions are taken. END OF SECTION 100 FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-55 SECTION 110 METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS {PWL) 110-01 GENERAL. When the specifications provide for acceptance of material based on the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits {PWL), the PWL will be determined in accordance with this section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. The PWL is computed using the sample average (X) and sample standard deviation (S 0 ) of the specified number (n) of sublets for the lot and the specification tolerance limits, L for lower and U for upper, for the particular acceptance parameter. From these values, the respective Quality index(s), QL for Lower Quality Index and/or Ou for Upper Quality Index, is computed and the PWL for the lot for the specified n is determined from Table 1. All specification limits specified in the technical sections shall be absolute values. Test results used in the calculations shall be to the significant figure given in the test procedure. There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only a small fraction of production material (the population) is sampled and tested. This uncertainty exists because all portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability that material produced at the acceptable quality level is rejected or subjected to a pay adjustment. The Owner's risk is the probability that material produced at the rejectable quality level is accepted. IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS SECTION TO INFORM THE CONTRACTOR THAT, IN ORDER TO CONSISTENTLY OFFSET THE CONTRACTOR'S RISK FOR MATERIAL EVALUATED, PRODUCTION QUALITY (USING POPULATION AVERAGE AND POPULATION STANDARD DEVIATION) MUST BE MAINTAINED AT THE ACCEPTABLE QUALITY SPECIFIED OR HIGHER. IN ALL CASES, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PRODUCE AT QUALITY LEVELS THAT WILL MEET THE SPECIFIED ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA WHEN SAMPLED AND TESTED AT THE FREQUENCIES SPECIFIED. 110-02 METHOD FOR COMPUTING PWL. The computational sequence for computing PWL is as follows: a. Divide the lot into n sublets in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the random sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the requirements of the specification. c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. d. Find the sample average (X) for all sublot values within the lot by using the following formula: X = (x1 + x2 + :><a + .. -Xn) I n Where:X = Sample average of all sublet values within a lot x1, X2 = Individual sublet values FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-56 n = Number of sublets e. Find the sample standard deviation (Sn) by use of the following formula: Sn = [(d/ + d/ + d/ + ... d/)l(n-1)]112 Where:Sn = Sample standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set average value X d1, d2, = Deviations of the individual sublot values X1, X2, ... from the that is: d1 = (X1 -X), d2 = (X2 -X) ... dn: (Xn -X) n = Number of sublots f. For single sided specification limits (i.e ., L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula: QL = (X -L) / Sn Where: L = specification lower tolerance limit Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) bf measurements. If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PWL. g. For double-sided specification limits (i.e. Land U), compute the Quality Indexes QL and Ou by use of the following formulas: and Ou = (U -X) / Sn Where: L and U = specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Ou, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below Pu for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or Pu. Determine the PWL by use of the following formula: PWL =(Pu+ PL)-100 Where: PL = percent within lower specification limit Pu = percent within upper specification limit EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. PWL Determination for Mat Density. FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-57 - 1 )11/2 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 96.60 A-2 97.55 A-3 99.30 A-4 98.35 n=4 2. Calculate average density for the lot. X = (x1 + x2 + x3 + ... xn) / n X = (96.60 + 97.55 + 99.30 + 98 .35) / 4 X = 97.95 percent density 3. Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. Sn = [((96.60 -97.95)2 + (97.55 -97.95)2 +(99.30 -97.95)2 + (98.35 -97.95)2)) / (4 Sn= [(1.82 + 0.16 + 1.82 + 0.16) / 3]112 Sn= 1.15 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L=96.3) QL = (X -L) / Sn QL = (97.95 -96 .30) / 1.15 QL = 1.4348 5. Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.44 and n= 4. PWL=98 B. PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1. Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 5.00 A-2 3.74 A-3 2.30 A-4 3.25 2. Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X = (x1 + x + x3 ... n) / n X = (5.00 + 3.74 + 2.30 + 3.25) / 4 X = 3.57 percent 3. Calculate the standard deviation Sn for the lot. FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-58 Sn= [((3.57 -5.00)2 + (3.57 -3.74)2 + (3.57 -2.30)2 + (3.57 -3.25)2) I (4-1)]112 Sn = [(2.04 + 0.03 + 1.62 + 0.1 O ) / 3]1 12 Sn= 1.12 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L= 2.0) QL = (X -L) / Sn QL = (3.57 -2.00) / 1.12 QL = 1.3992 5. Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.41 and n = 4. PL= 97 6. Calculate the Upper Quality Index Ou for the lot. (U= 5.0) Ou = (U -X) / Sn Ou= (5.00 -3.57) / 1.12 Ou= 1.2702 7. Determine Pu by entering Table 1 with Ou= 1.29 and n = 4. Pu= 93 8. Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL =(PL+ Pu)-100 PWL = (97 + 93) -100 = 90 EXAMPLE OF OUTLIER CALCULATION {Reference ASTM E 78) Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. Outlier Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. arranged in descending order. A-3 99.30 A-4 98.35 A-2 97.55 A-1 96.60 FTW_Front_Ends.doc 111-59 2. Use n=4 and upper 5 percent significance level of to find the critical value for test criterion = 1.463. 3. Use average density, standard deviation, and test criterion value to evaluate density measurements. a. For measurements greater than the average: If: (measurement -average)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, outlier Then: the measurement is not considered an outlier for A-3 Check if ( 99.30 -97.95 ) / 1.15 greater than 1.463 1.17 4 is less than 1.463, the value is not an b. For measurements less than the average: If (average -measurement)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, the measurement is not considered an outlier for A-1 Check if ( 97.95 -96.60 ) / 1.15 greater than 1.463 1.0 is less than 1.463, the value is not an outlier NOTE: In this example, a measurement would be considered an outlier if the density was: greater than (97.95+1.463x1 .15) = 99.63 percent or, less than (97.95-1.463x1.15) = 96.27 percent FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-60 TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT WITHIN LIMITS (PWL) Percent Within Positive Values of Q (QL and Ou) Limits (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 99 1 .1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1 .8888 1 .9520 1.9994 2 .0362 98 1 .1524 1.4400 1.6016 1.6982 1 .7612 1 .8053 1.8379 1 .8630 97 1.1496 1.4100 1.5427 1.6181 1 .6661 1.6993 1.7235 1.7420 96 1.1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.5497 1 .5871 1.6127 1.6313 1 .6454 95 1 .1405 1 .3500 1.4407 1.4887 1 .5181 1 .5381 1.5525 1.5635 94 1 .1342 1 .3200 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4717 1.4829 1.4914 93 1.1269 1.2900 1.3508 1.3810 1 .3991 1.4112 1.4199 1.4265 92 1 .1184 1.2600 1.3088 1.3323 1.3461 1.3554 1.3620 1.3670 91 1.1089 1.2300 1.2683 1.2860 1 .2964 1 .3032 1.3081 1.3118 90 1.0982 1.2000 1.2290 1.2419 1 .2492 1 .2541 1.2576 1.2602 89 1.0864 1.1700 1 .1909 1.1995 1.2043 1.2075 1.2098 1.2115 88 1.0736 1.1400 1.1537 1.1587 1 .1613 1 .1630 1.1643 1 .1653 87 1.0597 1.1100 1.1173 1.1192 1.1199 1.1204 1.1208 1.1212 86 1.0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1.0794 1.0791 1.0789 85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1.0435 1.0413 1.0399 1.0389 1.0382 84 '1.0119 1.0200 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 1.0000 0.9990 83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0.9671 0.9643 0 .9624 0.9610 82 0 .9749 0 .9600 0.9452 0.9367 0.9315 0 .9281 0.9258 0 .9241 81 0 .9550 0.9300 0.9123 0 .9025 0.8966 0.8928 0.8901 0.8882 80 0 .9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583 0.8554 0.8533 79 0 .9124 0 .8700 0.8478 0.8360 0 .8291 0.8245 0.8214 0.8192 78 0.8897 0 .8400 0.8160 0 .8036 0.7962 0.7915 0.7882 0.7858 77 0 .8662 0.8100 0.7846 0.7716 0.7640 0.7590 0.7556 0.7531 76 0 .8417 0.7800 0.7535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271 0.7236 0.7211 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 0.7009 0.6958 0.6922 0.6896 FlW _Front_Ends .doc 111-61 Percent Within Positive Values of Q (QL and Ou) Lim its (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0 .6701 0.6649 0.6613 0.6587 73 0.7636 0 .6900 0 .6617 0.6477 0 .6396 0 .6344 0 .6308 0.6282 72 0.7360 0 .6600 0 .6316 0 .6176 0.6095 0 .6044 0.6008 0.5982 71 0.7077 0 .6300 0 .6016 0 .5878 0 .5798 0.5747 0.5712 0 .5686 70 0.6787 0 .6000 0 .5719 0.5582 0.5504 0 .5454 0 .5419 0.5394 69 0 .6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0 .5213 0.5164 0.5130 0 .5105 68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 0.4844 0.4820 67 0.5878 0 .5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 0.4560 0.4537 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0 .4424 0.4355 0.4310 0.4280 0.4257 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4030 0.4001 0.3980 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0 .3753 0.3725 0 .3705 63 0 .4586 0.3900 0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0 .3477 0.3451 0.3432 62 0.4251 0 .3600 0 .3392 0 .3295 0.3239 0 .3203 0.3179 0.3161 61 0 .3911 0.3300 0.3107 0 .3016 0.2964 0.2931 0 .2908 0.2892 60 0.3568 0.3000 0 .2822 0.2738 0 .2691 0.2660 0 .2639 0.2624 59 0.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391 0 .2372 0.2358 58 0 .2872 0.2400 0.2254 0 .2186 0.2147 0 .2122 0.2105 0 .2093 57 0 .2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0.1855 0.1840 0.1829 56 0.2164 0.1800 0.1688 0.1636 0.1607 0 .1588 0.1575 0.1566 55 0.1806 0.1500 0 .1406 0.1363 0 .1338 0.1322 0.1312 0.1304 54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0 .1090 0.1070 0 .1057 0.1049 0 .1042 53 0.1087 0.0900 0 .0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0793 0.0786 0 .0781 52 0.0725 0 .0600 0.0562 0 .0544 0.0534 0.0528 0.0524 0.0521 51 0.0363 0.0300 0.0281 0 .0272 0.0267 0.0264 0 .0262 0.0260 50 0 .0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0 .0000 0.0000 0 .0000 0.0000 FlW _Front_Ends.doc 111-62 Percent W ithin Negative Values of Q (QL and Ou) Limits (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 49 -0 .0363 -0 .0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0 .0267 -0.0264 -0 .0262 -0 .0260 48 -0.0725 -0.0600 -0 .0562 -0 .0544 -0.0534 -0 .0528 -0.0524 -0 .0521 47 -0 .1087 -0 .0900 -0.0843 -0 .0817 -0.0802 -0.0793 -0 .0786 -0 .0781 46 -0.1447 -0 .1200 -0.1125 -0 .1090 -0.1070 -0 .1057 -0 .1049 -0.1042 45 -0 .1806 -0.1500 -0.1406 -0 .1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 -0 .1312 -0 .1304 44 -0.2164 -0 .1800 -0.1688 -0 .1636 -0.1607 -0.1588 -0.1575 -0.1566 43 -0 .2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -0.1911 -0 .1877 -0.1855 -0.1840 -0 .1829 42 -0 .2872 -0.2400 -0 .2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122 -0 .2105 -0 .2093 41 -0 .3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0 .2391 -0.2372 -0.2358 40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0 .2738 -0 .2691 -0.2660 -0.2639 -0.2624 39 -0.3911 -0 .3300 -0.3107 -0 .3016 -0.2964 -0.2931 -0.2908 -0 .2892 38 -0.4251 -0.3600 . -0.3392 -0.3295 -0 .3239 -0.3203 -0.3179 -0 .3161 37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0.3477 -0.3451 -0 .3432 36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0 .3967 -0 .3856 -0.3793 -0.3753 -0.3725 -0.3705 35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4030 -0.4001 -0.3980 34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4355 -0.4310 -0.4280 -0.4257 33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 -0.4560 -0.4537 32 -0.6187 -0.5400 -0 .5129 -0.4999 -0 .4924 -0.4877 -0.4844 -0.4820 31 -0.6490 -0.5700 .-0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0 .5164 -0.5130 -0.5105 30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0.5719 -0.5582 -0 .5504 -0 .5454 -0.5419 -0.5394 29 -0.7077 -0 .6300 -0 .6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747 -0 .5712 -0.5686 28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0 .6095 -0.6044 -0.6008 -0.5982 27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0 .6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344 -0.6308 -0 .6282 26 -0.7904 -0 .7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0 .6649 -0 .6613 -0 .6587 25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0 .7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 -0.6922 -0 .6896 24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0 .7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 -0 .7236 -0.7211 FTW _Front_Ends .doc 111-63 Percent Within Negative Values of Q (QL and Ou) Limits (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0 .7640 -0.7590 -0 .7556 -0.7531 22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915 -0.7882 -0.7858 21 -0.9124 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0.8360 -0.8291 -0.8245 -0.8214 -0.8192 20 -0.9342 -0 .9000 -0.8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 -0.8554 -0.8533 19 -0.9550 -0 .9300 -0 .9123 -0.9025 -0.8966 -0.8928 -0.8901 -0.8882 18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0.9367 -0.9315 -0.9281 -0 .9258 -0.9241 17 -0 .9939 -0.9900 -0.9785 -0.9715 -0.9671 -0.9643 -0.9624 -0.9610 16 -1.0119 -1.0200 -1 .0124 -1 .0071 -1.0037 -1.0015 -1.0000 -0.9990 15 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1.0467 -1.0435 -1.0413 -1.0399 -1.0389 -1 .0382 14 -1.0448 -1.0800 -1.0817 -1 .0808 -1.0800 -1.0794 -1.0791 -1.0789 13 -1.0597 -1.1100 -1.1173 -1 .1192 -1.1199 -1.1204 -1.1208 -1.1212 12 -1 .0736 -1.1400 -1.1537 -1.1587 -1.1613 -1.1630 -1.1643 -1.1653 11 -1.0864 -1.1700 -1.1909 -1.1995 -1 .2043 -1.2075 -1.2098 -1.2115 10 -1.0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1.2492 -1.2541 -1.2576 -1.2602 9 -1.1089 -1.2300 -1.2683 -1.2860 -1.2964 -1.3032 -1.3081 -1.3118 8 -1.1184 -1.2600 -1.3088 -1.3323 -1.3461 -1.3554 -1.3620 -1.3670 7 -1.1269 -1.2900 -1.3508 -1.3810 -1.3991 -1.4112 -1.4199 -1.4265 6 -1.1342 -1.3200 -1.3946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4717 -1.4829 -1.4914 5 -1.1405 -1 .3500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 -1.5525 -1.5635 4 -1.1456 -1.3800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1.5871 -1.6127 -1.6313 -1.6454 3 -1 .1496 -1.4100 -1 .5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 -1.7235 -1.7420 2 -1.1524 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1 .7612 -1.8053 -1.8379 -1.8630 1 -1.1541 -1.4700 -1.6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 -1.9520 -1.9994 -2.0362 END OF SECTION 110 FTW _Front_Ends.doc 111-64 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project PART IV· TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ITEM G-300 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES, LIGHTED CONES AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DESCRIPTION 300-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall include the construction, placement, relocation and removal of lighted cones and multi-barrier barricades. This item shall include all labor and materials necessary for furnishing, placement, relocation, maintenance, and removal of lighted cones and construction barricades. All light cones and barricades will be stored on site and will be placed as Directed by the Owner Authorized Representative (OAR). MATERIALS 300-2.1 LIGHTED CONES. The cones shall be either red or orange in color and shall be weighted sufficiently either by design or other methods to stabilize the cones against wind or jet aircraft blast. The lights shall be attached to the cones or adjacent to the cones. The lights shall be battery operated and will be flashing, strobe, or contim-1ous burning, as shown on the plans, or as directed by the OAR. The cones shall have a six (6) inch wide retro-reflective band continuously around the cone located near the top of the cone. 300-2.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES. The multi-barrier barricades shall be Safety Barricade Model AR-1 Ox96 or approved equal. The red lights shall be battery operated and shall be of such a design that they will operate a minimum of 15 hours on a single charge. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 300-3.1 LIGHTED CONES. The lighted cones shall be placed at locations designated by the OAR. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to maintain the lighted cones and to immediately repair or replace any cone that is damaged, and to replace batteries, lights and flashers that are not operating. Maintenance, repair, and replacement will not be paid for directly, but shall be subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain the lighted cones, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and location has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the OAR. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project G-300-1 During construction, the Contractor may be required to relocate certain lighted cones to accommodate progress of this work as directed by the OAR and to place lighted cones on a nightly basis for runway and taxiway closures. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501 . 300-3.2 MUL Tl-BARRIER BARRICADES. a. Placement of Multi-Barrier Barricades. Multi-barrier barricades shall be placed on the concrete apron, asphalt shoulders and grass areas, as directed by the OAR, to separate the active apron and taxiways from areas under construction. Placement of multi-barrier barricades shall be compatible with the contract documents and shall be located to the extent determined by the OAR. (1) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure the multi-barrier barricades in the grassy area in a stable manner. (2) The battery operated red flashers located at each end of the multi-barrier barricade shall be operative at all times. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to immediately repair or replace any flasher that is not operating . (3) Multi-barrier barricades shall be in place prior to commencing construction operations. If the Contractor fails to locate or maintain barricades and lights, it shall be cause for the suspension of work, until proper maintenance and barricade location has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the OAR. b. Relocation of Multi-Barrier Barricades. Multi-barrier barricades shall be relocated to new areas as directed by the OAR. This relocation is not a separate pay item but will be considered subsidiary to the Bid Item 00501. c. The multi-barrier barricades shall remain the property of the Contractor. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 300-4.1 MEASUREMENT. The furnishing, installation and relocation of construction lighted cones and barricades shall.not be measured separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the Lump Sum bid item "Sign- Barricades & Traffic Routing -Install". Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project G-300-2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 300-5.1 PAYMENT. No separate payment shall be made for barricades, lighted cones or other traffic control devices. Payment for these items shall be made at the contract Lump Sum price bid for Signs- Barricades & Traffic Routing. Such price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide , install, relocate, maintain and remove all construction barricades, lighted cones and traffic control devices. Payment will be made under: Item 00501 Sign-Barricades & Traffic Routing -Install, ---per lump sum. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END OF ITEM G-300 G-300-3 ITEM G-700 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION 700-1.1 This section shall include all work necessary for and incidental to the execution and completion of demolition, and removal or removal, salvage and storage of items as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Where either concrete or asphalt pavement is designated to be removed, the pavement removal shall be saw cut as required and include the removal of the pavement's base sections, i.e., cement treated base (CTB), asphalt base, flexible base, etc. The base materials are not considered as individual removal items. Five inches for the shoulder pavement to be removed is an estimate of the thickness, the actually thickness may vary. CONSTRUCTION METHOD 700-2.1 GENERAL. a. Demolition and removal procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress, timely disconnection of any utility service and protection for any vehicles or aircraft in the area. b. The use of explosives will not be permitted. 700-2.2 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS. a. Demolished materials shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be properly disposed of outside the limits of the airport, with the exception of materials designated in the contract documents or designated by the Engineer to be salvaged. All electrical fixtures, components and associated accessories shall be salvaged for relocation as designated by the contract documents or for delivery to Alliance Airport. Salvage material shall be delivered to Alliance Airport at a site on the airport as designated by the Construction Manager. b. Receipts shall be furnished by the Contractor for salvaged items delivered to Alliance Airport. c. Burning at the project site for disposal of refuse and debris will not be allowed. d. Demolition debris shall be removed at least once each day in accordance with applicable city, county, state and federal laws and/or ordinances. e. The Contractor shall meet all applicable city, county, state and federal laws and/or ordinances governing spillage of debris while transporting to the disposal site. f. All combustible waste materials and/or hazardous waste and debris shall be handled, transported and disposed of in accordance with applicable local, state and federal laws and/or ordinances. 700-2.3 UTILITIES. a. The Contractor shall cut, remove, plug or otherwise alter the condition of existing utilities as indicated on the plans, and shall repair or replace those utilities damaged or destroyed that are to remain in place. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project G-700-1 b. The Contractor shall notify all utility companies, public or private, of his intended operations and determine if any utilities exist that are not indicated on the plans. Close coordination shall be maintained between the Contractor and utility companies. c. Trenches for utilities to be removed shall be filled, backfilled and compacted in lifts. 700-2.4 DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. a. Concrete or asphalt pavement specified to be removed shall be saw cut full depth when adjacent to existing structures or pavement to remain in place. Edges of concrete (or asphaltic pavement) to remain shall be protected from chipping or spalling. b. Avoid excessive vibrations in demolition procedures that would be transmitted through existing structures and finish materials. c. Provide necessary shoring, bracing, needle pinning and other precautions required to properly support existing structures during cutting and demolition operations. d. Existing concrete to be removed shall be broken up into pieces not greater than 36 inches in any dimension by a means suitable to the Construction Manager. The use of explosives will not be permitted. Reinforcing steel shall be cut as necessary for satisfactory disposal. e. The contractor shall use care in the removal of electrical items in order to salvage the electrical items and their components. f. The removal of pavement striping shall be accomplished by means high pressure water. Sandblasting and grinding will not be permitted. 700-2.5 CLEAN UP . a. Debris and rubbish shall be removed from the site daily. b. Debris Control: Remove and transport debris in a manner as to prevent spillage on aprons, runways and/or taxiways, roads or adjacent areas. The work area shall be continuously maintained to keep it free of any debris from the construction process. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 700-3.1 The demolition and removal of concrete pavement and asphalt pavement shall be measured for payment by the square yard for each designated depth of concrete as listed in the bid schedule and by the square yard for asphalt pavement as measured in place to neat lines and actually removed. 700-3.2 Demolition items damaged or removed by the Contractor in excess of quantities to be removed as directed by either the contract documents or the Construction Manager shall not be measured for payment, but shall be at the Contractor's sole expense. 700-3.3 Saw-Cut shall be measured for payment by the linear foot, complete. 700-3.4 Demolition and removal of perimeter security fence shall be measured by the linear foot of perimeter security fence measured in place and actually removed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project G-700-2 METHOD OF PAYMENT 700-4.1 Demolition items damaged or removed by the Contractor in excess of quantities ·to be removed as directed by either the contract documents or the Construction Manager. shall not eligible for payment, but shall be at the Contractor's sole expense. 700-4.2 Payment for saw-cut will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. This price shall be full compensation for all preparation, labor, equipment, tools, and inpidentals necessary to complete the item. 700-4.3 Payment for ·demolition of perimeter security fence and associated mow strip will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. This price shall be full compensation for all preparation, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. G-700 G-700 Saw-Cut-per linear foot Demolition of Perimeter Security Fence and Associated Mow Stripper--per linear foot END OF ITEM G-700 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project · G-700-3 ITEM P-101 MOBILIZATION DESCRIPTION 101-1.1 GENERAL. The work specified in this item consists of preparatory work and operations to mobilize for beginning work on the project, and departure from the site upon completion of this work. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site, for furnishing, installation and any necessary relocation of construction barricades, and for the establishment of temporary AOA access gate(s), utilities, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications and State and local laws and regulations. The cost of bonds and any required insurance or which is not covered by a separate payment item, and any pre-construction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, may also be included in this section. This item shall also cover demobilization from the site upon the completion of the work. Demobilization shall include, but is not limited to, removal of temporary offices, buildings, utilities, and other facilities as well as demolition and restoration of the staging area(s) to condition prior to construction, removal of temporary gate(s), reconstruction of permanent security (AOA) fence, haul routes, and any other areas not covered by other sections. BASIS OF PAYMENT 101-2.1 GENERAL. The work and incidental costs covered under this item shall be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for Mobilization. 101-2.2 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 5% 10% 100% Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item* 50% 90% 100% *The lump sum amount for this item is limited to five (5%) percent of the original Contract amount. Any amount in excess of five (5%) percent will be paid upon completion of all work on the Contract. The standard retainage as specified in the General Conditions shall be applied to this item. Payment will be made under: P-101 Mobilization--per lump sum Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END OF ITEM P-101-1 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1; Delete Section 151-1.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 151-1.1 This item shall consist of clearing including the disposal of materials within the limits designated on the plans or as required by the Engineer. Clearing and Grubbing shall consist of cutting and removal of trees, stumps, brush, logs, heavy growth of grass or weeds and under growth from perimeter security fence within project limits. Clearing and grubbing shall also consist of mowing the grass and racking all loose material with the project area and removing same from airport property. Topsoil is to be removed to a depth of 4-inches and shall be considered as "Unclassified Excavation" as stipulated by Item P-152. Top Soil is to remain property of the Owner and is to be stockpiled at a location on Airport property as specified by Owner. All other soil material shall become property of the contractor and shall be properly disposed of at a location off of the Airport property. Burning of spoil material, grass and clearing and grubbing material will not be permitted. 2. Delete Section 151-2.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 151-2.1 GENERAL. The areas requiring grading improvements as indicated on the drawings shall be cleared and grubbed. Prior to clearing and grubbing, the Contractor shall perform a survey of the site to establish existing ground surface elevations for the purpose of determining excavation quantities. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory distance in advance of the grading operation. The Contractor shall preserve and protect from injury all trees not to be removed. Blasting will not be permitted on Airport property. 3. Delete Section 151-2.2 in its entirety. 4. Delete Section 151-2.3 and substitute the following: 151-2.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. In areas to be cleared and grubbed, all grass and other vegetation shall be stripped in preparation for construction of improvements shown on plans. All materials therefrom shall be properly disposed of off airport property. Contractor will notify the Engineer when miscellaneous structures not shown on Plans are encountered. The Engineer shall determine whether the structure requires removal. Equitable pricing for removal and disposal shall be determined. 5. Add Section 151-2.4 to section Construction Methods: 151-2.4 CLEARING OF FENCE ROW. In areas along existing perimeter security fence and within the project limits, clear fence row of all grass, vegetation and objectionable material. All materials therefrom shall be properly disposed of off airport property. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project S-P-151-1 Contractor will notify the Engineer when miscellaneous structures not shown on Plans are encountered. The Engineer shall determine whether the structure requires removal. Equitable pricing for removal and disposal shall be determined. 6. Delete Section 151-3.1 and substitute the following: 151-3.1 Measurement shall be made at the contract unit price per acre for clearing and grubbing . This price shall be full compensation for all materii;ils and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, including clearing, grubbing, removal, haul, and disposal of spoil material. 151-3.2 Measurement shall be made at the contract unit price linear foot for clearing and grubbing of Perimeter Security Fence Row. This price shall be full compensation for all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, including clearing, grubbing, removal, haul, and disposal of spoil material. 7. Delete Section 151-4.1 and substitute the following : 151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre for clearing and grubbing. This price shall be full compensation for all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, including clearing, grubbing, removal, haul , and disposal of spoil material. 151-4.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for clearing and grubbing of Perimeter Security Fence Row. This price shall be full compensation for all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, including clearing, grubbing, removal, haul, and disposal o~ spoil material. Payment will be made under: Item P-151 Item P-151 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project Clearing and Grubbing --~ per acre Clearing of Perimeter Security Fence Row -per linear foot END OF SPECIAL PROVISION S-P-151 -2 ITEM .P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING DESCRIPTION 151-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of clearing or clearing and grubbing, including the disposal of materials, for all areas within the limits designated on the plans or as required by the Engineer. Clearing shall consist of the cutting and removal of all trees, stumps, brush, logs, hedges, the removal of fences and .other loose or projecting material from the designated areas. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not be required. Clearing, when so designated, shall consist of the cutting and removal of isolated single trees or isolated groups of trees. The cutting of all the trees of this classification shall be in accordance with the requirements for the particular area being cleared, or as shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The trees shall be considered isolated when they are 40 feet (12 m) or more apart, with the exception of a small ~lump of approximately five trees or less. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground of the designated areas of all trees, stumps, dow,:i timber, logs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material which in the opinion of the Engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of strips, pavements, or other required structures, including the grubbing of stumps, roots, matted roots, foundations, and the disposal from the project of all spoil materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or otherwise. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 151-2.1 GENERAL. The areas denoted on the plans to be cleared or cleared and grubbed shall be staked on the ground by the Engineer. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory distance in advance of the grading operations. All spoil materials removed by clearing or by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by burning, when permitted by local laws, or by removal to approved disposal areas. When burning of material is permitted, it shall be burned urider the constant care of competent watchmen so that the surrounding vegetation and other adjacent property will not be jeopardized. Burning shall be done in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before starting any burning operations, the Contractor shall notify the agency having jurisdiction. As far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on slopes of embankments or channels. When embankments are constructed of such material, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for formation of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which cannot be used in construction and all other materials not considered suitable for use elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. In no case shall any discarded materials be left in windrows or piles adjacent to or within the airport limits. The manner and location of disposal of materials shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view. When the Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-151-1 Contractor is required to locate a disposal area outside the airport property limits at his/her own expense, he shall obtain and file with the Engineer, permission in writing from the property owner for the use of private property for this purpose. If the plans or the specifications require the saving of merchantable timber, the Contractor · shall trim the limbs and tops from designated trees, saw them into suitable lengths, and make the material available for removal by other agencies. Any blasting necessary shall be done at the Contractor's responsibility, and the utmost care shall be taken not to endanger life or property. The removal of existing structure and utilities required to permit orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph pole, pipeline, conduit, sewer, roadway, or other utility is encountered and must be removed or relocated the Contractor shall advise the Engineer who will notify the proper local authority or owner and attempt to secure prompt action . 151-2.2 CLEARING. The · Contractor shall clear the staked or indicated area of all objectionable materials. Trees unavoidably falling outside the specified limits must be cut up, removed, and disposed of in a satisfactory manner. In order to minimize damage to trees that are to be left standing, trees shall be felled toward the center of area being cleared. The Contractor shall preserve and protect from injury all trees not to be removed. The trees, stumps, and brush shall be cut to a height of not more than 12 inches (300 mm) above the ground. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not be required. When isolated trees ·are designated for clearing, the trees shall be classed ' in accordance with the butt diameter size as measured at a point 18 inches (45 cm) above the ground level or at a designated height specified in the proposal. Fences shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the Engineer. Fence wire shall be neatly rolled and the wire and posts stored on the airport if they are· to be used again, or stored at a designated location if the fence is to remain the property of a local owner or of a civic authority. 151-2.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, except where embankments exceeding 3-1/2 feet (105 cm) in depth are to be made outside of paved areas. In cases where such depth of embankments is to be made, all unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, but sound trees, stumps, and brush can be cut off within 6 inches (150 mm) above the ground and allowed to remain. Tap roots and other projections over 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) in diameter shall be g11Jbbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches (45 cm) below the finished subgrade or slope elevation. Any buildings and miscellaneous structures that are shown on the plans to be removed shall be demolished or removed, and all materials therefrom shall be disposed of either by burning or otherwise removed from the site. The remaining or existing foundations, wells, cesspools, and all like structures shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the materials of which the foundations, wells, cesspools, etc., are built to a depth at least 2 feet (60 cm} below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete, blocks, or other Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-151-2 objectionable material which cannot be used in backfill shall be removed and disposed of. The holes or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable material and properly compacted. All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to the density required in Item P-152. The same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes remaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 151-3.1 The quantities of clearirig or clearing as shown by the limits on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer shall be the number of acres · or fractions thereof, of land specifically cleared or cleared and grubbed. BASIS OF PAYMENT 151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre (square meter) for clearing. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item .. Payment will be made under: Item P-151 Clearing and Grubbing-per acre Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END ITEM P-151 P-151-3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 1. Delete Section 152-1.2.b in its entirety. 2. Delete Section 152-3.3 in its entirety. 3. Delete Sections 152-4.2 and 152-4.6 in their entirety. 4 . Delete pay items and replace with the following. Item P-152 Item P-152 Unclassified Excavation--per cubic yard Embankment in Place--per cubic yard Ft. Worth Alliance A irport Electrical Improvements Project END OF SPECIAL PROVISION S-P-152-1 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT DESCRIPTION 152-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of trye work required to construct runway safety areas, runways, taxiways, aprons, and intermediate as well as other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical section shown on the plans. 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: a. Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature, which is not otherwise classified and paid for under the following items. b. Rock Excavation. Rock excavation shall include all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits which . are so firmly cemented they cannot be removed without blasting or using rippers. All boulders containing a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard (0.4 cubic meter) will be classified as "rock excavation." c. Muck Excavation. Muck excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of deposits of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material. Muck shall include materials which will decay or produce subisidence in the embankment. It may be made up of decaying stumps, roots, logs, humus, or other material not satisfactory for incorporation in the embankment. d. Drainage Excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of all excavation made for the primary purpose of drainage and includes drainage ditches, such as intercepting, inlet or outlet; temporary levee construction; or any other type as shown on the plans. e. Borrow Excavation. Borrow excavation shall consist of approved material required for the construction of embankment or for other portions of the work in excess of the quantity of usable material available from required excavations . Borrow material shall be obtained from areas within the limits of the airport property but outside the normal limits of necessary grading, or from areas outside the airport. · · 152-1.3 Unsuitable Excavation. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck; peat, organic silt, or sod shall be .considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material, when approved by the Engineer as suitable to support vegetation , may be used on the embankment slope. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 152-2.1 General . Before beginning excavation,· grading, and embankment operations in any area, the area shall be completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans. All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued. At the direction of the Engineer, the Ft. Wo.rth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-152-1 Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material has become compacted, by hauling or other activities of the Contractor shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm), in order to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. The Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, satisfactorily repair or pay the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures which may result from any of the Contractor's operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 EXCAVATION. No excavation shall be started until the work has been staked out by the Contractor and the Engineer has obtained elevations and measurements of the ground surface. All suitable excavated material shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, or for other purposes shown on the plans. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed of as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be obtained from borrow areas. · · The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times. When necessary, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. a. Selective Grading. When selective grading is indicated on the plans, the more suitable material as designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment or in capping the pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place this material in its final location, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that it can be measured for payment for ·rehandling as specified in paragraph 3.3. b. Undercutting. Rock, -shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for runway safety areas, subgrades, roads, shoulders, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches {300 mm), or to the depth specified by the Engineer, below the subgrade. Muck, peak, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of at locations shown on the plans. This excavated material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for unclassified excavation. The excavated area shall be refilled with suitable material, obtained from the grading operations or borrow areas and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, any pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with the details shown on the plans. c. Overbreak. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his/her decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be graded or removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed; however, payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the.Engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation." d. Removal of Utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required ·to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor, e.g., the utility Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-152-2 unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet (6 cm) below the top of subgrade or as indicated on the plans, and the material disposed of as directed . All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as specified herein. e. Compaction Requirements. The subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. Payment for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain· the required depth of density will be paid for as unclassified excavation. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. The finished grading ope.rations, conforming to the typical cross section, shall be completed and maintained at least 1 ,000 feet (300 m) ahead of the paving operations or as directed by the Engineer. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be bared loose or otherwise removed to line of finished grade of slope . All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the safety of all persons, the work, and the property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. All operations of the Contractor in connection with the transportation, storage, a·nd use of explosives shall conform to all state and local regulations and explosive manufacturers' instructions, with applicable approved permits reviewed by the Engineer. Any approval given, however, will not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility in blasting operations. Where blasting is approved, the Contractor shall employ a vibration consultant, approved by the Engineer, to advise on explosive charge weights per delay and to analyze records from seismograph recordings. The seismograph shall be capable of producing a permanent record of the three components of the motion in terms of particle velocity, and in addition shall be capable of internal dynamic calibration. In each distinct blasting area, where pertinent factors affecting blast vibrations and their effects in the area remain the same, the Contractor shall submit a blasting plan of the initial blasts to the Engineer for approval. This plan must consist of hole size, depth, spacing, burden, type of explosives, type of delay sequence, maximum amount of explosive on any one delay period, depth of rock, and depth of overburden if any. The maximum explosive charge weights per delay included in the plan shall not be increased without the approval of the engineering. The Contractor shall keep a record of each blast fired-its date, time and location; the amount of explosives used, maximum explosive charge weight per delay period, and, where necessary, seismograph records identified by instrument number and location. These records shall be made available to the Engineer on a monthly basis or in tabulated form at other times as required. 152-2.3 BORROW EXCAVATION. Borrow area(s) within the airport property are indicated on the plans. Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed. When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the ·Engineer, at least 15 days · prior to beginning the excavation, so necessary Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-152-3 measurements and tests can be made. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat, presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. 152-2.4 DRAINAGE EXCAVATION. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, for temporary levee construction; or for any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction . All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsuitable material shall be placed in waste areas or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent excavation operations. All necessary work shall be performed to sect.ire a finish true to line, elevation, and cross section. The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed on the project to the required cross section and shall keep them free of debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. 152-2.5 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA. Where an embankment is to be constructed to a height of 4 feet (120 m} or less, all sod and vegetable matter shall be removed from the surface upon which the embankment is to be placed,and the cleared surface shall be completely broken up by plowing or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm}. This area shall then be compacted as indicated in paragraph 2.6. When the height of fill is greater than 4 feet (120 m}, sod not required to be removed shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground before construction of embankment. Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3 to 1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shown on the plans . · No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the quantity of excavation removed will be paid for under the respective items of work. 152-2.6 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS. Embankments shall be formed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches (200 mm} in loose depth for the full width of the cross section, unless otherwise approved to the Engineer. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure a shown on the typical cross section or as directed. Materials such as brush, hedge, roots, stumps, grass and other organic matter, shall not be incorporated or buried in the embankment. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field . The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layer shall be within +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction . In order to achieve a uniform moisture content throughout the layer, wetting or drying of the material and manipulation shall be required when necessary. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all of the affected portions of the embankment shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling of dry material to obtain the proper moisture content shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken for each 100 cubic yards. Based on these tests, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and adjustments in methods, materials or moisture content in order to achieve the correct embankment density. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project p.:152-4 Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum density for noncohesive soils, and 90 percent of maximum density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D 1557. Under all areas to be paved, the embankments shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. On all areas outside of the pavement areas; no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches (100 mm). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another until the proper density is obtained. · During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his/her equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over ttie layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or . other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. In the construction of embankments, layer placement shall begin in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same, time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. Rock fill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the Engineer. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material cannot be placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing, pulverizing or further breaking down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding 2 feet (60 cm) in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable leveling equipment and by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. These type lifts shall not be constructed above an elevation 4 feet (120 cm) below · the finished subgrade. Density requirements will not apply to portions of embankments constructed of materials which cannot be tested in accordance with specified methods. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to . placing in layers, compacting, disking, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. 152-2.7 FINISHING AND PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE. After the subgrade has been substantially completed the full width shall be conditioned by removing any soft or other unstable material which will not compact properly. The resulting areas and all other low areas, holes or depressions shall be brought to grade with suitable select material. Scarifying, blading, rolling and other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgrade shaped to the lines . and grades shown on the plans. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-152-5 Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect the subgrade from damage. He/she shall limit hauling over the finished subgrade to that which is essential for construction purposes. All ruts or rough places that develop in a completed subgrade shall be smoothed and recompacted. No subbase, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrad~ has been approved by the Engineer. 152-2.8 HAUL. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. Its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay of items of work involved. No payment will be made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work. 152-2.9 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16-foot ( 4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1 /2- inch (12 mm), or shall not be more than 0.05-foot (.015 m) from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials; reshaping; and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. On runway safety areas, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 foot (0.03 m) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall ·be corrected by loosening, adding or removing _materials, and reshaping . 152-2.1 O TOPSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans or under Item T- 905, it shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905. If, at the time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished construction, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be · placed within 400 feet of runway pavement or 250 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas which subsequently will require any excavation or embankment. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is practical to place the salvaged topsoil. at the time of excavation or stripping, the material shall be placed in its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling. Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and laced as directed, or as required in Item T-905. · No direct payment will be made for topsoil as such under Item P-152 . The quantity removed and placed directly or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for .. Unclassified Excavation." When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer, the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for "Topsoiling," as provided in Item T-905. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 152-3.1 The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its original position. Measurement shall not include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-152-6 152-3.2 "Borrow material shall be paid for on the basis of the number of cubic yards measured in its orig inal position at the borrow pit. 152-3.3 Stockpiled material shall be paid for on the basis of the number of cubic yards measu red in the stockpiled position as soon as the material has been stockpiled . 152-3.4 For payment specified by the cubic yard , measurement for all embankment shall be computed by the average end area method. The end area is that bound by the original ground line established by field cross sections and the final theoretical pay line established by [embankment] cross sections shown on the plans , subject to verification by the Engineer. After completion of all embankment operations and prior to the placing of base or subbase material, the final embankment shall be verified by the Engineer by means of field cross sections taken randomly at intervals not exceeding 500 linear feet. Fina l field cross sections shall be employed if the following changes have been made: a. Plan width of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 1.0 foot; or b. Plan elevations of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 0 .5 foot. BASIS OF PAYMENT 152-4.1 For "Unclassified excavation" payment shall be made. at the contract unit price per cubic yard . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools ; and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.2 For "Rock Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit pr ice per cubic yard. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materia ls, labor,· equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete tbe item. 152-4.3 For "Muck Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all matedals, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item . 152-4.4 For "Drainage Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials , labor, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the item. · 152-4.5 For "Borrow Excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the item . 152-4.6 For "Stockpiled Material" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the item . 152-4.7 For "Embankment in Place" payment shall be made at the contract un it price per cubic yard . · This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools , and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.1 Unclassified Excavation -per c~bic yard Item P-152-4.2 Rock Excavation--per cubic yard Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-152-7 Item P-152-4.3 Muck Excavation-per cubic yard Item P-152-4.4 Drainage Excavation--per cubic yard Item P-152-4.5 Borrow Excavation-per cubic yard Item P-152-4.6 Stockpiled material--per cubic·yard Item P-152-4.7 Embankment in Place-per cubic yard ASTM D 698 TESTING REQUIREMENTS Tests for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-pound (2 .5 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (300 mm) Drop ASTM D 1556 Test for Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand Cone Method ASTM D 1557 Tests for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 10-pound (4.5 kg) Rammer and 18-inch (45 cm) Drop ASTM D 2167 Test for Density of Soil In-Place by the Rubber Balloon Method. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END OF ITEM P-152 P-152-8 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-155 LIME TREATED SUB-GRADE 1. Delete Section 155-3.2 TOLERANCES in its entirety. 2. Section 155-6.3 MIXING, subparagraph a. FIRST MIXING, delete the sixth sentence and substitute the following: The water content of the subrade mixture shall be maintained at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content for a minimum of 48 hours. 3. Section 155-6. 7 MAINTENANCE, delete the first sentence of the second paragraph and substitute the following: Emulsified asphalt sealant is required, the Contractor shall maintain and repair the treated and sealed subgrade areas as specified and as directed by the Construction Manager. 4. Delete section 155-7 .1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 155-7 .1 The yardage of lime-treated subgrade to be paid for shall be the number of square yards classified by depth, completed and accepted. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project S-P-155-1 ITEM P-155 LIME-TREATED SUBGRADE DESCRIPTION 155-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of constructing one or more courses of a mixture of soil, lime, and water in accordance with this specification, and in conformity with the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS 155-2.1 HYDRATED LIME. Hydrated lime shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 207, Type N. 155-2.2 COMMERCIAL LIME SLURRY. Commercial lime slurry shall be a pumpable suspension of solids in water. The water or liquid portion of the slurry shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity naturally injurious or objectionable for the purpose intended. The solids portion of the mixture, when considered on the basis of "solids content," shall consist principally of hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to meet the following requirements as to chemical composition and residue. a. Chemical Composition. The "solids content" of the lime slurry shall consist of a minimum of 70%, by weight, of calcium and magnesium oxides. b. Residue. The percent by weight of residue retained in the "solids content" of lime slurry shall conform to the following requirements: Residue retained on a No. 6 (3360 micron) sieve ----Max. 0.0% Residue retained on a No. 10 {2000 micron) sieve -Max. 1.0% Residue retained on a No. 30 (590 micron) sieve --Max. 2.5% c. Grade. Commercial lime slurry shall conform to one of the following two grades: Grade 1: The "dry solids content" shall be at least 31 % by weight, of the slurry. Grade 2: The "dry solids content" shall be at least 35%, by weight, of the slurry. 155-2.3 WATER. Water used for mixing or curing shall be reasonably clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without test. 155-2.4 SOIL. The soil for this work shall consist of materials on the site or selected materials from other sources and shall be uniform in quality and gradation, and shall be approved by the Engineer. The soil shall be free of roots, sod, weeds, and stones larger than 2-1/2 inches (60 mm). COMPOSITION 155-3.1 LIME. Lime shall be applied at the rate specified on the plans for the depth of subgrade treatment shown. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-155-1 155-3.2 TOLERANCES. At final compaction, the lime and water content for each course of subgrade treatment shall conform to the following tolerances: Material Lime Water Tolerance +0.5% +2%,-0% WEATHER LIMITATIONS 155-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATION . The lime-treated subgrade shall not be mixed while the atmospheric temperature is below 40 F (4 C) or when conditions indicate that temperatures may fall below 40 F (4 C) within 24 hours, when it is foggy or rainy, or when soil or subgrade is frozen . EQUIPMENT 155-5.1 EQUIPMENT. The equipment required shall include all equipment necessary to complete this item such as: grading and scarifying equipment, a spreader for the lime or lime slurry, mixing or pulverizing equipment, sheepsfoot and pneumatic or vibrating rollers , sprinkling equipment, and trucks. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 155-6.1 GENERAL. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed subgrade containing a uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth, and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his/her work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work, and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Prior to beginning any lime treatment the subgrade shall be constructed and brought to grade as specified in Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" and shall be shaped to conform to the typical sections, lines , and grades as shown on the plans. The material to be treated shall then be excavated to the secondary grade (proposed bottom of lime treatment) and removed or windrowed to expose the secondary grade. Any wet or unstable materials below the secondary grade shall be corrected, as directed by the Engineer, by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting until it is of uniform stability. The excavated material shall then be spread to the desired cross section. If the Contractor elects to use a cutting and pulverizing machine that will remove the subgrade material accurately to the secondary grade and pulverize the material at the same time, he will not be required to expose the secondary grade nor windrow the material. However, the Contractor shall be required to roll the subgrade, as directed by the Engineer, and correct any soft areas that this rolling may reveal before using the pulverizing machine. This method will be permitted only where a machine is provided which will ensure that the material is cut uniformly to the proper depth and which has cutters that will plane the secondary grade to a smooth surface over the entire width of the cut. The machine must give visible indication at all times that it is cutting to the proper depth. 155-6.2 APPLICATION. Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. The application and mixing of lime with the soil shall be accomplished by the methods hereinafter described as "Slurry Placing." Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-155-2 a. Slurry Placing . The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or slurry. Commercial lime slurry shall be applied with a lime percentage not less than that applicable for the grade used. The distribution of lime shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of subgrade until the proper amount of lime has been spread . The amount of lime spread shall be the amount required for mixing to the specified depth which will result in the percentage determined in the job mix formula. The distributor truck shall continually agitate the slurry to keep the mixture uniform . 155-6.3 MIXING. The mixing procedure shall be the same for "Dry Placing" or "Slurry Placing" as hereinafter described : a. First Mixing. The full depth of the treated subgrade shall be mixed with an approved mixing machine. Lime shall not be left exposed for more than 6 hours. The mixing machine shall make two coverages. Water shall be added to the subgrade during mixing to provide a moisture content above the optimum moisture of the material and to ensure chemical action of the lime and subgrade . After mixing, the subgrade shall be lightly rolled to seal the surface and help prevent evaporation of moisture. The water content of the subgrade mixture shall be maintained at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content for a minimum of 48 hours or until the material becomes friable. During the curing period, the material shall be sprinkled as directed. During the interval of time between application and mixing, lime that has been exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing will not be accepted for payment. b. Final Mixing. After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved methods. If the mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by blading, discing, harrowing, scarifying, or the use of other approved pulverization methods so that the remainder of the clods shall meet the following requirements when tested dry by laboratory sieves: Minimum of clods passing 1-1/2 inch sieve Minimum of clods passing No. 4 sieve Percent 100 60 155-6.4 COMPACTION. Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide optimum moisture. The field density of the compacted mixture shall be at least 98 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples taken from the material in place. The specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 698. The in-place field density shall be determined by using a nuclear gage in accordance with ASTM D 2922. The gage shall be field calibrated in accordance with paragraph 4 of ASTM D 2922. Calibration tests shall be conducted on the first lot of material placed that meets the density requirements. Use of ASTM D 2922 results in a wet unit weight, and when using this method, ASTM D 3017 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The calibration curve furnished with the moisture gages shall be checked as described in paragraph 7 of ASTM D 3017. The calibration checks of both the density and moisture gages shall be made at the beginning of a job and at intervals as determined by the Construction Manager. Two random readings shall be made for each 2,000 square yards of Lime Treated Subgrade placed. Any mixture that has not been compacted shall not be left undisturbed for more than 30 minutes. The moisture content of the mixture at the start of compaction shall not be below nor more than 2 percentage points above the optimum moisture content. The optimum moisture content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 698 and shall be less than that amount which will cause the mixture to become unstable du ring compaction and finishing. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-155-3 Field Density tests shall be performed for each 1,000 square yards of lime-treated subgrade placed . A minimum of four tests shall be performed on each days production. The material shall be sprinkled and rolled as directed by the Engineer. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affected , adding or removing material as required, and reshaping and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling . The surface of the course shall be maintained in a smooth condition, free from undulations and ruts, until other work is placed thereon or the work is accepted. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. After each section is completed , tests will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked to meet these requirements. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface upon completion shall be smooth and shall conform with the typical section shown on the plans and to the established lines and grades . Should the material , due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, and finish before the next course is placed or the work is accepted, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. 155-6.5 FINISHING AND CURING. After the final layer or course of lime-treated subgrade has been compacted, it shall be brought to the required lines and .grades in accordance with the typical sections. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling , as directed , with a pneumatic or other suitable roller sufficiently light to prevent hair cracking. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch (9 mm) when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 meter) straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the pavement centerline . Any variations in excess of this tolerance shall be corrected by the Contractor, at his/her own expense, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The completed section shall be moist-cured for a minimum of 7 days before further courses are added or any traffic is permitted, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Subsequent courses shall be applied within 14 days after the lime-treated subgrade is cured . The lime treated subgrade for apron , taxiway, roadway and shoulder pavements shall be kept moist until subsequent courses are placed. A seal coat will be required for lime treated subgrades that do not have a subsequent course placed within 14 days after the lime treated subgrade is moist cured. The seal coat shall be an emulsified asphalt applied to the to layer of the subgrade under the pavement in accordance with Item P-604, Emulsified Asphalt Treatment (Sea l Coat). If a seal coat is required it will not paid for directly, but shall be subs idiary to the bid items of Lime Stabilized Subgrade. 155-6.6 THICKNESS. The thickness of the lime-treated subgrade shall be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so that each test shall represent no more than 300 square yards (250 square meters). When the base deficiency is more than 1/2 inch (12 mm), the Contractor shall correct such areas in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her expense , the base material where borings are taken for test purposes . 155-6. 7 MAINTENANCE. The Contractor shall maintain , at his/her own expense, the entire lime-treated subgrade in good condition from the start of work until all the work has been completed, cured , and accepted by the Engineer. If emulsified asphalt sealant is required, the Contractor shall maintain and repair the treated and sealed subgrade areas as specified and as directed by the Construction Manager. During the maintenance period, the Contractor shall apply additional emulsified asphalt sealant during the curing period as necessary to Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-155-4 to maintain a complete seal of the subgrade. The Contractor shall repair any areas that become damaged, or that develop cracks, weak spots or irregularities. Should the stabilized subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density or finish during this maintenance period, it shall be recompacted, refinished and resealed at the Contractor's expense. The application of additional sealant for maintenance and the repairs to the subgrade during the maintenance period shall not be paid for directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to the bid item for Lime Treated Subgrade. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 155-7.1 The yardage of lime-treated subgrade to be paid for shall be the number of square yards classified by depth1 (square meters) completed and accepted. 155-7.2 The amount of lime to be paid for shall be the number of tons of hydrated lime (or the calculated dry-lime content of the lime slurry) used as authorized. BASIS OF PAYMENT 155-8.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard ( square meter) for the lime-treated subgrade of the thickness specified. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, except the lime, and for all preparation, delivering, placing and mixing these materials, and all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item. 155-8.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per ton of lime. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing this material; for all delivery, placing and incorporation of this material; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-155 Item P-155 9-lnch Lime Stabilized Subgrade-per square yard Lime-per ton TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 698 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-in. (305 mm) Drop ASTM D 1556 Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D 2167 Density of Soil in Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method ASTM D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregates In-Place by Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3017 Moisture Content of Soil and Soil Aggregates by Nuclear Methods AASHTO T 26 Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-155-5 ITEM SS-P-340 HOT MIX ASPHAL TIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement shall meet the requirements of TxDOT specifications for roadway surface course. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END OF SPECIAL PROVISION SS-P-340-1 ITEM P-603 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT DESCRIPTION 603-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of preparing and treating a bituminous or concrete surface with bituminous material in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity to the lines shown on the plans. MATERIALS 603-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS. The bituminous material shall be either cutback asphalt, emulsified asphalt, or tar and shall conform to the requirements of Table 1. The type, grade, controlling specification, and application temperature of bituminous material to be used shall be specified by the Engineer. TABLE 1. BITUMINOUS MATERIAL Application Type and Grade Specification Temperatures 1 Deg.F DegC Emulsified Asphalt SS-1, SS-1h ASTM D977 75-130 25-55 CSS-1, CSS-1h ASTM D2397 75-130 25-55 Cutback Asphalt RC-70 ASTM D2028 120-160 15-50 Tar RTCB 5, RTCB 6 AASHTOM52 60-120 15-50 The bituminous material shall be SS-1h conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 977 and Item 300 of the Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation Specifications. The bituminous material shall be applied at a temperature of 75-130D F (24-55D C). CONSTRUCTION METHODS 603-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The tack coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry and the atmospheric temperature is above 60° F (15° C). The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer. 603-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall provide equipment for heating and applying the bituminous material. The distributor shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable variation Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-603-1 from the specified rate shall not exceed 10 percent. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gages, volume-measuring devices or a calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. The distributor shall be self-powered and shall be equipped with a power unit for the pump and full circulation spray bars adjustable laterally and vertically. A power broom and/or blower shall be provided for any required cleaning of the surface to be treated. 603-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the tack coat, the full width of surface to be treated shall be swept with a power broom and/or airblast to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. Emulsified asphalt shall be diluted by the addition of water when directed by the Engineer and shall be applied a sufficient time in advance of the paver to ensure that all water has evaporated before any of the overlying mixture is placed on the tacked surface. , The bituminous material including vehicle or solvent shall be uniformly applied with a bituminous distributor at the rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard (0.24 to 0.72 liters per square meter) depending on the condition of the existing surface. The type of bituminous material and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer prior to application. Following the application, the surface shall be allowed to cure without being disturbed for such period of time . as may be necessary to permit drying out and setting of the tack coat. This period shall be determined by the Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor until the next course has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the surface against damage during this interval. 603-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous material that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to its source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous material to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish the vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of material received for use on the project. 603-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The Contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the Engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the Engineer. Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the Engineer during the progress of the work. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 603-4.1 The bituminous material for tack coat shall be measured by the gallon. Volume shall be corrected to the volume at 60° F (15° C) in accordance with ASTM D 1250 for cutback asphalt, ASTM D 633 for tar, and Table IV-3 of The Asphalt lnstitute's Manual MS-6 for emulsified asphalt. Water added to emulsified asphalt will not be measured for payment. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-603-2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 603.5-1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon of bituminous material. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, delivery, and application of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-603 Bituminous Tack Coat-gallon ASTM D633 ASTM D977 ASTM D 1250 ASTM D2028 ASTM D2397 AASHTOM52 Asphalt Institute Manual MS-6 Table IV-3 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Volume Correction Table for Road Tar Emulsified Asphalt Petroleum Measurement Tables Liquid Asphalt (Rapid-Curing Type) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt Tar for Use in Road Construction Temperature-Volume Corrections for Emulsified Asphalts END OF ITEM P-603-3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. Delete all references to "Engineer'' and replace with "Owner'' or "Owner's Authorized Representative." 2. Delete section 610-1.1 and substitute the following: 610-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of reinforced Structural Portland Cement Concrete associated with concrete structures prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. 3. Add the following paragraph to Section 610-2.1: Contractor shall submit concrete mix designs showing the proportions and compressive strength obtained in 7 days and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of; cement, fly ash, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water and admixtures. The mix design shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative at least 30 days prior to the start of operations. Production will not start until the mix design is approved in writing by the Owner's Representative. 4. Add the following Section 610-2.10: 610-2.10 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL Fly Ash. Fly ash shall meet the chemical property requirements of Class F. Fly ash shall be used as a partial replacement for cement; the minimum cement content may be met by considering Portland Cement plus fly ash as the total cementitious material. 5. Delete Section 610-3.2 and add the following. 610-3.2 CONCRETE COMPOSITION. Unless otherwise noted on the Plans, the concrete shall develop a compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 28 days as determined by test cylinders made in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard. The concrete shall contain 5 percent of entrained air, plus or minus 1 percent, as determined by ASTM C231 and shall have a slump of not more than 4 inches as determined by ASTM C143. Fly Ash. Fly ash is to be used in the mix design. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the minimum cement content may be met by considering Portland cement plus fly ash as the total cementitious material. The replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, but shall not exceed 25 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. Partial replacement of cement shall be at the rate of 1.25 pounds of fly ash for each 1.0 pound of cement replaced. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project S-P-610-1 6. Delete Section 610-3.19 and substitute the following : 610-3.19 SEALING JOINTS. All joints which require sealing shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint sealing shall not be started until after curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely · dry. The cleaning and sealing shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess sealing. 7. Add Section 610-3.20 as follows: 610-3.20 GROUT 1. Nonshrinking Grout. Premixed grout that is non -metallic, non -corrosive, and non-staining, containing specially selected silicon sands, cement, shrinkage compensating agents , plasticizing and water reducing agents. a. Conform to requirements of CRD-C621. b. Minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi. c. Maintain grout temperature during placement between 70° F and 75°F per the requirements of CRD-C621 . d. Prepare and place grout according to grout manufacturer's specifications. 2 . Nonshrink Epoxy Grout. Five Star epoxy grout as manufactured by Five Star Products or equal. 8. Delete Section 610-4.1 and substitute the following: 61 o~4.1. Portland Cement Concrete shall not be measured separately but shall be included in the unit price for which it is a component. 9. Delete Section 610-4.2 and substitute the following: 610~4.2. Reinforcing steel shall not be measured separately but shall be included in the unit price for which it is a component. 10. Delete Section 610-5.1 and substitute the following: 610-5.1. There shall be no separate payment for Portland · Cement Concrete or Reinforcing Steel under this item. The cost for this item shall be included in the unit price for which it is a component. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END OF SPECIAL PROVISION S-P-610-2 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE DESCRIPTION 610-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of plain structural portland cement concrete, prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. MATERIALS 610-2.1 GENERAL. Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of these specifications, shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery or use is started . Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the Contractor, when required, for examination and test. Materials shall be scored and handled to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed therein. In no case shall the use of pit-run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall be screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted. 610-2.2 COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 33. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one of the gradations shown in Table 1, using ASTM C 136. 610-2.3 FINE AGGREGATE. The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the requirements of Table 2, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: TABLE 1. GRADATION FOR COARSE AGGREGATE Sieve Designation (square openings) 2" No . 4 to 3/4 in (4.75-19.0 mm) No. 4to 1 in. (4.75-25.0 mm) No. 4to 1-1/2 in. 100 (4.75-38.1 mm) Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves 1-1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" 100 90-100 20-55 100 90-100 25- 60 95-100 35-70 10-30 P-610-1 No.4 0-10 0-10 0-5 TABLE 2. GRADATION FOR FINE AGGREGATE Sieve Designation (square openings) 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No. 30 (0.60 mm) No. 50 (0 .30 mm) No. 100 (0.15 mm) Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves 100 95-100 45-80 25-55 10-30 2-10 Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified in 610-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the Engineer. 610-2.4 CEMENT. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150 Type I or Type II. The Contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission to use the cement is granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5 WATER. The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHO T 26. 610-2.6 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the Engineer. Before approval of any material, the Contractor shall be required to submit the results of complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests shall be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. Pozzolanic admixtures shall be fly ash or raw or calcined natural pozzolons meeting the requirements of ASTM C 618. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 260. Air-entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. Water-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, Type A, water-reducing or Type D, water-reducing and retarding. Water-reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-610-2 610-2.7 PREMOLDED JOINT MATERIAL. Premolded joint material for expansion joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 1751. 610-2.8 JOINT FILLER. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the proposal. 610-2.9 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: Waterproof paper for curing concrete Polyethylene Sheeting for Curing Concrete Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C 171 ASTM C 171 ASTM C 309, Type 2 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 610-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the Contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Engineer. 610-3.2 CONCRETE COMPOSITION. The concrete shall develop a compressive strength of 3000 psi in 28 days as determined by test cylinders made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. The concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard. The concrete shall contain 5 percent of entrained air, plus or minus 1 percent, as determined by ASTM C 231 and shall have a slump of not more than 4 inches as determined by ASTM C 143. 610-3.3 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. Concrete for each structure will be accepted on the basis of the compressive strength specified in paragraph 3.2. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C 172. Compressive strength specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. The Contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as directed. The Engineer will make the actual tests on the specimens at no expense to the Contractor. 610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND MEASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used, the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be approved by the Engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and exact weight of aggregates can be readily obtained. 610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by the slump test specified in ASTM C 143. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-610-3 610-3.6 MIXING. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. The concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94. 610-3.7 MIXING CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 40° F without permission of the Engineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water, or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 50° F nor more than 100° F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting from freezing or injury in any manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his/her expense. Retenipering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted. The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals. 610-3.8 FORMS. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The Contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes. The internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a nonstaining mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed. Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, slender columns, and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has developed. 610-3.9 PLACING REINFORCEMENT. All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting. Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. The reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the Contractor when required. 610-3.10 EMBEDDED ITEMS. Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. 610-3.11 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylight, unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and character of foundation, the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-610-4 necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or depositing a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated soil. The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after being deposited. 610-3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails, reinforcing bars or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. 610-3.13 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and of such dimensions as may be indicated on the drawings. The premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as that of the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place in such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against it. 610-3.14 DEFECTIVE WORK. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 610-3.15 SURFACE FINISH. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. When directed, the surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. 610-3.16 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the Contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-610-5 as it has sufficiently hardened by covering with an approved material. Water-absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed . 610-3.17 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the Contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. · 610-3.18 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete is placed at temperatures below :40° F, the Contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures between 50 and 100° F. Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the Engineer. Not more than 2 pounds of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the mix at not less than 50° F until at least 60% of the designed strength has been attained. 610-3.19 FILLING JOINTS. All joints which require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 610-4.1 Portland cement concrete shall be measured by the number of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those shown on the plans or ordered by the Engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made for forms, falsework, cofferdams, pumping, bracing, expansion joints, or finishing of the concrete. No deductions in yardage shall be made for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items. 610-4.2 Reinforcing steel shall be measured by the calculated theoretical number of pound (kg) placed, as shown on the plans, complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed bars shall be the weight of plain square or round bars of equal nominal size. If so indicated on the plans, the poundage to be paid for shall include the weight of metal pipes and drains, metal conduits and ducts, or similar materials indicated and included . BASIS OF PAYMENT 610-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for structural portland cement concrete and per pound (kg) for reinforcing steel. There shall be no separate pay for portland cement concrete or reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project P-610-6 furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-610-5.1 Item P-610-5.1 ASTM C 31 ASTM C39 ASTM C 136 ASTM C 138 ASTM C 143 ASTM C 231 ASTM A 184 Structural Portland Cement Concrete--per cubic yard Steel Reinforcement--per pound (kg) TESTING REQUIREMENTS Making and Curing Test Specimens in the Field Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content of Concrete Slump of Portland Cement Concrete Air Content of F_reshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 185 ASTM A497 . Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Pavement ASTM A 615 ASTM C33 ASTM C94 ASTM C 150 ASTM C 171 ASTM C260 ASTM C 309 ASTM C595 ASTM C 618 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Concrete Aggregates Ready-Mixed Concrete Portland Cement Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete Blended Hydraulic Cements Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete P-610-7 ASTM D 1751 ASTM D 1752 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction END OF ITEM P-610-8 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM T-901 SEEDING 1. Delete Section 901-2.1 and substitute the following: 901-2.1 SEED. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including the labeling requirements for showing the purity live seed (PLS), name and type of seed. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within nine months of the time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Owner's Representative. The amount and type of seed planted shall be as follows: The seeding mixture (pounds of pure seed per acre) to be used shall be as follows, in accordance with the specified time of year:(* Denotes temporary grasses) Seed Mix: Cold Season Mix Little Blestem Buffalograss Sideoates grama *Oats *Winter Wheat Warm Season Mix Little Blestem Buffalograss Sideoats grama *Foxtail millet 2. Delete Section 901-2.2 (September 15 -March 15) Schizachysium scorarium Buchloe dactylodes Bouteloua curtipendula Avena sativa Tricticum aestivum (March 16-September 14) Schizachysium scoraium Buchloe dactylodes Bouteloua curtipendula Setaria italica 3. Delete Section 901-2.3 and substitute the following: 3.5 lb.lac 13.5 lb.lac 6.0 lb.lac 8.0 lb.lac 12.0 lb.lac 4.5 lb.lac 13.5 lb.lac 6.0 lb.lac 15.0 lb.lac 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled showing the analysis. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the State Chemist in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis indicated below. The figures in the analysis represent the percentage of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash nutrients, respectively, as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fifty percent or greater of the Nitrogen required shall be in the form of Nitrate Nitrogen (NO). The remaining Nitrogen required may be in the form of Urea Nitrogen (COHH). In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be pelleted or granulated fertilizer with a low concentration. The total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project SP-T-901-1 Unless otherwise indicated, fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the following rate: TYPE BROADCAST HYDRAULIC SEEDING SEEDING RATE Fertilizer Application New Construction 4001bs./ac 6531bs./ac Fertilizer Analysis New Planting 15-15-15 15-15-15 Maintenance 15-10-5 15-10-5 Maintenance fertilizing shall be applied every 6 months after the new sod or grass is place or until the work is accepted. 4. Add Section 901-2.5 as follows: 901-2.5 CELLULOSE FIBER MULCH (NATURAL WOOD). Cellulose Fiber Mulch shall be natural cellulose fiber mulch produced from grinding clean whole wood chips. The mulch shall be designed for use in conventional mechanical planting, hydraulic planting of seed or hydraulic mulching of grass seed, either alone or with fertilizers and other additives . The mulch shall be such, that when applied, the material shall form a strong, moisture-retaining mat without the need of an asphalt binder. 5. Delete Section 901-3.2a. 6. Add Section 901-3.5 as follows: 901-3.5 MULCH. Mulching shall immediately follow seed application. Cellulose and wood fiber mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Engineer or designated representative at the rate of 45 to 80 lbs. per 1,000 square feet (22 to 39 kilograms per 100 square meters). (No separate payment will be made for mulching.) 7. Delete Section 901-5.1 and substitute the following: 901-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre or fraction thereof, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material including seed, mulch, fertilizer, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. Payment will be made under: Item T-901 Seeding, Mulching and Fertilizer-per acre. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project SP-T-901-2 ITEM T-901 SEEDING DESCRIPTION 901-1.1 This item shall consist of soil preparation, seeding [and fertilizing] the areas shown on the plans or as. directed by the Engineer in accordance with these specifications. MATERIALS 901-2.1 SEED The species and application rates of grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished shall be those stipulated herein. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. JJJ-S-181. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seed, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within 6 months of date of delivery. This statement shall include: name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number for each kind of seed, and the results of tests as to name, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed. Seeding shall be performed during the period between August and October inclusive, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 901-2.2 LIME. Lime shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, and shall be ground to such fineness that 90% will pass through a No. 20 mesh sieve and 50% will pass through a No. 100 mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable, providing the rates of application are increased to provide not less than the minimum quantities and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the two sieve requirements above. Dolomitic lime or a high magnesium lime shall contain at least 10% of magnesium oxide. Lime shall be applied at the rate of [ ]. All liming materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 602. 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall be standard commercial fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing the percentages of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water-soluble potash. They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified herein, and shall meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. O-F-241 and applicable state laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers. The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms: a. A dry, free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project T-901-1 b. A finely-ground fertilizer soluble in water, suitable for application by power sprayers; or c. A granular or pellet form suitable for application by blower equipment. Fertilizers shall be [ ] commercial fertilizer and shall be spread at the rate of [ ]. 901-2.4 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the area to be repaired . The soil shall be relatively free from large stones, roots, stumps , or other materials that will interfere with subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and shall be approved by the Engineer before being placed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 901-3.1 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP. After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground limestone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sowing of seed, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after the completion of grading and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the Contractor shall repair such damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not less than 5 inches (125 mm) as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil is loose , friable, reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. However, when the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or otherwise satisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 inches ( 125 mm). Clods shall be broken and the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seedbed by discing, or by use of cultipackers, rollers , drags.harrows, or other appropriate means. 901-3.2 DRY APPLICATION METHOD. a. Liming. Lime shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on seedbeds which have previously been prepared as described above . The lime shall then be worked into the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. b. Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate which will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in paragraph 901-2 .3. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project T-901 -2 c. Seeding. Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified in paragraph 901-2.1 immediately after fertilizing, and the fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the special provisions. Seeds of legumes, either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sowing, in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than the seasons shown on the plans or in the special provisions, a cover crop shall be sown by the same methods required for grass and legume seeding. d. Rolling. After the seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawnroller, weighing 40 to 65 pounds per foot (60 to 97 kg per meter) of width for clay soil ( or any soil having a tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot (223 to 298 kg per meter) of width for sandy or light soils. 901-3.3 WET APPLICATION METHOD. a. General. The Contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer (and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment described herein. The rates of application shall be as specified in the special provisions. b. Spraying Equipment. The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped with a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not larger than 50 gallons (190 liters) over the entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at all times until used. The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering 100 gallons (380 liters) per minute at a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch (690 kPa). The pump shall be mounted in a line which will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle. All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of providing clearance for 5/8 inch (15 mm) solids. The power unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls mounted so as to be accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gauge connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a manner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the horizontal. There shall be a quick-acting, three-way control valve connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from 20 to 100 feet (6 to 30 m). One shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one a medium-range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of removal and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by means of quick-release couplings. In order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, an extension hose at least 50 feet (15 m) in length shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project T-901-3 c. Mixtures. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately, in the quantity specified, prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds (100 kg) of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (380 liters) of water. Seed and fertilizer shall be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more than a total of 220 pounds (100 kg) of these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (380 liters) of water. All water used shall be obtained from fresh water sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. Brackish water shall not be used at any time . The Contractor shall identify to the Engineer all sources of water at least 2 weeks prior to use. The Engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any time and have a laboratory test the samples for chemical and saline content. The Contractor shall not use any water from any source which is disapproved by the Engineer following such tests. All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the seedbed. All such mixtures shall be used within 2 hours from the time they were mixed or they shall be wasted and disposed of at locations acceptable to the Engineer. d. Spraying. Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously prepared seedbeds. After the applied lime mixture has dried, the lime shall be worked into the top 3 inches (8 cm), after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime, if required, shall already have been worked in. The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray which shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. Nozzles or sprays shall never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion or runoff. Particular care shall be exercised to insure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rate and to guard against misses and overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with specifications shall be used to cover specified sections of known area . Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by distributing test sheets of paper or pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of material deposited thereon . On surfaces which are to be mulched as indicated by the plans or designated by the Engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be raked into the soil or rolled. However, on surfaces on which mulch is not to be used , the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried. 901-3.4 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS. The Contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades , as approved by the Engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The Contractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. When either the dry or wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will be required that the Contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If at the time when the contract has Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project T-901-4 been otherwise completed it is not possible to make an adequate determination of the color, density, and uniformity of such stand of grass, payment for the unaccepted portions of the areas seeded out of season will be withheld until such time as these requirements have been met. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 901-4.1 The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of units acres measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 901-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre or fraction thereof, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. Payment will be made under: Item 901-5.1 Seeding --per acre ASTM D977 Fed. Spec. JJJ-S-1818 Fed. Spec. O-F-241D Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Emulsified Asphalt Agricultural Seeds Commercial Mixed Fertilizer END OF ITEM T-901-5 SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING 1. Delete all references to Engineer and substitute with "Owner" or "Owner's Authorized Representative". 2. Delete Section 905-1.1 and substitute the following: Section 905-1.1. This item shall consist of preparing the ground surface for topsoil application and placing and spreading the topsoil on prepared areas in accordance with this specification or as directed by the Owner's Representative. 3. Delete the first sentence in Section 905-2.1 and substitute the following: Topsoil shall be the surface layer with no admixture or refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stone (2-inches or more in diameter), clay lumps, or similar objects as determined by the Owner's Representative. 4. Delete Section 905-3.1 and substitute the following: 905-3.1 GENERAL. All areas that are disturbed due to grading but are not paved shall be topsoiled. Additionally, subsequent to its removal, the area for the stabilized construction exit shall be topsoiled. 5. Delete the last paragraph of Section 905-3.3 and substitute the following : Topsoil will be available on-site at the location(s) on Airport property designated by the Owner's Representative. 6. Delete the first paragraph of Section 905-3.4 and substitute the following: The topsoil shall be evenly spread on the prepared areas to a uniform depth of 4 inches after compaction, unless otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions. 7. Delete Section 905-4.1 and substitute the following: 905-4.1. Topsoil shall be measured by the number of cubic yard of topsoil at the four (4) inch depth in locations required by this specification or as directed by the Owner's Representative. 8. Delete Sections 905-5.1 and 905-5.2 and substitute the following: 905-5.1. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for topsoiling at the required depth complete in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, equipment, and labor for stripping, stockpiling, transporting from stockpile, preparation of surface, placing, spreading, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project SP-T-905-1 Payment will be made under: Item T'.'905 Ft. Worth Alliance · Airport Electrical Improvements Project Topsoiling (Obtained by Contractor On-Site or Removed from Stockpile or Borrow), Complete inPlace -per cubic yard. END OF SPECIAL PROVISION SP-T-905-2 ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING DESCRIPTION 905-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of preparing the ground surface for topsoil application, removing topsoil from designated stockpiles or areas to be stripped on the site or from approved sources off the site, and placing and spreading the topsoil on prepared areas in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 905-2.1 TOPSOIL. Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and it shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stones (2 inches or more in diameter), clay lumps or similar objects. Brush and other vegetation which will not be incorporated with the soil during handling operations shall be cut and removed. Ordinary sods and herbaceous growth such as grass and weeds are not to be removed but shall be thoroughly broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. The topsoil or soil mixture, unless otherwise specified or approved, shall have a pH range of approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH, when tested in accordance with the methods of testing of the association of official agricultural chemists in effect on the date of invitation of bids. The organic content shall be not less than 3% nor more than 20% as determined by the wet-combustion method (chromic acid reduction). there shall be not less than 20% nor more than 80% of the material passing the 200 mesh (0.075 mm) sieve as determined by the wash test in accordance with ASTM C117. Natural topsoil may be amended by the Contractor with approved materials and methods to meet the above specifications. 905-2.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS. Within 10 days following acceptance of the bid, the Engineer shall be notified of the source of topsoil to be furnished by the Contractor. The topsoil shall be inspected to determine if the selected soil meets the requirements specified and to determine the depth to which stripping will be permitted. At this time, the Contractor may be required to take representative soil samples from several locations within the area under consideration and to the proposed stripping depths, for testing purposes as specified in 905-2.1. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 905-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be topsoiled shall be shown on the plans. If topsoil is available on the site, the location of the stockpiles or areas to be stripped of topsoil and the stripping depths shall be shown on the plans. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation and treatment of the ground surface, stripping of topsoil, and for the handling and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and approved by the Engineer before the various operations are started . 905-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. Immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface shall be loosened by discs or spike-tooth harrows, or by other means approved by the Engineer, to a minimum depth of 2 inches (50 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project T-905-1 mm) to facilitate bonding of the topsoil to the covered subgrade soil. The surface of the area to be topsoiled shall be cleared of all stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter and all litter or other material which may be detrimental to proper bonding, the rise of capillary moisture, or the proper growth of the desired planting. Limited areas, as shown on the plans, which are too compact to respond to these operations shall receive special scarification . Grades on the area to be topsoiled, which have been established by others as shown on the plans, shall be maintained in a true and even condition. Where grades have not been established, the areas shall be smooth-graded and the surface left at the prescribed grades in an even and properly compacted condition to prevent, insofar as practical, the formation of low places or pockets where water will stand. 905-3.3 OBTAINING TOPSOIL. Prior to the stripping of topsoil from designated areas, any vegetation, briars, stumps and large roots, rubbish or stones found on such areas, which may interfere with subsequent operations, shall be removed using methods approved by the Engineer. Heavy sod or other cover, which cannot be incorporated into the topsoil by discing or other means shall be removed. When suitable topsoil is available on the site, the Contractor shall remove this material from the designated areas and to the depth as directed by the Engineer. The topsoil shall be spread on areas already tilled and smooth-graded, or stockpiled in areas approved by the Engineer. Any topsoil stockpiled by the Contractor shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation. Any topsoil that has been stockpiled on the site by others, and is required for topsoiling purposes, shall be removed and placed by the Contractor. The sites of all stockpiles and areas adjacent thereto which have been disturbed by the Contractor shall be graded if required and put into a condition acceptable for seeding. When suitable topsoil is secured off the airport site, the Contractor shall locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer sufficiently in advance of operations in order that necessary measurements and tests can be made. The Contractor shall remove the topsoil from approved areas and to the depth as directed. The topsoil shall be hauled to the site of the work and placed for spreading, or spread as required. Any topsoil hauled to the site of the work and stockpiled shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation. 905-3.4 PLACING TOPSOIL. The topsoil shall be evenly spread on the prepared areas to a uniform depth of 2 inches (50 mm) after compaction, unless otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions. Spreading shall not be done when the ground or topsoil is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise in a condition detrimental to the work. Spreading shall be carried on so that turfing operations can proceed with a minimum of soil preparation or tilling. After spreading, any large, stiff clods and hard lumps shall be broken with a pulverizer or by other effective means, and all stones or rocks (2 inches (50 mm) or more in diameter), roots, litter, or any foreign matter shall be raked up and disposed of by the Contractor. After spreading is completed, the topsoil shall be satisfactorily compacted by rolling with a cultipacker or by other means approved by the Engineer. The compacted topsoil surface shall conform to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. Any topsoil or other dirt falling upon pavements as a result of hauling or handling of topsoil shall be promptly removed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project T-905-2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 905-4.1 Topsoil obtained on the site shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. Topsoil stockpiled by others and removed for topsoiling by the Contractor shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in the stockpile. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards (cubic meters) computed by the method of end areas. 905-4.2 Topsoil obtained off the site shall be measured by the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) of topsoil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards (meters) computed by the method of end areas . BASIS OF PAYMENT 905-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard ( cubic meter) for topsoiling ( obtained on the site). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and spreading of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 905-5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard ( cubic meter) for topsoiling (obtained off the site). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and spreading of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item T-905-5.1 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project Topsoiling (Obtained on Site or Removed from Stockpile--per cubic yard ( cubic meter) END OF ITEM T-905-3 ITEM SP-F-162 CHAIN-LINK FENCES 1. Delete Section 162-1.1 DESCRIPTION and replace with the following: 162-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist offurnishing and erecting a chain-link fence in accordance with these specifications and the details shown on the plans and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the engineer. The Chain-Link fence and all appurtenances shall be black vinyl coated per ASTM F 668m Class 2b. 2. Delete Paragraph 162-3.1 CLEARING FENCE LINE, in Section Construction Methods, and replace with the following: 162-3.1 CLEARING FENCE LINE. All trees, brush, stumps, logs, grass and other debris which would interfere with the proper construction of the fence in the required location shall be removed a minimum width of 2 feet on each side of the fence centerline before starting fencing operations. The cost of removing and disposing of the material will be measured and pai9 for under specification P-151, Clearing and Grubbing. 3. Add Paragraph 162-3. 7 MOW STRIP to Section Construction Methods: 162-3.7 MOW STRIP. Provide a 12" wide reinforced concrete mow strip beneath all fencing located within lawn areas. The mow strip shall be centered along the· length of the fence. The mow strip shall accommodate, not impede, drainage flowing beneath the fence. 4. Delete Section 162-4.1 MEASUREMENT and replace with the following: 162-4.1 MEASUREMENT. Chain-link fence will be measured for payment by the linear foot. Measurement will be along the top .of the fence from center to center of end posts, excluding the length occupied by gate openings. 5. Delete Section 162-5.1 PAYMENT and replace with the following: 162-5.1 PAYMENT. Payment for chain-link fence will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and for all preparation, erection, and for all labor equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item F-162 Chain:..Link Fence-per linear foot Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END OF SPECIAL PROVISION SP-F-162-1 ITEM F-162 CHAIN-LINK FENCES DESGRIPTION 162-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This item shall consist of furnishing and erecting a chain-link fence in accordance with these specifications and the details shown on the plans and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. · MATERIALS · 162-2.1 FABRIC. The fabric shall be woven with a 9-gauge polyvinyl chloride (PVC)-coated steel wire in a 2-inch mesh and shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 668, Class 2b. 162-2.2 BARBED WIRE. Barbed wire shall be 2-strand 12-1/2 gauge zinc-coated wire with 4-point barbs and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 121, Class 3. 162-2.3 POSTS, RAILS AND BRACES. Line posts, rails, and braces shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F-1043 or ASTM F 1083 as follows: Galvanized tubular steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Group IA, (Schedule 40) coatings conforming to Type A, or Group IC ( High Strength Pipe), External coating Type B, and internal coating Type B or D. · Roll Formed Steel Shapes ( C-Sections) shall conform to the requirements of Group IIA, and be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of F 1043, Type A. Hot-Rolled Shapes ( H Beams) shall meet the requirements of Group · m, and be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of F 1043, TypeA Aluminum Pipe shall conform to the requirements of Group IB. Aluminum Shapes shall conform to the requirements of Group IIB. Vinyl or polyester coated steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F 1043, Paragraph 7.3 Optional Supplemental Color Coating. Composite posts shall conform to the strength requirements of ASTM F 1043 or ASTM F 1083. The · strength loss of composite posts shall not exceed 10 percent when subjected to 3,600 hours of exposure to light and water in accordance with ASTM G 23, ASTM G 26, and ASTM G-53. Posts, rails, and braces furnished for use in conjunction with aluminum alloy fabric shall be aluminum alloy or composite. Posts, rails, and braces, with the exception of galvanized steel conforming to F 1043 or ASTM F 1083, Group 1A, Type A, or aluminum alloy, shall demonstrate the ability to withstand testing in salt spray in accordance with ASTM B 117 as follows: External: 1,000 hours with a maximum of 5% red rust. Internal: 650 hours with a maximum of 5% red rust. The dimensions of the posts, rails, and braces shall be in accordance with Tables I through VI of Fed. Spec. RR-F-191/3. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project F-162-1 162-2.4 GATES. Gate frames shall consist of galvanized steel pipe and shall conform to the specifications for the same material under paragraph 162-2.3. The fabric shall be of the same type material as used in the fence. 162-2.5 WIRE TIES AND TENSION WIRES. Wire ties for use in conjunction with a given type of fabric · shall be of the same material and coating weight identified with the fabric type. Tension wire shall be ?-gauge marcelled steel wire with the same coating as the fabric type and shall conform to ASTM A 824. All material shall conform to Fed. Spec. RR-F-191/4. 162-6 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS AND HARDWARE. Miscellaneous steel fittings and hardware for use with zinc-coated steel fabri.c shall be of commercial grade steel ·or better quality, wrought or cast as appropriate to the article, and sufficient in strength to provide a balanced design when used in conjunction with fabric posts, and wires of the quality specified herein. All steel fittings and hardware shall be protected with a zinc coating applied in conformance with ASTM A 153. Barbed wire support arms shall withstand a load of 250 pounds (113 kg) applied vertically to the outermost end of the arm. 162-2.7 CONCRETE. Concrete shall be of a commercial grade with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi (17 240 kPa). 162-2.8 MARKING. Each roll of fabric shall carry a tag showing the kind of base metal (steel, aluminum, or aluminum alloy number), kind of coating, the gauge of the wire, the length of fencing in the roll, and the name of the manufacturer. Posts, wire, and other fittings shall be identified as to manufacturer, kind of base metal (steel, aluminum, or aluminum alloy number), and kind of coating. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 162-3.1 CLEARING FENCE LINE. All trees, brush, stumps, logs, and other debris which would interfere with the proper construction of the fence in the required location shall be removed a minimum width of 2 feet (61 cm) on each side of the fence centerline before starting fencing operations. The cost of removing and disposing of the material shall not constitute a pay item and shall be considered incidental to fence . construction. 162-3.2 INSTALLING POSTS. All posts shall be set in concrete at the required dimension and depth and at the spacing shown on the plans. · Posts should be spaced not more than 10 feet apart and should be set a minimum of 36 inches in concrete footings. If the frost depth is greater than 36 inches, the posts should be set accordingly. The posts holes shall be in proper alignment so that there is a minimum of 3 inches of concrete on all sides of the posts. The concrete shall be thoroughly compacted around the posts by tamping or vibrating and shall have a smooth finish slightly higher than the ground and sloped to drain away from the posts. All posts shall b.e set plumb and to the required grade and alignment. No materials shall be installed on the posts, nor shall the posts be disturbed in any manner within 7 days after the individual post footing is completed. Should rock be encountered at a depth less than the planned footing depth, a hole 2 inches larger than the greatest dimension of the posts shall be drilled to a depth of 12 inches. After the posts are set, the remainder of the drilled hole shall be filled with grout, composed of one part Portland cement and two parts mortar sand. Any remaining space abo~e the rock shall be filled with concrete in the manner described above. In lieu of drilling, the rock may be e~cavated to the required footing depth. No extra compensation shall be made for rock excavation. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project F-162-2 162-3.3 INSTALLING TOP RAILS. The top rail shall be continuous and shall pass through the post tops. The coupling used to join the top rail lengths shall allow for expansion. 162-3.4 INSTALLING BRACES. Horizontal brace rails, with diagonal truss rods and turnbuckles, shall be installed at all terminal posts. 162-3.5 INSTALLING FABRIC. The wire fabric shall be firmly attached to the posts and braced in the manner shown on the plans. All wire shall be stretched taut and shall be installed to the required elevations. The fence shall generally follow the contour of the ground , with the bottom of the fence fabric no less than 1 inch or more than 4 inches from the ground surface. Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance. At locations of small natural swales or drainage ditches and where it is not practical to have · the fence conform to the general contour of the ground surface, longer posts may be used and multiple strands of barbed wire stretched thereon to span the opening below the fence. The vertical clearance between strands of barbed wire shall be 6 inches or less . 162-3.6 ELECTRICAL GROUNDS. Electrical grounds shall be constructed ·where a power line passes over the fence, at 500-foot intervals or as shown on the plans. The ground shall be installed directly below the point of crossing. The ground shall be accomplished with a copper clad rod 8 feet long and a minimum of 5/8 inch in diameter driven vertically until the top is 6 inches below the ground surface. A No. 6 solid copper conductor shall be clamped to the rod and to the fence in such a manner that each element of the fence is grounded. Installation of ground rods shall not constitute a pay item and shall be considered incidental to fence construction. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 162-4.1 MEASUREMENT. Chain-link fence will be measured for payment by the linear foot (meter). Measurement will be along the top of the fence -from center to center of end posts , excluding the length occupied by gate openings. Gates will be measured as complete units . BASIS OF PAYMENT 162-5.1 Payment for chain-link fence will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot. Payment for driveway or walkway gates will be made at the contract unit price for each gate. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and for all preparation, erection, and installation of these materials, and for all labor equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item F-162"'.5.1 Chain-Link Fence-per linear foot (meter) Item F-162-5.2 Driveway Gates-per each Item F-162-5.3 Walkway Gates-per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A 121 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire ASTM A 123 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project F-162-3 ASTM A 153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A 392 Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric ASTM A 491 Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric ASTM A 572 High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Steel Quality ASTM A 653 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process ASTM A 824 Metallic-Coated Steel Marcelled Tension Wire for Use With Chain Link Fence ASTM A 1011 Steel Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural , High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability ASTM B 117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus ASTM B 221 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire Shapes and Tubes ASTM B 429 Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube ASTM F 668 Poly(vinyl Chloride)(PVC) and other Organic Polymer-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric ASTM F 1043 Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework ASTM F 1083 Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-coated (galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures ASTM F 1183 Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric ASTM F 1345 Zinc-5% Aluminum -Mischmetal Alloy-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric ASTM G 152 Operating Open Flame (Carbon-Arc) Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials ASTM G 153 Operating Enclosed Carbon-Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials ASTM G 154 Operating Fluorescent Light Apparatus for UV Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials ASTM G 155 Operating (Xenon-Arc) Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials FED SPEC Fencing , Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Posts, Top Rails and Braces) RR-F-191/3 FED SPEC Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Accessories) RR-F-191/4 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Electrical Improvements Project END OF ITEM F-162-4 9/29/2007 AC 150/5370-lOC ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS DESCRIPTION 108-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing and installing power cables direct buried and furnishing and/or installing power cables within conduit or duct banks-in accordance with these specifications at the locations shown on-the plans. It includes excavation and backfill of trench for direct-buried cables only. Also included are the installation of counterpoise wires, ground wires, ground rods and connections, cable splicing, cable marking, cable testing, and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item shall not include the installation of duct banks or conduit, trenching and backfilling for duct banks or conduit, or furnishing or installation of any cable for FAA facilities . Requirements and payment for trenching and backfilling for the installation of underground conduit and duct banks is covered under Item L-110 "Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits." EQUIP:rvlENT AND MATERIALS 108-2.1 GENERAL. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be approved under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program described in Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, current version. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. c. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. d. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non- pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. e. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein . f. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain an insulation resistance of 50 megohms minima, (1000V megger) with isolation transformers connected in new circuits and new segments of existing circuits through the end of the contract warranty period. 108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable for airfield lighting facilities (runway and taxiway lights and signs) shall conform to the requirements of AC 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport L-108-1 9/29/2007 AC 150/5370-lOC Lighting Circuits. Conductor sizes noted above shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on airfield lighting transformers and fixtures . Wire for electrical circuits up to 600 volts shall comply with Specification L-824 and/or Federal Specification J-C - 30 and shall be type THWN-2. Cable type, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltage shall be as specified on the plans. 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (COUNTERPOISE OR GROUND) AND GROUND RODS. Wire for counterpoise or ground-installations for airfield lighting systems shall be No. 6 A WG solid for counterpoise and or No. 6 A WG stranded for ground wire conforming to ASTM B 3 and ASTM B 8, and shall be bare copper wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 33. Ground rods shall be copper-clad steel. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified on the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 8-feet (240 cm) long nor less than 5/8 inch (15 mm) in diameter. 108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In-line connections of underground primary cables shall be of the type called for on the plans, and shall be one of the types listed below. No separate payment will be made for cable connections. a. The Cast Splice. A cast splice, employing a plastic mold and using epoxy resin equivalent to that manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast" Kit No. 82--B, or as manufactured by Hysol Corporation, "Hyseal Epoxy Splice" IGt No. El 135, or equivalent, is used for potting the splice is acceptable. b. The Field-attached Plug-in Splice. Figure 3 of AC 150/5345-26, Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, employing connector kits, is acceptable-for field attachment to single conductor cable. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the outside diameter of the cable to be spliced and to furnish appropriately sized connector kits and/or adapters and heat shrink tubing with integral sealant. c. The Factory-Molded Plug-in Splice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory-Molded to Individual Conductors, is acceptable . d. The Taped or Heat-Shrinked Splice. Taped splices employing field-applied rubber, or synthetic rubber tape covered with plastic tape is acceptable. The rubber tape should meet the requirements of ASTM D 4388 and the plastic tape should comply with Mil Spec. MIL-I-24391or Fed. Spec. A-A-55809. Heat shrinkable tubing shall be heavy-wall, self-sealing tubing rated for the voltage of the wire being spliced and suitable for direct-buried installations. The tubing shall be factory coated with a thermoplastic adhesive-sealant that will adhere to the insulation of the wire being spliced forming a moisture-and dirt-proof seal. Additionally, heat shrinkable tubing for multi-conductor cables, shielded cables, and armored cables shall be factory kits designed for the application. Heat shrinkable tubing and tubing kits shall be manufactured by Tyco Electronics/ Raychem Corporation, Energy Division, or approved equivalent. e. In all the above cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crimp connectors utilizing a crimping tool designed to make a complete crimp before the tool can be removed. All L-823/L-824 splices and terminations shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and listings. f. All connections of counterpoise, grounding conductors and ground rods shall be made by the exothermic process or approved equivalent, except the base can ground clamp connector shall be used for attachment to the base can. All exothermic connections shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and listings . 108-2.5 SPLICER QUALIFICATIONS. Every airfield lighting cable splicer shall be qualified in making cable splices and terminations on cables rated above 5,000 volts AC. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer proof of the qualifications of each proposed cable splicer for the cable type and voltage level to be worked on. Cable L-108 -2 9/29/2007 AC 150/5370-lOC splicing/terminating personnel shall have a minimum of three (3) years continuous experience in terminating/splicing medium voltage cable. 108-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to Specification Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete." 108-2. 7 FLOW ABLE BACKFILL. Flowable material used to backfill trenches for power cable trenches shall conform to the requirements ofitem P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". 108-2.8 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS. Cable identification tags shall by made from a non-corrosive material with the circuit identification stamped or etched onto the tag. The tags shall be of the type as detailed on the plans. 108-2.9 TAPE. Electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tapes -number Scotch 88 (1-1/2" wide) and Scotch 130C linerless rubber splicing tape (2" wide), as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. 108-2.10 ELECTRICAL COATING. Scotchkote shall be as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. 108-2.11 EXISTING CIRCUITS. Whenever the scope of work requires, connection to an existing circuit, the circuit's insulation resistance shall be tested, in the presence of the Engineer. The test shall be performed in accordance with this item and prior to any activity affecting the respective circuit. The Contractor shall record the results on forms acceptable to the engineer. When the work affecting the circuit is complete, the circuit's insulation resistance shall be checked again, in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall record the results on forms acceptable to the engineer. The second reading shall be equal to or greater than the first reading or the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs to the circuit to bring the second reading above the first reading. All repair costs including a complete replacement of the L-823 connectors, L-830 transformers and L-824 cable, if necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor. All test results shall be submitted in the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 108-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations indicated on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all cable required to cross under pavements expected to carry aircraft loads shall be installed in concrete encased duct banks. Wherever possible, cable shall be run without splices, from connection to connection. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual isolation transformers. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without connections, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer or shown on the plans. In addition to connectors being installed at individual isolation transformers, L-823 cable connectors for maintenance and test points shall be installed at locations shown on the plans . Cable circuit identification markers shall be installed on both sides of the L-823 connectors installed or at least once in each access point where L-823 connectors are not installed. Provide not less than 3 feet of cable slack on each side of all connections, isolation transformers, light units, and at points where cable is connected to field equipment. Where provisions must be made for testing or for future above grade connections, provide enough slack to allow the cable to be extended at least one foot vertically above the top of the access structure. This requirement also applies where primary cable passes through empty base cans, junction and access structures to allow for future connections, or as designated by the Engineer. 108-3.2 INSTALLATION IN DUCT BANKS OR CONDUITS. This item includes the installation of the cable in duct banks or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in each L-108-3 9/29/2007 AC 150/5370-IOC single duct or conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electric Code, or the code of the local agency or authority having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall make no connections or splices-of any kind in cables installed in conduits or duct banks. Unless otherwise designated in the plans, where ducts are in tiers, use the lowest ducts to receive the cable first, with spare ducts left in the upper levels. Check duct routes prior to construction to obtain assurance that the shortest routes are selected and interferences are avoided. Duct banks or conduits shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L-110, "Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduit." The Contractor shall run a mandrel through duct banks or conduit prior to installation of cable to insure that the duct bank or conduit is open, continuous and clear of debris. Mandrel size shall be compatible with conduit size. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts, base cans, manholes, etc. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense. All accessible points shall be kept closed when not installing cable. The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for use in this project as clear and open. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal tape providing moisture-tight mechanical protection with minimum bulk, or alternately, heat shrinkable tubing before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a conduit, all cable shall be pulled in the conduit-at the same time. The pulling of a cable through duct banks or conduits may be accomplished by handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. Maximum pulling-tensions shall-be governed by cable manufacturer's recommendations. A non-hardening lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall be used where pulling lubricant is required. The manufacturer's minimum bend radius or the NEC requirements whichever is more restrictive shall apply . Cable installation, handling and storage shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. During cold weather, particular attention shall be paid to the manufacturer's minimum installation temperature. Cable shall not be installed when the temperature is at or below the manufacturer's minimum installation temperature. At the Contractor's option, the Contractor may submit a plan, for review by the Engineer, for heated storage of the cable and maintenance of an acceptable cable temperature during installation when temperatures are below the manufacturer's minimum cable installation temperature. Cable shall not be dragged across base can or manhole edges, pavement or earth. When cable must be coiled, lay cable out on a canvas tarp or utilize other appropriate means to prevent abrasion to the cable jacket. 108-3.3 CABLE MARKERS FOR DIRECT-BURIED CABLE. The location of direct buried circuits shall be marked by a concrete slab marker, 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4-6 inches (100-150 mm) thick, extending approximately 1 inch (25 mm) above the surface. Each cable run from a-line of lights and signs to the equipment vault shall be marked at approximately every 200 feet (60 m) along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direction of cable run. All other direct-buried cable shall be marked in the same manner. Cable markers shall be installed directly-above the cable. The Contractor shall impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows on each cable marking slab . The letters shall be approximately 4 inches (100 mm) high and 3 inches (75 mm) wide, with width of stroke 1/2 inch (12 mm) and 1/4 inch (6 mm) deep . The location of each underground cable connection, except at lighting units, or isolation-transformers, or power · adapters shall be marked by a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The Contractor shall impress the word "SPLICE" on each slab . The Contractor-also shall impress additional circuit identification symbols on each slab as directed-by the Engineer. All cable markers and splice markers shall be painted international orange. Paint shall be specifically manufactured for uncured exterior concrete. Furnishing and installation of cable markers is incidental to the respective cable pay item. L-108-4 9/29/2007 AC 150/5370-IOC 108-3.5 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown on-the plans shall be made by experienced personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made as follows: a. Cast Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for jointing conductors . Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. b. Field-attached Plug-in Splices. These shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. These splices shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-halflapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) on each side of the joint. c. Factory-Molded Plug-in Splices. These shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) on each side of the joint. d. Taped or Heat-Shrinked Splices. A taped splice shall be made in the following manner: Bring the cables to their final position and cut so that the conductors will butt. Remove insulation and jacket allowing for bare conductor of proper length to fit compression sleeve connector with 1/4 inch (6 mm) of bare conductor on each side of the connector. Prior to splicing, the two ends of the cable insulation shall be penciled using a tool designed specifically for this purpose and for cable size and type. Do not use emery paper on splicing operation since it contains metallic particles. The copper conductors shall be thoroughly cleaned. Join the conductors by inserting them equidistant into the compression connection sleeve. Crimp conductors firmly in place with crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. Test the crimped connection by pulling on the cable. Scrape the insulation to assure that the entire surface over which the tape will be applied (plus 3 inches (75 mm) on each end) is clean. After scraping wipe the entire area with a clean lint-free cloth. Do not use solvents. Apply high-voltage rubber tape one-half lapped over bare conductor. This tape should be tensioned as recommended by the manufacturer. Voids in the connector area may be eliminated by highly elongating the tape, stretching it just short of its breaking point. Throughout the rest of the splice less tension should be used. Always attempt to exactly half-lap to produce a uniform buildup. Continue buildup to 1-1/2 times cable diameter over the body of the splice with ends tapered a distance of approximately 1 inch (25 mm) over the original jacket. Cover rubber tape with two layers of vinyl pressure-sensitive tape one-half lapped. Do not use glyptol or lacquer over vinyl tape as they react as solvents to the tape. No further cable covering or splice boxes are required . Heat shrinkable tubing shall be installed following manufacturer's instructions. Direct flame heating shall not be permitted unless recommended by the manufacturer. Cable surfaces within the limits of the heat-shrink application shall be clean and free of contaminates prior to application. 108-3.6 BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING. If shown on-the plans or included-in the job specifications, bare counterpoise copper wire shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. Counterpoise wire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire length of buried cable, conduits and duct banks that are installed to contain airfield cables. Where the cable or duct/conduit trench runs parallel to the edge of pavement, the counterpoise shall be installed in a separate trench located half the distance between the pavement edge and the cable or duct/conduit trench. In trenches not parallel to pavement edges, counterpoise wire shall be installed continuously a minimum of 4 inches above the cable, conduit or duct bank, or as shown on the plans if greater. Additionally, counterpoise wire shall be installed at least 8 inches below the top of subgrade in paved areas or 10 inches below finished grade in un-paved areas. This dimension may be less than 4 inches where conduit is to be embedded in existing pavement. Counterpoise wire shall not be installed in conduit. L-108-5 9/29/2007 AC 150/5370-lOC The counterpoise wire shall be routed around to each light fixture base, mounting stake, or junction/access structures. The counterpoise wire shall also be exothermically welded to-ground rods installed as shown on the plans but not more than 500feet (150 m) apart around the entire circuit. The counterpoise system shall be continuous and terminate at the transformer vault or at the power source. It shall be securely attached to the vault or equipment external ground ring or other made electrode grounding system. The connections shall be made as shown on-the plans and in the specifications. If shown on the plans or in the specifications, a separate equipment (safety) ground system shall be provided in addition to the counterpoise wire using one of the following methods: (1) A ground rod installed at and securely attached to each light fixture base, mounting stake if painted, and to all metal surfaces at junction/access structures. (2) Install an insulated equipment ground conductor internal to the conduit system and securely attached it to each light fixture base and to all metal surfaces at junction/access structures. This equipment ground conductor shall also be exothermically welded to ground rods installed not more than 500 feet (150 m) apart around the circuit. a. Counterpoise Installation Above Multiple Conduits and Duct Banks. Counterpoise wires shall be installed above multiple conduits/duct banks for airfield lighting cables, with the intent being to provide a complete cone of protection over the airfield lighting cables. When multiple conduits and/or duct banks for airfield cable are installed in the same trench, the number and location of counterpoise wires above the conduits shall be adequate to provide a complete cone of protection measured 22 V2 degrees each side of vertical. Where duct banks pass under pavement to be constructed in the project, the counterpoise shall be placed above the duct bank. Reference details on the construction plans. b. Counterpoise Installation at Existing Duct Banks. When airfield lighting cables are indicated on the plans to be routed through existing duct banks, the new counterpoise wiring shall be terminated at ground rods at each end of the existing duct bank where the cables being protected enter and exit the duct bank. The new counterpoise conductor shall be bonded to the existing counterpoise system . 108-3.7 EXOTHERMIC BONDING. Bonding of counterpoise wire shall be by the exothermic welding process. Only personnel experienced in and regularly engaged in this type of work shall make these connections. Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the welding kits, materials and procedures to be used for welded connections prior to any installations in the field. The installations shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following: All slag shall be removed from welds. For welds at light fixture base cans, all galvanized coated surface areas and "melt" areas, both inside and outside of base cans, damaged by exothermic bond process shall be restored by coating with a liquid cold-galvanizing compound conforming to U.S. Navy galvanized repair coating meeting Mil. Spec. MIL- P-21035. Surfaces to be coated shall be prepared and compound applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations . All buried copper and weld material at weld connections shall be thoroughly coated 6 mil of 3M "Scotchkote," or approved equivalent, or coated with coal tar bitumastic material to prevent surface exposure to corrosive soil or moisture." 108-3.8 TESTING. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing the airport electrical systems and underground cable circuits before and after installation. The Contractor shall perform all tests in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall demonstrate the electrical characteristics to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All costs for testing are incidental to the respective item being tested. For phased projects, the tests L-108-6 9/29/2007 AC 150/5370-lOC must be completed by phase and results meeting the specifications below must be maintained by the Contractor throughout the entire project as well as during the ensuing warranty period. Earth resistance testing methods shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Earth resistance testing results shall be recorded on an approved form and testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. All such testing shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. Should the counterpoise or ground grid conductors be damaged or suspected of being damaged by construction activities the Contractor shall test the conductors for continuity with a low resistance ohmmeter. The conductors shall be isolated such that no parallel path exists and tested for continuity. The Engineer shall approve of the test method selected. All such testing shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. After installation, th~ontractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer the following: a. That all affected lighting power and control circuits (existing and new) are continuous and free from short circuits. b. That all affected circuits ( existing and new) are free from unspecified grounds. c. That the insulation resistance to ground of all new and modified non-grounded series circuits or cable segments is not less than 50 megohms . d. That the insulation resistance to ground of all non-grounded conductors of new or modified multiple circuits or circuit segments is not less than 50 megohms. e. That all affected circuits (existing and new) are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. f. That all affected circuits (existing and new) are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than IO times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. g. That the impedance to ground of each ground rod does not exceed 25 ohms prior to establishing connections to other ground electrodes. The fall-of-potential ground impedance test shall be utilized, as described by ANSI/IEEE Standard 81, to verify this requirement. Two copies of tabulated results of all cable tests performed shall be supplied by the Contractor to the Engineer. Where connecting new cable to existing cable, ground resistance tests shall be performed on the new cable prior to connection to the existing circuit. There are no approved "repair" procedures for items that have failed testing other than complete replacement. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 108-4.1 There will be no separate measurement for trenching, cable, counterpoise or ground rods. These items are incidental to section L-125 -Installation of Airfield Lighting System BASIS OF PAYMENT 108-5.1 There will be no separate payment for trenching, cable, counterpoise or ground rods. These items are incidental to section L-125 -Installation of Airfield Lighting System. L-108-7 9/29/2007 AC 150/5345-7 AC 150/5345-26 FED SPEC J-C-30 FED SPEC A-A-55809 ASTMB3 ASTMD4388 NFPANo. 70 MIL-S-23586C ANSI/IEEE Std 81 AC 150/5370-lOC MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation (cancelled; replaced by A-A-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Rubber tapes, Nonmetallic Semiconducting and Electrically Insulating REFERENCE DOCUMENTS National Electrical Code (NEC) Sealing Compound, Electrical, Silicone Rubber Building Industry Consulting Service International (Bicsn IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System END OF ITEM L-108 L-108-8 AC 150/5370-lOC 9/29/2007 ITEM L-110 AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDIDTS DESCRIPTION 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical conduits and duct banks (single or multiple conduits encased in concrete) installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown on the plans . This item shall include furnishing and installing of all underground electrical duct banks and individual and multiple underground conduits. It shall also include all turfing trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved or turfed areas; concrete encasement, mandreling, pulling lines, duct markers, plugging of conduits, and the testing of the installation as a completed system ready for installation of cables in accordance with the plans and specifications. This item shall also include furnishing and installing conduits and all incidentals for providing positive drainage of the system. Verification of existing ducts is incidental to the pay items provided in this specification. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 110-2.1 GENERAL. a. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the Engineer. b. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. c. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project Indicate all optional equipment and delete non- pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals . d. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. e. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. Toe defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 110-2.2 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid galvanized steel conduit and fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out and confonn to the requirements ofUndenvriters Laboratories Standard 6, 514B, and 1242. 110-2.3 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings-shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C- 1094, Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL-651 and Article 347 of the current National Electrical Code shall be Type I-Schedule 40 PVC suitable for underground use either direct-buried or encased in concrete. The type of adhesive shall be as recommended by the conduit/fitting manufacturer. L-110-1 AC 150/5370-lOC 9/29/2007 110-2.4 SPLIT CONDUIT . Split conduit shall be pre -manufactured for the intended purpose and shall be made of steel or plastic. 110-2.5 CONDUIT SPACERS. Conduit spacers shall be prefabricated interlocking units manufactured for the intended purpose. They shall be of double wall construction made of high grade , high density polyethylene complete with interlocking cap and base pads, They shall be designed to accept No. 4 reinforcing bars installed vertically. 110-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete shall confonn to Item P-610 , Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using l inch maximum size coarse aggregate with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 4000 psi. Where reinforced duct banks are specified, re inforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615 Grade 60. Concrete and reinforcing steel are incidental to the respective pay item of which they are a component part. 110-2.7 FLOWABLE BACKFILL. Flowable material used to back fill conduit and duct bank trenches shall conform to the requirements ofltem P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". 110-2.8 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE Plastic, detectable, color as noted magnetic tape shall be polyethylene film with a metallized foil core and shall be 4-6 inches (75-150 MM) wide . Detectable tape is incidental to the respective bid item. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 110-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install underground duct banks and conduits at the approximate locations indicated on the plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses, if required to differ from the plans. Duct banks and conduits shall be of the size , material, and type indicated on the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated on the plans or in the specifications, conduits shall be not less than 2 inches (50 mm) inside diameter or comply with the National Electrical Code based on cable to be installed, whichever is larger. All duct bank and conduit lines shall be laid so as to grade toward access points and duct or conduit ends for drainage. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, grades shall be at least 3 inches (75 mm) per 100 feet (30 m). On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct bank and conduit lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward access points or conduit ends, with a drain into the storm drainage system. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided . No duct bank or underground conduit shall be less than 18 inches below finished grade. Where under pavement, the top of the duct bank shall not be less than 18 inches below the subgrade. The Contractor shall mandrel each individual conduit whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than l/4-inch (6 mm) smaller than the bore of the conduit shall be pulled or pushed through each conduit. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the conduit bole. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, pull boxes, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans, manhole, pull boxes, 'etc . and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts, base cans, manholes, etc. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense. All accessible points shall be kept closed when not installing cable . The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for use in th.is project as clear and open. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts . For pulling the permanent wiring, each individual conduit, whether the c6nduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank, shall be provided with a 200 pound test polypropylene pull rope. The ends shall be secured and sufficient length shall be left in access points to prevent it from slipping back into the conduit. Where spare conduits are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed for this purpose. L-110-2 AC 150/5370-IOC 9/29/2007 All conduits shall be securely fastened in place during construction and shall be plugged to prevent contaminate from entering the conduits. Any conduit section having a defective joint shall not be installed. Ducts shall be supported and spaced apart using approved spacers at intervals not to exceed 5 feet. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, concrete encased duct banks shall be utilized when crossing under pavements expected to carry aircraft loads. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for conduits and duct banks may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment unless in pavement, in which case they shall be excavated with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches below the required conduit or duct bank depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. Flowable backfill may alternatively be used The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All such rock removal shall be perfonned and paid for under Item P-152. Underground electrical warning (caution) tape shall be installed in the trench above all underground duct banks and conduits in unpaved areas. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for approval by the Engineer. If not shown on the plans, the warning tape shall be located six inches above the duct/conduit or the counterpoise wire if present. Joints in plastic conduit shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the particular type of conduit Plastic conduit shall be prepared by application of a plastic cleaner and brushing a plastic solvent on the outside of the conduit ends and on the inside of the couplings. The conduit fitting shall then be slipped together with a quick one-quarter tum twist to set the joint tightly. Where more than one conduit is placed in a single trench, or in duct banks, joints in the conduit shall be staggered a minimum of 2 feet Changes in direction of runs exceeding 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished using manufactured sweep bends. Whether or not specifically indicated on the drawings, where the soil encountered at established duct bank grade is an unsuitable material, as determined by the Engineer, the unsuitable material shall be removed in accordance with Item P-152 and replaced with suitable material. Alternatively, additional duct bank supports that are adequate and stable shall be installed, as approved by the Engineer. All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidental to the respective L-110 pay item of which it is a component part. Dewatering necessary for duct installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance witl1 Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part ofltem L-110. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-110 Item. Unless otl1erwise specified, excavated materials that are deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for use in backfill or embankments shall be removed and disposed of off site. Any excess excavation shall be filled with suitable material approved by the Engineer and compacted in accordance with item P-152. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Where existing active cables) cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall insure that these cable(s) are adequately protected. Where crossings are unavoidable, no splices will be allowed in the existing cables, except as specified on the plans. Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows: L-110-3 AC 150/5370-lOC 9/29/2007 (1) Existing cables shall be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely no damage has occurred (2) Trenching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to minimize possible damage or disruption of existing cable, including careful backfilling in area of cable . In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete repair. 110-3.2 DUCT BANKS. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, duct banks shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches (45 cm) below the bottom of the base or stabilized base course layers where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas , and not less than 18 inches (45 cm) below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas . Unless otherwise shown on the plans, duct banks under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet (90 cm) beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet (90 cm) beyond any underdrains that may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for duct banks shall be opened the complete length before concrete is placed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all duct banks shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more conduits in the duct bank are intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating, the Contractor shall space the conduits not less than 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall). Where two or more conduits in the duct bank are intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating, the Contractor shall space the conduits not less than 3 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall). All such multiple conduits shall be placed using conduit spacers applicable to the type of conduit. As the conduit laying progresses, concrete shall be placed around and on top of the conduits not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick unless otherwise shown on the plans. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement at access points. Conduits forming the duct bank shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 inches to anchor the assembly into the earth prior to placing the concrete encasement. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 -foot intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and con.figurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. When specified, the Contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the Contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where shown on the plans. Under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5 foot (150 cm) intervals. All pavement surfaces that are to have ducts installed therein shall be neatly saw cut to foan a vertical face. All excavation shall be included in the contract with price for the duct. Install a plastic, detectable, color as noted, 4-6 inch (75-150mm) wide tape 8 inches (200mm) minimum below grade above all underground conduit or duct lines not installed under pavement. When existing cables are to be placed in split duct, encased in concrete, the cable shall be carefully located and exposed by hand tools. Prior to being placed in duct, the Engineer shall be notified so that he may inspect the cable and deteanine that it is in good condition. Where required, split duct shall be installed as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. 110-3.3 CONDUITS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. Trenches for single-conduit lines shall be not less than 6 inches (150 mm) nor more than 12 inches (300 mm) wide, and the trench for 2 or more conduits installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for conduits without concrete encasement shall be made to confonn accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the conduit along its entire length. L-110-4 AC 150/5370-IOC 9/29/2007 Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches (100 mm) thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the conduit. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no par ticles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch (6 mm) sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. Flowable backfill may alternatively used. Unless otherwise shown on plans, conduits shall be installed so that the tops of all conduits are at least 18 inches ( 45 cm) below the finished grade. When two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches (50 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches (150 mm) apart in a vertical direction . Where two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall spaced not less than 3 inches (75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and lot less than 6 inches (150 mm) apart in a vertical direction . Trenches shall be opened the complete length between normal termination points before conduit is installed so that if any unforeseen obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. Conduits shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 inches to anchor the assembly into the earth while backfilling. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars . Spacers shall be installed at 5 -foot intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits . Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. 110-3.4 MARKERS. The location of each end and of each change of direction of conduits and duct banks shall be marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4-6 inches (100-150 mm) thick extending approximately 1 inch (25 mm) above the surface. The markers shall also be located directly above the ends of all conduits or duct banks, except where they terminate in a junction/access structure or building. The Contractor shall impress the word "DUCT" or "CONDUIT" on each marker slab. The Contractor shall also impress on the slab the number and size of conduits beneath the marker along with all other necessary information as determined by the Engineer. The letters shall be 4 inches (100 mm) high and 3 inches (75 mm) wide with width of stroke 1/2-inch (12 mm) and 1/4-inch (6 mm) deep or as large as the available space permits. Furnishing and installation of duct markers is incidental to the respective duct pay item. 110-3.5 BACKFILLING FOR CONDUITS. For conduits, 8 inches (200 cm) of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the conduits ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" except that material used for back fill shall be select material not larger than 4 inches in diameter. Flowable backfill may alternatively be used Trenches shall not contain pools of water during back, filling operations . The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, where sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer. 110-3.6 BACKFILLING FOR DUCT BANKS. After the concrete has cured, the remaining trench shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" except that the material L-110-5 AC 150/5370-IOC 9/29/2007 used for backfill shall be select material not larger than 4 inches iu diameter. In addition to the requirements of P- 152, where duct banks are installed under pavement, one moisture/density test per lift shall be made for each 250 linear feet of duct bank or one work period's construction, whichever is less. Flowable backfill may alternatively be used Trenches shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, where sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer. 110-3.7 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include sodding and top soiling. The Contractor sl1all be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. All restoration shall be considered incidental to the respective L- 110 pay item. METHODOFMEASUREMENT 110-4.1 There will be no separate measurement for underground conduits. This item is incidental to section L-125 -Installation of Airfield Lighting System. BASIS OF PAYMENT 110-5.1 There will be no separate payment for underground conduit. This item is incidental to section L-125 - Installation of Airfield Lighting System. Fed.Spec.W-C-1094 Underwriters Laboratories Standard6 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 514B Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1242 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651A MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Conduit and Conduit Fittings; Plastic, Rigid (cancelled; replaced by UL 514 Boxes, Nonmetallic Outlet, Flush Device Boxes, & Covers, and UL 651 Standard for Conduit & Hope Conduit, Type EB & A Rigid PVC) Rigid Metal Conduit Fittings for Cable and Conduit Intermediate Metal Conduit Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit (for Direct Burial) Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit (for concrete encasement) END OF ITEM L-110 L-110-6 AC 150/5370-IOC 9/29/2007 ITEM L-115 ELECTRICAL MANHOLES AND JUNCTION STRUCTURES DESCRIPTION 115-1.1 This item shall consist of electrical manholes and junction structures (handholes, pullboxes, junction cans, etc.) installed in accordance with this specification, at the indicated locations and confonning to the lines, grades and dimensions shown on the plans or as required by the Engineer. This item shall include the installation of each electrical manhole and/or junction structures with all associated excavation, backfilling, sheeting and bracing, concrete, reinforcing steel, ladders, appurtenances, testing, dewatering and restoration of surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 115-2.1 GENERAL. a. All e.quipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the Engineer. b. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. c. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided .. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non- pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. d. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section . The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. e. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 115-2.2 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Cast-in-place concrete structures shall conform to the details and dimensions shown on the plans. Provide precast concrete structures where shown on the plans. Precast concrete structures shall be an approved standard design of the manufacturer. Precast units shall have mortar or bitumastic sealer placed between all joints to make them watertight. The structure shall be aircraft rated, unless otherwise shown on the plans . Openings or knockouts shall be provided in the structure as detailed on the plans. Threaded inserts and pulling eyes shall be cast in as shown. If the Contractor chooses to propose a different structural design, signed and sealed shop drawings, design calculations, and other information requested by the Engineer shall be submitted by the Contractor to allow for a full L-115-1 AC 150/5370-lOC 9/29!}.007 evaluation by the Engineer. The Engineer shall rev iew in accordance with the process defined in the General Provisions. 115-2 .3 JUNCTION CANS. Junction Cans shall be L-867 Class 1 (non-load bearing) or L-868 Class l (load bearing) cans encased in concrete. The cans shall have a galvanized s teel blank cover, gasket, and stainless steel hardware. Covers shall be 3/8" thickness fo r L-867 and 3/4 " thickness for L-868 . 115-2.4 MORTAR. The mortar shall be composed of one part of portland cement and two parts of mortar sand, by volume. The portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type I. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount not to exceed 15 percent of the weight of cement used . The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 6 . The water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkalies or organic material. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T-26 . 115-2.5 CONCRETE. All concrete used in structures shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete . 115-2.6 FRAMES AND COVERS. The frames shall conform to one of the following requirements: a. Gray iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 48. b. Malleable iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 47. c. Steel castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 27 . d. Structural steel for frames shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-283, Grade D. e. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 536. f. Austempered ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 897. All castings specified shall be aircraft rated. All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified. Each frame and cover unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic, but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM A 123 . Each cover shall have the word "ELECTRIC" or other approved designation cast on it. Each frame and cover shall be as shown on the plans or approved equivalent. No cable notches are required. 115-2.7 LADDERS. Ladders, if specified, shall be galvanized steel or as shown on the plans. 115-2.8 REINFORCING STEEL. All reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars of new billet steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 115-2.9 BEDDING/SPECIAL BACKFILL. Bedding or special backfill shall be as shown on the plans. 115-2.10 FLOW ABLE BACKFILL. Flowable material used to backfill shall conform to the requirements ofltem P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". L-115-2 AC 150/5370-IOC 9/29/2007 115-2.13 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit shall comply with Item L-110 -Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banlcs and Conduits . 115-2.14 CONDUIT TERMINATORS. Conduit tenninators shall be pre-manufactured for the specific purpose and sized as required or as shown on the plans. 115-2.15 PULLING-IN IRONS. Pulling-in irons shall be manufactured with 7/8-inch (22mm) diameter hot-dipped galvanized steel or stress-relieved carbon steel roping designed for concrete applications (7 strand, 1/2-inch diameter with an ultimate strength of 270,000 psi). Where stress-relieved carbon steel roping is used, a rustproof sleeve shall be installed at the hooking point and all exposed surfaces shall be encapsulated witll a polyester coating to prevent corrosion. 115-2.16 GROUND RODS. Ground rods shall be one piece, copper clad. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified on the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 8-feet (240 cm) long nor less than 5/8 inch (15 mm) in diameter. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 115-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Damage to utility lines , through lack of care in excavating, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer without additional expense to the Owner. The Contractor shall perform excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the plans or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidental to the respective L-115 pay item of which it is a component part . Dewatering necessary for L-115 structure installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance with Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of Item L-115. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid fortheL-115 Item. Boulders, logs and all other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock and other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams, crevices, disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is. to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation. Excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. The Contractor shall provide all bracing, sheeting and shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws . The cost of bracing, sheeting and shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. Unless otherwise provided , bracing, sheeting and shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner that will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. Structures shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the suitability of the foundation material. Prior to installation the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 6 inches of sand or a material approved by the Engineer as a suitable base to receive the structure. The base material shall be compacted and graded level and at proper elevation to receive the structure in proper relation to the conduit grade or ground cover requirements, as indicated on the plans. L-115-3 AC 150/5370-IOC 9/29/2007 115-3.2 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The concrete and construction methods shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete is placed. 115-3.3 PRECAST UNIT INSTALLATIONS. Precast units shall be installed plumb and true. Joints shall be made watertight by use of sealant at each tongue-and-groove joint and at roof of manhole. Excess sealant shall be removed and severe surface projections on exterior of neck shall be removed. 115-3.4 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES AND FITTINGS. All castings, frames and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. Field connections shall be made with bolts, unless indicated otherwise. Welding will not be permitted unless shown otherwise on the approved shop drawings and written permission is granted by the casting manufacturer. Erection equipment shall be suitable and safe for the workman. Errors in shop fabrication or deformation resulting from handling and transportation that prevent the proper assembly and fitting of parts shall be reported immediately to the Engineer and approval of the method of correction shall be obtained. Approved corrections shall be made at Contractor's expense . Anchor bolts and anchors shall be properly located and built into connection work. Bolts and anchors shall be preset by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchors lind anchor bolts accurately. Pulling-in irons shall be located opposite all conduit entrances into structures to provide a strong, convenient attachment for pulling-in blocks when installing cables. Pulling-in irons shall be set directly into the concrete walls of the structure. 115-3.5 INSTALLATION OF LADDERS. Ladders shall be installed such that they may be removed if necessary. Mounting brackets shall be supplied top and bottom and shall be cast in place during fabrication of the structure or drilled and grouted in place after erection of the structure. 115-3.6 REMOVAL OF SHEETING AND BRACING. In general, all sheeting and bracing used to support the sides of trenches or other open excavations shall be withdrawn as the trenches or other open excavations are being refilled. That portion of the sheeting extending below the top of a structure shall be withdrawn, unless otherwise directed, before more than six (6) inches of material is placed above the top of the structure and before any bracing is removed. Voids left by the sheeting shall be carefully refilled with selected material and rammed tight with tools especially adapted for the purpose or otherwise as may be approved. The Engineer may order the Contractor to delay the removal of sheeting and bracing if: in his judgment, the installed work has not attained the necessary strength to permit placing of backfill. 115-3. 7 BACKFILLING. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be backfilled in horizontal layers not to exceed 6 inches in thickness measured after compaction to the density requirements in Item P-152. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Backfill shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the Engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the Engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it Where required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to add, at his own expense, sufficient water during compaction to assure a complete consolidation of the backfill. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or L-115-4 AC 150/5370-lOC 9/29/2007 injury done to conduits, duct banks, structures, property or persons due to improper placing or compacting of backfill. 115-3.8 CONNECTION OF DUCT BANKS. To relieve stress of joint between concrete-encased duct banks and structure walls , reinforcement rods shall be placed in the structure wall and shall be fonned and tied into duct bank reinforcement at the time the duct bank is installed . 115-3.9 GROUNDING. A ground rod shall be installed in the floor of all concrete structures so that the top of rod extends 6 inches (154 mm) above the floor. TI1e ground rod shall be installed within 1 foot of a corner of the concrete structure. Ground rods shall be installed prior to casting the bottom slab. Where the soil condition does not permit driving the ground rod into the earth without damage to the ground rod, the Contractor shall drill a 4-inch diameter hole into the earth to receive the ground rod . The hole around the ground rod shall be filled throughout its length, below slab, with Portland cement grout. Ground rods shall be installed in precast bottom slab of structures by drilling a hole through bottom slab and installing the ground rod. Bottom slab penetration shall be sealed watertight with Portland cement grout around the ground rod. A grounding bus of 4/0 bare stranded copper shall be exothermically bonded to the ground rod and loop the concrete structure walls. 1l1e ground bus shall be a minimum of 1 foot above the floor of the structure and separate from other cables . No. 2 A WG bare copper pigtails shall bond the grounding bus to all cable trays and other metal hardware within the concrete structure. Connections to the grounding bus shall be exothennic. Hardware connections may be mechanical, using a lug designed for that purpose. 115-3.10 CLEANUP AND REP AIR. After erection of all galvanized items, damaged areas shall be repaired by applying a liquid cold-galvanizing compound conforming MIL-P-21035. Surfaces shall be prepared and compound applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations . Prior to acceptance, the entire structure shall be cleaned of all dirt and debris. 115-3.11 RESTORATION. After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt and rubbish from the site . The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas equivalent to or better than their original condition. All sodding, grading and restoration shall be considered incidental to the respective L-115 pay item. The Contractor shall grade around structures as required to provide positive drainage away from the structure . Areas witl1 special surface treatment, such as roads, sidewalks, or other paved areas shall have backfill compacted to match surrounding areas, and surfaces shall be repaired using materials comparable to original materials. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and other equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear and in good condition . 115-3.12 INSPECTION. Prior to final approval, the electrical structures shall be thorougllly inspected for conformance with the plans and this specification. Any indication of defects in materials or workmanship shall be further investigated and corrected. The earth resistance to ground of each ground rod shall not exceed 25 ohms. Each ground rod shall be tested utilizing the fall-of-potential ground impedance test as described by ANSI IEEE Standard 81. TI1is test shall be performed prior to establishing connections to other ground electrodes. 115-3.14 Duct Extension to Existing Ducts. Where existing concrete encased ducts are to be extended, the duct extension shall be concrete encased plastic conduit. The fittings to connect the ducts together shall be standard manufactured connectors designed and approved for the purpose. The duct extensions shall be installed according to the concrete encased duct detail and as shown on the plans. L-115-5 AC 150/5370-lOC 9/29/2007 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 115-4.1 There will be no separate measurement for L-867 cans. Titis item is incidental to item L-125 Installation of Airfield Lighting System. BASIS OF PAYMENT 115-5.1 l11ere will be no separate payment for L-867 cans . This item is incidental to item L-125 Installation of Airfield Lighting System. ANSI/IEEE Std 81 AC 150/5345-7 AC 150/5345-26 FED SPEC J-C-30 ASTMB.3 ASTMB.8 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground hnpedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation (cancelled; replaced by AA-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft END OF ITEM L-115 L-115-6 ITEM SS-L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEM (Non-Standard FAA Specification) DESCRIPTION 125-1.1 GENERAL. : This section shall consist of all lighting systems furnished and installed in accordance with the project plans and specifications and the applicable advisory circulars. a . The systems shall be installed at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, design and details shown on plans. It is the intent and meaning of the plans and specifications that the Contractor shall provide an electrical installation that is complete, including all items and appurtenances necessary, reasonably incidental or customarily included, even though each and every item is not specifically called out or shown. b. Installations and construction under these provisions shall be coordinated with the Engineer. Specification requirements for approvals, reviews or other involvement of the Engineer shall be transmitted by the Contractor to the Engineer. c. This item shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, labor and incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Systems installed under this project are (1) Runway\Taxiway Guidance Signs (2) Runway Distance Remaining Signs 125-1.2 Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall have the prior approval of the FAA and shall be listed in latest edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. a. All Advisory Circulars referenced in this specifications shall be the edition indicated or the latest edition. b. Additional details pertaining to specific systems covered in this specification are contained in the latest editions of the FAA Advisory Circulars listed below. AC 150/5340-18 Standards for Airport Sign Systems AC 150/5345-44 Specifications for Runway and Taxiway Signs 125-1.3 Equipment and material covered by FAA specifications shall be as specified by reference number. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 125-2.1 GENERAL. All commercial items of electrical equipment not covered by Federal Aviation Administration specifications shall conform to the applicable rulings and standards of the National Electrical Code. 125-2.2 APPROVAL PROCESS REQUIREMENTS. a. As part of the approval procedure, a sample of all proposed models and/or types of the following equipment shall be submitted and become property of the Airport. (1) Runway\Taxiway Guidance Signs (2) Runway Distance Remaining Signs b. Submittal information shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following , where applicable. (1) Sign panel legends (2) Sign size, style, mode and class. (3) Splice kit and heat shrink. ( 4) Isolation transformer ratings. 125-2.3 LIGHT FIXTURES. Light fixtures and lamps specified shall be low wattage and energy efficient, unless noted otherwise. The fixtures shall meet the latest edition of FAA Specifications in the applicable Advisory Circulars listed and shall be approved by the FAA for use in Airport lighting systems . They shall be listed in AC150/5345-l "Approved Airport Equipment". 125-2.4 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS COMMON TO ALL SYSTEMS. a. Primary Cable. Primary L-824 cable shall be as specified in Item L-108. b. Counterpoise Wire. Counterpoise wire shall be as specified in Item L-108 . c. Isolation Transformers. Insulating transformers shall be of rating compatible with associated light fixture and conforming to requirements of AC 150/5345-47. d. Sign Can (L-867 Base Can). L-867 Base Cans shall be as specified in Item L-115. e. Connectors. L-823 connectors used to splice the L-824 primary cables shall be as specified in Item L-108. Fixtures shall be provided with a single connecting lead plug for connection to L-830 transformers . f. Ducts and Conduits. Ducts and conduits shall be as specified in Item L-110 . g. Tape and Heat Shrinkable Splices. Tapes and splices to be used on primary L-824 cable shall be as specified in Item L-108. h. Concrete. Concrete shall adhere to requirements ofitemP-610. 125-2.5 EQUIP:MENT FOR GUIDANCE SIGNS. a. L-858 SIGNS. The signs shall be L-858R for Mandatory Instruction, L-858Y for direction and destination, L-858L for Location and L-858B for Distance Remaining Signs and shall be internally lighted as indicated on the contract drawings. The size and style of the units shall be sized as noted in the plans. The signs shall be :furnished with lamps installed. The L-858 units shall be Class 2. The signs shall be supplied with the messages as shown in the Contract Documents. Each sign shall be furnished with an on-off toggle switch with weatherproof cover. The · switch shall be used by maintenance personnel to de-energize the sign so maintenance work can be performed. The switch shall be located immediately adjacent to the load side of the L-823 disconnect plug. The weatherproof cover shall provide protection from driving rain and shall have a spring operated closing device. The weatherproof cover shall also provide physical protection for the switch handle. b. Isolation Transformer. Transformers shall be L-830, isolation transformers complying with requirements of AC 150/5345-47A for 6.6 ampere series circuits. Furnish rating as recommended by the sign manufacturer. c. Sign Base and Transformer Housing. Fixtures shall be installed with pedestals on concrete foundation and transformer shall be housed in Brooks boxes No. 36, or approved equal. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 125-3.1 GENERAL. Install conduit, cables, counterpoise and supports necessary to insure a complete and operable electrical installation for lighting systems as specified and shown on the plans. a. Install and mount the equipment to comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code, Item L-108, and Item L-110 of these specifications. b. General Cable Installation Requirements. (l)The primary cable shall enter the transformer housing as shown on the plans. (2)Primary cable slack shall be provided inside the transformer housing as specified in Item L-108. In general, enough slack shall be left in the cable to permit installation aboveground of the connections between the primary cable and the insulating transformer primary leads. (3)The transformer secondary leads shall be connected to the lamp leads with a disconnecting plug and receptacle. The secondary connection shall not be taped; the cable connections to the insulating transformer's leads shall be made as specified in Item L-108. (4)The connector joints in the primary circuit shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and two layers of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches on each side of the joint. (S)Ends of cables shall be sealed with heat shrinkable tubing until the splice is made to prevent the entrance of moisture. c. General Duct and Conduit Installation Requirements. Trenching, installation of ducts and conduits, concrete backfilling, trench backfilling, installation of duct markers and the type of material used shall conform to Item L-110. d. Installing Transformers and Concrete Transformer Boxes. (1) Transformer shall be installed in a concrete box buried in the ground at a suitable location adjacent to stake as shown on the plans. Primary cable connections shall be made as described above. Secondary lead of transformer shall be brought into position at bottom of mounting assembly fitting. Attached connector on transformer lead shall be fastened to fitting by means of holding ring provided for this purpose. Power cables and transformer secondary lead shall exit concrete box under edge of bottomless box. Concrete box shall be placed on a 3 -inch layer of bedding material as shown on the plans. Bedding material shall be sand containing no particles that would be retained· on a 'A -inch sieve. All bedding and backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted. If necessary to obtain compaction, material shall be moistened and aerated . e. Demolition and Salvage. At locations noted on plans, the following shall be required . (!)Existing signs, bases, cables and other materials identified as salvageable by the Engineer shall be removed. Salvageable materials shall be delivered to Owner salvage area or disposed of as directed by the Engineer. 125-3.2 AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGN SYSTEM a. Description. In general, the signs shall be located as indicat~d on the plans opposite the point of tangency of the paving fillet so that the side of the sign closest to the taxiway or apron edge is approximately 35 feet from the edge of full strength pavement. Other locations shall be as shown on plans or as directed by the Construction Manager. All signs shall be oriented so that the face of the sign is approximately 90 degrees to the direction of the taxiing paths from which it is viewed, unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Construction Manager. b. Installation. Installation shall be in accordance with AC 150/5340-18 and the plans. Airfield guidance signs shall be furnished and installed or relocated as noted in these specifications . Signs shall also be installed in conformity with the details and locations shown on the plans. Sign installation and relocation shall include signs, base cans, transformers, mounting assemblies and concrete pads. Installation and relocation shall also include all cable connections, all lamps, all internal or external conduit and wiring and all incidentals necessary to place the signs in operation as completed units. For sign relocation, the associated cable, underground conduit and trenching, and are incidental to the pay item. Sign replacement shall include the new sign, transformers, and mounting assemblies as well as removal of the existing sign. The existing concrete base is planned for re-use . The contractor is required to install the new sign on the existing concrete base. Replacement shall also include grinding and removal of existing signage hardware, new stainless-steel hardware, all cable connections, all lamps, all mtemal or external conduit and wiring and all incidentals necessary to place the signs in operation as completed units. c. Sign Modifications. General sign modifications include the removal of existing Crouse-Hinds signs and the installation of new Lumacurve (or equal) signs on existing bases, modified as required for installation of the new signs. All panels that are removed shall be returned to the Owner at a location on the airport property directed by the Construction Manager. The contractor shall furnish all required or necessary materials. d. Inspections and Tests. Each sign shall be inspected to insure that it is installed erect, level at the proper height, and at the location shown on the plans. Each sign identification number shall correspond to the number on the plans. All cables, splices, and wiring shall be inspected to insure that the installation is in accordance with the plans and specifications. All wiring shall be continuous and free of shorts. All circuits shall be wired in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Insulation resistance to ground of all underground conductors shall meet the requirements of Item L-108. All signs shall be tested by operating the complete system continuously for a minimum of one hour and operating each control ten times. Test signs in accordance with AC 150/5345-44. Any system installation errors or unacceptable discrepancies of installation shall be corrected, as directed by Construction Manager and to the satisfaction of the City. Concrete Pad. A concrete pad for sign installation shall be constructed at the approximate location shown on the plans. The exact location and orientation shall be as shown on the coordinate schedule of the plans unless otherwise directed by the Construction Manager. The concrete pad shall be sized as shown on plans and shall be poured in place in undisturbed soil. Pad shall be reinforced as shown on the plans. The surface of the concrete shall slope at 1/2 inch per foot, or 5% maximum. The exposed surface of the concrete shall be finished to a smooth finish with a steel trowel or by rubbing. Where required, place anchor bolts for additional flange supports in the concrete pad in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Anchors shall be drop in anchors manufactured by Hilti, or approved equivalent. Leveling . The transformer base housing shall be firmly held in place during the construction of the concrete pad so that the machined upper surface of the base flange will be level within +2 degrees and not more than 1/4 inch above the surface of the pad. All other bearing areas for the additional flange supports shall be in the same horizontal plane as the transformer base flange, which shall be at the same elevation as the nearest edge of the taxiway shoulder. Provide grading of adjacent area, as directed by the Construction Manager. Cable Connections. Primary cable slack shall be left inside the base as required in Item L-108 to permit all cable connections to the taxiway sign to be made above the ground. A similar length primary cable slack shall be provided for any unconnected cable in sign base. Type of Supply Circuit Connection. Sign transformer primary leads shall be connected to the primary cable using L-823 connectors specified in Item L-108. Identification Numbers. An identification number shall be assigned to each sign in accordance with the plans and as directed by the Construction Manager. Assembling Airfield Guidance Sign. The taxiway sign shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The sign shall be installed so that the distance from finished grade to the top of the sign is as indicated on the plans and in AC 150/5345-44. The secondary leads of the transformer shall connect to the sign leads with a disconnecting plug and a receptacle, conforming to AC 150/5345-26. Location of Airfield Guidance Signs . Signs shall be installed in the locations as shown on the plans . Deviations/changes shall only be made with prior written approval by the Construction Manager. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 125-4.1 The number of guidance signs installed to be paid for shall be measured per each per type of sign installed and accepted by the Engineer. Sign installation shall be measured with transformers, splice kits, heat shrinks , base cans, counterpoint connections, splice kits, tags and all items necessary to a complete installation and accepted by the Engineer. Separate measurement shall be made for signage based on signage type and quantity of modules. Separate payment will be made for new sign foundation. METHOD OF PAYMENT 125-5.1 The L-858R/Y/L, I-module guidance sign installation will be paid for at the contract unit price per each. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and incidentals necessary to install the sign, complete in place in accordance with the plans and specifications . The existing base can and concrete foundation will be re-used. Incidental items include an L-830 isolation transformer, L-823 connector, grinding and removal of existing signage hardware, new stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, splice kit and ID tag . 125-5.2 The L-858R/Y/L, 2-module guidance sign installation will be paid for at the contract unit price per each. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and incidentals necessary to install the sign, complete in place in accordance with the plans and specifications. The existing base can and concrete foundation will be re-used. Incidental items include an L-830 isolation transformer, L-823 connector, grinding and removal of existing signage hardware, new stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, splice kit and ID tag. 125-5.3 The L-858R/Y/L, 3-module guidance sign installation will be paid for at the contract unit price per each. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and incidentals necessary to install the sign, complete in place in accordance with the plans and specifications. The existing base can and concrete foundation will be re-used. Incidental items include an L-830 isolation transformer, L-823 connector, grinding and removal of existing signage hardware, new stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, splice kit and ID tag. 125-5.4 The L-858R/Y/L, 4-module guidance sign installation will be paid for at the contract unit price per each. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and incidentals necessary to install the sign, complete in place in accordance with the plans and specifications. The existing base can and concrete foundation will be re-used. Incidental items include an L-830 isolation transformer, L-823 connector, grinding and removal of existing signage hardware, new stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, splice kit and ID tag. 125-5.5 The L-858B distance remaining sign installation will be paid for at the contract unit price per each. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and incidentals necessary to install the sign, complete in place in accordance with the plans and specifications . The existing base can and concrete foundation will be re-used. Incidental items include an L-830 isolation transformer, L-823 connector, grinding and removal of existing signage hardware, new stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, splice kit and ID tag . 125-5.6 Replace L-858 Taxiway Sign Panel including all materials, labor, transportation and services required to furnish and install new sign panel in existing sign. Sign panel shall be provided by original sign manufacturer. 125-5.7 Relocate (cantilever) existing L-858R/Y/L sign on new concrete foundation with an L- 867D, 24" deep base can, 3/8" thick galvanized steel cover plate with hub, gasket, L-830 isolation transformer, L-823 connector, stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, 2" PVC Schedule 40 conduit, L-824 cable, trenching, asphalt repair and all incidentals required to provide a complete and operational system. Align and level as required. Also included with this item is the removal of the existing foundation, base can and associated incidentals. 125-5.8 New Concrete Sign Foundation with an L-867D, 24" deep base can, 3/8" thick galvanized steel cover plate with hub, gasket, L-830 isolation transformer, L-823 connector, stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, 2" PVC Schedule 40 conduit, L-824 cable and all incidentals required to provide a complete and operational system. Align and level as required. ENDOFITEM 5/30/2008 ITEM SS-L-126 REMOVAL OF EXISTING NAV AIDS (Non-Standard FAA Specification) DESCRIPTION SS-L-126 126-1.1 This item shall consist of a removing existing navigational aids in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans . The work shall include proper termination of all electrical connections to the navaid, removal of the navaid, removal of footings, and preparation of the site . This item shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to accomplish the work. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 126-2.1 TERMINATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. Prior to removal of the navaid, all electrical conections shall be disconnected and properly terminated. 126-2.2 REMOVING EXISTING NA VAID. Existing equipment to be removed and salvaged shall be properly supported during the removal operation to prevent damage. The equipment shall be unfastened from its foundation and returned to the Airport Manager. Equipment to be demolished shall be disposed of by the Contractor. 126-2.3 SITE PREPARATION. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, existing foundations shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the material of which the foundations are built to a depth of at least 2 feet below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete shall be removed and disposed of. The holes or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable material and properly compacted. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 126-3.1 The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each navigation aids removed . BASIS OF PAYMENT 126-4.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted removal. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials required to complete this item, for all preparations, disassembly of equipment, and for all labor, equipment and tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item .. Payment will be made under the following : Item L-126-4.1 Removal of L-858 Guidance Signage -per each. This item includes the complete removal of the existing guidance sign and associated foundation, mounting hardware, base can and incidentals including repair/replacement of the existing surface to adjacent surface conditions. In addition, the conductors shall be removed back to the nearest edge light can and the existing circuit repaired with a new splice kit and tested to meet the specified performance megaohm requirements in section L-108. SS-L-126-1 PART 1 SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS-ELECTRICAL (Item L-100) (NON-STANDARD FAA SPECIFICATION) GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This item is intended to supplement the specifications for the Airfield Electrical, Lighting and Lighting Control requirements of this contract. PART2 It is the intent and meaning of the Plans and Specifications that the Contractor shall provide an electrical installation that is operational and complete, including all items and appurtenances necessary, reasonably incidental or customarily included, even though each and every item is not specifically called out or shown. Installations and construction under these provisions shall be coordinated with the Airport Construction Manager. Specification requirem.ents for approvals, reviews, or other involvements of the Engineer shall be transmitted by the Contractor through the Construction Manager to the Engineer. QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.01 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. A. Codes. All electrical work shall conform with the requirements and recommendations of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. In conflicts among drawings, specifications and codes, the most stringent requirements shall govern. B. Standards. The specifications and standards of the following organizations are by reference made part of these specifications and all electrical work, unless otherwise indicated, shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) National Bureau of Standards (NBS) National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall be certified under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program described in Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, current edition, and be listed in the current Addendum of the AC. All Advisory Circulars referenced in these specifications shall be the latest edition. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16010-1 All other equipment and materials, covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. The requirements and recommendations of the latest edition of the Occupational Safety and Health Act are by reference made a part of these specifications and all electrical work shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable. 2.03 WORKMANSHIP AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS A. All electrical work shall be performed by workmen skilled in the electrical trade and licensed for the work either by the City of Ft Worth or State of Texas. The Alliance Airport Building Official will recognize the credentials of Master Electricians with valid current licenses from Ft Worth. Credentials will be recognized of Journeyman Electricians with valid current licenses from Ft Worth or other licensing entities having established reciprocal agreements with these municipalities. B. A licensed Master Electrician will be required for the issuance of a building permit for constructing, installing, altering, maintaining, repairing or replacing any electrical wiring, apparatus, or equipment on any voltage level in the jurisdiction of the Airport. C. A licensed Master Electrician or a licensed Journeyman Electrician is required to be on the job site whenever any electrical work is performed. Any airfield electrical work or associated electrical installations shall be accomplished under the direct supervision of a licensed Journeyman Electrician. D. To insure compliance with Paragraph "c" above, only a documented Electrical work force with a ratio of a maximum of licensed Apprentices for each licensed Journeyman Electrician shall be allowed to work on the airfield electrical systems. E. Contractor shall prepare .documentation associated with the electrical work force confirming adherence to the requirements of Paragraph "d" above. These documents shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for approval. Also, any work force changes or revisions which affect compliance with paragraph "d" above, shall also be submitted to the Construction Manager for approval. F. All airfield circuits will be handled throughout the installation process by qualified licensed electrical personnel. G. Every airfield lighting cable splicer shall be qualified in making airfield cable splices and terminations on cables rated above 1,000 volts A.G. The Contractor shall submit for approval of the Construction Manager proof of the qualifications of each proposed cable splicer for the cable type and voltage level to be worked on. Cable splicing/terminating personnel shall have a minimum of three (3) years continuous experience in terminating/splice medium voltage cable at airports. H. At least thirty (30) days prior to performing any cable splicing/terminating, Contractor shall submit to the Construction Manager a written list of proposed cable splicing/terminating personnel, including written evidence that the proposed personnel have had a minimum of eight (8) hours of technical training by authorized splice/termination kit manufacturer personnel. Approved training shall include a thorough review of kit components and splicing/terminating Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16010-2 techniques and procedures. Field splices shall only be installed by technicians approved by the Construction Manager. I. In addition, each trained cable splicer shall be required to install a splice and a connector on type and size of the cable to be used under this contract. Sample connections shall be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and in the presence of the Construction Manager. J. All communications work shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Building Industry Consulting Service International, Inc. (BICSI) Registered Communication Distribution Designer (RCDD). K. The Contractor performing construction on the airfield electrical and/or communication system shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience on construction of projects of similar type of work and of similar size and complexity. The owner will require all Electrical Contractors bidding on this project to submit proof of experience that they have successfully completed at least two projects of comparative size and complexity within the past 5 years . L. Electrical contractor qualifications shall be based on previous work experience as follows: 1. Retro-Fit existing airfield lighting control systems in at least two installations of the size and complexity of this project. 2. Perform construction activities within an active CAT Ill AOA. 2.04 EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall furnish and install all materials, equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items in accordance with the approved recommendations of the manufacturer and the best practices of the trade to provide a complete installation ready for use and operational by the Owner. All equipment and materials shall be new, unless specifically noted otherwise, and shall bear the manufacturer's name, trademark and ASME, UL, and/or other labels in every case where a standard had been established for the particular item. Where applicable, equipment shall be FAA approved design of a standard product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of the required type of equipment, and shall be supported by a service organization reasonably convenient to the site, as determined by the Construction Manager. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Construction Manager in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and equipment manufacturer's directions and shall obtain written instructions from the Construction Manager before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or such written instructions from the Construction Manager, Contractor shall bear all costs arising in correcting deficiencies. After review of equipment submittals, and instructions by the Engineer to proceed, equipment installations may require arrangements or connections different from those shown on the drawings. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to install the equipment to operate properly. The Contractor shall provide any additional equipment and/or materials required for installations to operate in accordance with the intent of the drawings and specifications. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16010-3 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to insure that items installed fit the space available with adequate room for proper equipment operation and maintenance. Contractor shall make field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment that the final installation provides a complete and operational system that complies with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. Changes associated with coordination requirements shall be made at no increase in the Contract amount or additional costs to other trades. The Contractor shall support work and equipment plumb, rigid and true to line. The Contractor shall determine how equipment, fixtures, conduit, etc., are to be installed, as required by codes, drawings and specifications. Foundations, bolts, inserts, stands, hangers, brackets and accessories required for proper support shall be provided by the Contractor, whether or not specifically indicated on the drawings. 2.05 SU BM ITT ALS A. Submit manufacturer's data or shop drawings of the following items giving full information as to the dimensions, materials, and other information required to define compliance with the specifications. Other items to be submitted are listed in the specification sections. B. C. #8 5KV L-824C Cable Isolation Transformers ALCMS #6 Stranded Counterpoise Wire Wiring Devices Current Transformers L-823 Connectors Wireways Splice Kits Potential Transformers Identification Tags Junction Boxes and Accessories Dry Type Transformers Electrical Enclosures Handholes/Pull Boxes and Accessories Switches, Terminal Strip Cadweld Generator & ATS Ground Rods Panelboards PVC Conduit Guidance Sign Foundation Galvanized Rigid Steel Generator & ATS Conduit Conduit and Cable Straps Airfield Guidance Signs Conduit Stand Off Clamp Wire Pulling Lubricant 3/8+ -16 Stainless Steel Bolts Circuit Breakers Control Panel Modification All Material installed or modified in or in connection with the VaultTower, and relocated beacon When requested by the Engineer, samples of these items shall be submitted for approval. Equipment/instalfation diagrams shall also be submitted for approval, as required by project specifications and/or requested by the Engineer. Contractor submittal package shall include a typewritten list indicating each bid item, with a breakdown of all item components and all parts that are assembled or associated with bid item installation. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16010-4 Submittal package list shall indicate: (1) Bid item number, (2) Part numbers of associated item components, as required and (3) Reference page number where item and components information is located in the submittal package. An example of this procedure is shown below: Bid Item# Description Ref. Page# (XX) (Bid Item Description) (P/N) -(Item Component #1) (VY) (P/N) -(Item Component #2) (VY) (P/N) -(Item Component #3) (VY) etc ... (YY} Where: (XX} = Bid Item Numbe r (VY) = Reference Page Number in Submittal Package (P/N} = Manufacturer Part Number D. Checking of submittals by the Engineer is done only as an aid to the Contractor and approval of submittals shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for any errors or omissions in the submittals, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of total responsibility for proper and complete execution of the job. 2.05 INSPECTION AND TESTING All work performed by the Contractor shall be subject to periodic inspections by the City Engineer, the Owner's Representative, and the Owner's Construction Manager to verify that the installation is in compliance with the applicable requirements of these specifications. System and component testing shall be performed as specified in Section 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation and Testing. Test results shall be evaluated by the Engineer and the Construction Manager based upon the criteria indicated. Any installation found which does not conform to the required technical provisions of these specifications or any specimen which does not meet the test criteria defined in Section 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation and Testing, shall be immediately removed by the Contractor and then replaced at his expense. When required, testing shall be performed on the new specimen in place to verify compliance with the criteria defined in Section 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation and Testing. PART3 CONSTRUCTION PROVISIONS 3.01 AOA AREA INSTALLATION PROVISIONS To enhance personnel safety and avoid contractual problems, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions indicated below. 3.02 ELECTRICAL WORK PROVISIONS. A. Existing Underground Utilities. At least forty-eight (48) hours prior to beginning any excavation within the AOA, locations of all utility lines and FAA cables in the construction area will be identified and marked with surveyor flags by appropriate utility and/or FAA personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the location flags. Any flags displaced shall be replaced by the Contractor. The Contractor shall coordinate with Construction Manager any additional prior notification time required during weekend and/or holiday work periods. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16010-5 Also at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to beginning any excavation within the AOA, the contractor shall request the airport construction manager to have airport staff identify circuits in proposed excavation areas. The Contractor shall coordinate with Construction Manager any additional prior notification time required during weekend and/or holiday work periods. The above noted line identification information shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of pinpointing underground lines to avoid unplanned disruptions or disturbing of installation or operation of underground lines in construction areas. Contractor shall use cable tracing equipment or other methods approved by the Construction Manager at his disposal, to pinpoint line locations. Excavation shall not proceed until all underground lines have been identified to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager. Contractor shall hand excavate in areas of Airport underground electrical lines to avoid disturbing circuits such as FAA, telecom and NAVAIDS. Repair of underground lines damaged by the Contractor shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. B. Lockout Procedure. Contractor shall adhere to requirements of latest edition of Section 16013 Rec~mmended Lockout Procedure for Airfield Lighting Circuit. 3.03 TEMPORARY AND BYPASS CIRCUIT PROVISIONS During construction, temporary or bypass wiring or cable installations may be required to maintain operation of certain equipment and/or airfield lighting circuits, as indicated in Construction Documents and/or as specified. Temporary/bypass circuit installations shall adhere to provisions indicated below. A. General Requirements. Contractor shall review the requirements in the specifications and Construction Documents, including, but not restricted to: Phasing and Sequencing Plans, Demolition Plans and Wiring Diagrams. Contractor shall determine locations, sizes and quantities of temporary/bypass wiring and ·conduits required for project construction. At least 14 days prior to commencement of installation of temporary/bypass wiring, the Contractor shall submit a layout of proposed temporary/bypass conduits and circuits to the Construction Manager for review and approval, including proposed installation protection provisions . . B. Equipment and Materials. Temporary/bypass wiring shall meet the requirements of Section 16113 Item Installation of Underground Cable for Airport (Item L-108), and shall also conform to the Construction Plans. Temporary/bypass wiring shall be identified at junction points with brass tags as approved by the Construction Manager. C. Installation. Temporary/bypass circuits shall be installed with due consideration to personnel safety and circuit protection against physical damage. All damage to existing circuits as a result of Contractor action or inaction shall be corrected accordingly at the Contractor's expense and corrective action approved by the Owner. Temporary/bypass, high voltage lighting system cables shall be protected from damage by vehicles with suitable fencing, barriers and/or adequately sized boards or timbers. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16010-6 Temporary/bypass circuits shall be removed immediately upon completion of construction or purpose for which the wiring was installed. Upon removal of boards or timbers fastened to the pavement surface to protect temporary/bypass circuits, the Contractor shall repair the pavement with materials and methods approved by the Construction Manager. Temporary/bypass cable and counterpoise shall be removed and discarded off the Airport by the Contractor, 3.04 EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS The Contractor shall remove all existing wiring and electrical equipment made unnecessary by the new installation. All materials removed shall become property of the Contractor and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall list materials according to type, class and/or size, and store or dispose of materials as directed by the Construction Manager. 3.05 POWER SERVICE CONTINUITY Provide labor, materials and supervision required to maintain full capacity power service continuity when connection or modifications are made to existing systems and facilities. Do not interrupt service without prior consent of the Construction Manager, with a definite understanding of time and duration of outage. All outages will take place at a time for minimum disruption of facility activity. Coordinate with Owner. 3.06 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall maintain a set of as-built drawings on the job site as required the General Provisions of the · Contract. Contractor shall mark on the as-built drawings all work details, alterations installed to meet site conditions and changes made by Change Notices. As-built drawings shall be kept available for inspection by the Construction Manager and/or the City Engineer at all times. Airfield wiring verification diagrams shall be maintained throughout the project and later submitted to the airport manager upon completion. These field wiring diagrams shall depict the exact routing and number of cables installed in each conduit originating from the airfield lighting vaults and extending to each manhole, handhole, pullbox, sign, and lighting fixture for each new circuit or circuit revision as applicable to the construction documents. PART4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 GENERAL A. There will be no measurement or payment for this section. All work will be considered incidental for complete installation of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16010-7 PART 1 SECTION 16013 RECOMMENDED LOCKOUT PROCEDURE FOR AIRFIELD LIGHTING CIRCUIT GENERAL The Contractor is required to lockout the power source feeding any airfield lighting circuit that he will come in contact with (either by hand or with equipment) during the course of the workday. Coordinate with the Construction Manager. Airfield lighting circuits can be locked out only with the approval of the airport manager. They must be returned to service the same day unless prior arrangements have been made. Cloudy or overcast days may delay or cancel a scheduled lockout. A. In order to gain access to the circuit power source, the Contractor will contact his Construction Manager (CM) at least 48 hours prior to the day and hour when the circuit lockout is required. The Contractor will identify, in writing, his work area and the circuit to be locked out. B. The CM will then contact the Airport Manager at least 24 hours in advance, with all the pertinent information, so the work may be scheduled, and verify that the circuit can be turned off as requested. The Airport Manager will determine if the circuit can remain de-energized outside of daylight hours. Request for lockouts that occur on recognized holidays, or Saturdays and Sundays, or after normal working hours, (0800 to 1600), will require special notice. In this case the Airport Manager must be notified a minimum of two regular working days in advance of the lockout occurrence. The Contractor, the CM, and the Airport Manager, if required, will meet at the vault for the lockout. The Contractor shall provide a 5000- volt, direct current megger. The megger shall be a 120-volt A.C. device, as opposed to a hand crank type, and calibrated within the last three months. The Airport Manager's Authorized Representative will de- energize the circuit. *(See note at the end of the procedure). The Con- tractor will install his lock on the scissor clip, locking out the disconnect. C. The Contractor will insulate between the field contact of the S-1 switch of all series circuits to be locked out prior to magging. The insulating piece(s) will remain in place until all circuits are meggered for release of lockout. The Contractor will megger the circuit in the presence of the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative. The megger will be connected to the circuit and allowed to energize the circuit for a full three minutes at 1000 volts, before the reading is taken. The Contractor will record the reading by completely filling out the lockout log form (example attached) on the tablet at the door of the regulator room. The CM will notify the Airport Manager to report the circuit lockout time and the megger reading. D. The Contractor will install an appropriate Safety Tag on the locked out disconnect switch. The tag will show the name of the Contractor, and the date. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16013-1 E. F. G. PART2 PART3 PART4 A. As soon as practical after the work is complete, but no later than the same day unless prior arrangements have been made, the Contractor will notify the CM, who will in turn notify the Airport Manager that the circuit is ready to be re-energized. The Contractor, the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative and the CM will meet at the vault to re-test the circuit. The Contractor will megger the circuit for five minutes in the presence of the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative and the CM and record the reading on the form. He will also, at this time, megger across the field connections of the S-1 switch if present to insure continuity and correct field connections. If the readings are acceptable to the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative and the CM, then the Contractor will remove his safety tag and lock. If the readings are not acceptable, then the Con- tractor must correct the problem immediately or prove that the problem is not in his work area. An acceptable megger reading must be registered before the circuit can be released (acceptance of the circuit at this time does not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage discovered later which results from faulty workmanship). If the circuit is to be left off after dark, the CM must notify the Airport Manager with detailed information concerning the outage. Some outages will require continued work to re- energize circuits. Under no circumstance will the Circuit Disconnect Switch be turned back on by anyone other than the Airport Manager or their Representative. The CM will notify the Airport Manager to report the time the circuit was released and the megger reading. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT There will no separate measurement for payment of the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16013-2 PART 1 SECTION 16031 AIRFIELD ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION TESTING (Item L-111) (Non-Standard FAA Specification) DESCRIPTION 1.01 This item shall consist of furnishing all equipment, materials and appliances necessary for testing of airfield lighting circuit installations and associated systems. A. B. PART2 The Contractor shall provide testing to confirm installations are acceptable for ground rod testing and airfield lighting and/or signage circuit testing. Requirements under this item shall be coordinated with the Airport Construction Manager. Specification requirements for approvals, reviews or other involvement of the Engineer shall be transmitted by the Contractor through the Construction Manager to the Engineer. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL Materials and equipment covered by this item shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. PART3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing installations as indicated below. 3.02 GROUND ROD TESTING. A. Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to measure the resistance to earth for all ground rods installed. Earth resistance measurement tests shall adhere to recommendations of IEEE Standard 142, latest edition. Contractor shall submit testing procedure, equipment and report form to the Construction Manager for approval. B. As each rod is installed, tests shall be administered. Any rod that does not have a resistance to ground of 1 O ohms or less shall be augmented by an additional rod not less than 10 feet away. No testing of the additional rod is required. Testing results, including confirmation of installation of augmenting ground rods, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 3.03 AIRFIELD LIGHTING CIRCUITS TESTING. A. The Contractor shall notify the CM and Airport Manager 4-hours prior to cable testing. All testing shall be conducted in the presence of the CM and Airport Manager's Authorized Representative. All test results shall be simultaneously Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16031-1 recorded by the Contractor and the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative. Contractor shall provide test report information to the CM and Airport Manager for approval. Test procedures for the following required tests, including field test report forms, shall be submitted to the CM for approval prior to testing. 1. Testing Requirements. a. All Circuits. Prior to commencement of work on any circuit the Low Voltage Tests shall be performed in accordance with procedures below. b. All Circuits. Upon completion of all rewiring of each circuit, the Low Voltage Tests shall be performed on the completed circuit following paragraph 2 below, to determine if the circuits are free of grounds. Circuits tested shall meet the requirements of paragraph 3 below. Any faults indicated by these tests shall be corrected before proceeding with additional testing. All test results shall be submitted to the CM for approval. 2. Testing Procedures. a. Low Voltage Tests. Low Voltage Continuity and Insulation-Resistance (Megger) Tests 1.) Test Required. As noted in Part A above, circuits and portions of circuits shall be subjected to a low voltage (5000 volt) continuity test and a low voltage (5000 volt) insulation-resistance (megger) test. 2.) Test Products. Contractor shall provide a 5000-volt direct current Megger for low voltage testing. Megger tester shall be non-crank type, as manufactured by Associated Research Meg-Check, the James Biddle Megger, General Radio Mega-Ohmmeter or approved equivalent. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing any required 120V AC power source at testing locations remote from available power. Products calibration information shall be readily available for review by the CM, as requested. 3.) Test Procedures. Refer to Section 16013 for Lock-Out Procedure requirements. Test procedures for the required tests, including field test report forms, shall be submitted to the CM for approval prior to testing. 4.) Test Results. Test values not meeting the requirements of paragraph 3 below shall be considered faulty and shall be corrected accordingly. Refer to paragraph D below for cables not meeting testing requirements. 3. Testing Results. a. New Circuits and New Portions of Existing Circuits. 1.) Low Voltage Tests shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative the following: a.) All circuits are properly connected following the applicable wiring diagrams. b.) All lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16031 -2 c.) All circuits are free from unspecified grounds. d.) The insulation-resistance to ground is equivalent to or greater than 100 mega-ohms for all new non-grounded series circuits. 4. Deficient Testing Results (Circuits Not Meeting Requirements). a. New Circuits and New Portions of Existing Circuits. Cables not meeting the requirements of sub-paragraph 3 above shall be considered faulty. Faulty cables shall be corrected, if possible, and re- tested. If acceptable test values cannot be obtained, cables shall be removed from the conduit and replaced with new cable at Contractor's expense, as directed by the CM. Required testing of new cable in place shall then be implemented. 5. Submittal of Testing Data. a. Low Voltage Tests. Contractor shall submit 5 copies of tests reports for approval by the Airport Manager's Authorized Representative, and the Engineer-of-Record. Report shall include all measured data including applied voltage , time length of voltage application of cable within a circuit. DATE START TIME END TIME CABLE B/M NO. DESCRIPTION TEMP. MEASURE EQUIP. NO. CALIBRATION DUE DATE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 3.04 SYSTEM TESTS CABLE NUMBER OPERATING VOLTAGE MAX. TEST VOLTAGE FROM PRODUCTS TO PRODUCTS HUMID. MEASURE EQUIP. NO. RELATIVE HUMIDITY After the airfield lighting systems installation is complete and at such times as the Engineer may direct, the contractor shall conduct airfield lighting or signage systems operating tests for approval. A. The equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of this specification. The test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer or his authorized representative . The contractor shall furnish all equipment and personnel required for the test. B. Each applicable switch in the control tower lighting panels shall be operated so that each switch position is engaged at least ten times. During this process, all lights and associated equipment shall be observed to determine that each control device properly commands the corresponding circuit. Radio communication between the operator and the observers shall be provided by the Contractor. C. The above tests shall be repeated from the local control sw itches on the regulators. Each installed or revised lighting circu it shall be tested by operating the lamps throughout the range of applicable steps and shall be operated separately at Step 3 or Step 5 as appropriate for full intensity or as directed by the Engineer, for not less than 1 hour. Visual examination shall be made at the beginning and at the end of this test to determine that the installed airfield light fixtures are illuminating at full intensity. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16031-3 D. If circuit regulators are installed under project construction, regulator output ampacity shall be adjusted for proper outputs following manufacturer's recommendations and requirements to insure proper circuit operation. E. Systems tests shall confirm by demonstration in service that all lighting circuits are in good operating condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer if the tests are unsatisfactory, lighting systems installed shall be corrected and systems tests shall again be implemented. 3.05 ALCMS SYSTEM Following final installation and calibration of the ALCMS, the supplier shall perform a demonstration of system performance to the satisfaction of the Engineer. An acceptance test shall be conducted by an the engineer to determine if the system meets the functional and performance requirements of the specification. Satisfactory performance of control functions, monitoring and display functions, alarming, and printout functions shall be demonstrated. All performance requirements in the ALCMS specification 16917 are subject to testing and verification. If the system does not meet the performance requirements of this specification, the supplier shall make modifications so that the requirements can be met, and shall bear all associated costs including the cost of performing the test again. Any changes to the system as submitted shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. 3.06 CONSTANT CURRENT REGULATOR INTEFACES PART4 Following final installation and calibration of the CCR interfaces, the supplier shall perform a demonstration of system performance to the satisfaction of the l;:ngineer. An acceptance test shall be conducted determine if the CCR interface functions meets the functional and performance requirements of the specification. Satisfactory performance of the control functions, monitoring and display functions, alarming shall be demonstrated. All performance requirements in the specification 16461 are subject to testing and verification. If the interfaces do not meet the performance requirements of this specification, the supplier shall make modifications so that the requirements can be met, and shall bear all associated costs including the cost of performing the test again. Any changes to the system as submitted shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 GENERAL There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16031-4 PART 1 SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes grounding electrodes and conductors; equipment grounding conductors; bonding methods and materials; including: 1. Power system grounding. 2. Communication system grounding. 3. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding. 4. Structural steel grounding. 5. Miscellaneous system grounding. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16080 -Electrical Testing. B. Section 16120 -Wire and Cable. C. Section 16111 -Conduit. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA -Standard of Installation. B. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1 . Metal frame of the building. 2. Rod electrode. B. Grounding System Resistance: 3 ohms. 1.05 SUBMITT ALS A. Product Data: Submit grounding electrodes and connections; for fastening components; and nameplates, labels, and markers. B. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode . C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for active electrodes. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16060-1 D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of project. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rod Electrodes: Copper-encased steel, 3/4-inch diameter, minimum length 1 O feet. B. Mechanical Connectors: 1. Manufacturers: a. Burndy. b. 0.Z. Gedney c. Equivalent product approved by the engineer. 2. Heavy-duty, bolt-type, copper alloy or bronze for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation. C. Exothermic Connections: 1. Type for underground and structural steel; Cadweld. 2. Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. D. Wire: 1. Stranded, copper cable. 2. Foundation Electrodes: 2/0 AWG. 3. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING INSTALLATION A. Install rod electrodes as indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. B. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16060-2 C. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. D. Locate and install anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation". E. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. F. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps. G. Do not use powder-actuated anchors. H. Do not drill or cut structural members. 3.02 ELECTRIC SERVICE GROUND A. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to grounding electrodes. B. Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, and equipment grounding conductor at service entrance. C. Connect the electric service grounding electrode conductors to the incoming metal water pipe system (when available, using a suitable ground clamp) and to a supplemental electrode such as a ground rod or ground loop. D. Provide grounding and bonding at the power company's metering equipment. E. Provide test wells for access to the ground grid and removable connections for testing the system. 3.03 EQUIPMENT GROUND A. Provide a complete ground system for the building consisting of copper cable, ground rods and exothermic connections to serve the service entrance, building structural steel, metallic enclosures and conduit systems. B. Provide a separate, insulated equipment-grounding conductor from the main service ground to each main switchboard and in all feeders and branch circuits. Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus, or bushing. Do not use conduit as grounding conductor. C. Provide OZ Type "BJ" bonding jumper at all expansion joints, points of electrical discontinuity or connections in conduit where firm mechanical bond is not possible, such as flexible connections, insulating couplings, etc. D. Ground each lighting and power panelboard by connecting the grounding conductor to the grounding stud. E. Ground each secondary dry-type transformer to the ground bus of the primary side panelboard. Provide a bonding jumper between the ground stud and the neutral. Ground transformer ground stud to ground loop if a ground loop is installed or the nearest structural steel member. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16060-3 F. Bond every item of equipment served by the electrical system to the building equipment ground system. This includes switchboards, panelboards, disconnect switches, receptacles, controls, fans, air handling units, pumps, and flexible duct connections. 3.04 COMMUNICATIONS GROUND A. Provide communications system grounding conductor at point of service entrance and connect to the ground paint. B. Use minimum No. 6 AWG copper conductor for communications service grounding conductor. Leave 10-foot slack conductor at terminal board. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16060-4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16070 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Supporting devices, including: 1. Conduit and equipment supports. 2. Fastening hardware. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with section on cast-in-place concrete. B. Coordinate size, shape and requirements for utility company equipment with local utility company. 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide support systems adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring which they carry. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. B-Line. B. Kindorf. C. Unistrut. 2.02 MATERIAL A. B. C. D. Support Channel: Galvanized or painted steel. Hardware: Galvanized or painted steel. Provide epoxy or PVC coated materials for corrosive environments . Spring steel clips. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building structure using expansion anchors, beam clamps or bolts. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16070-1 8. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls; expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction. C. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. D. Do not use powder-actuated anchors on new concrete structure. E. Do not drill structural steel members. F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts. G. Provide concrete pads and equipment bases for all outdoor equipment on grade, floor mounted equipment, areas with floors below grade, penthouse equipment rooms and where shown on Drawings. H. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. I. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls. J. Do not support conduit from ceiling wire supports. K. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps or support conduits by individual hanger wires. L. Where multiple runs of conduit can be run grouped together, run conduit in racks supported from the building structure. Provide for future use of rack by properly planning routing of conduits in and through restricted areas such as through walls and around mechanical and electrical equipment. M. Use spring steel clips with EMT for individual branch circuits and device boxes in drywall construction. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16070-2 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install items for identification of electrical products installed under Division 16. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. W.H. Brady Co. B. Carlton Industries, Inc. C. Seton Nameplate Co. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Nameplates: Provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a black background. B. Wire and Cable Markers: Provide stainless steel, 2" round with W' letters in all manholes and light bases and provide with stainless steel ties. C. Underground Warning Tape 1. Manufactured polyethylene material and unaffected by acids and alkalies. 2. 3.5 mils thick and 6 inches wide. 3. Tensile strength of 1,750 psi lengthwise. 4. Printing on tape shall include an identification note BURIED ELECTRIC LINE, and a caution note CAUTION. Repeat identification and caution notes over full length of tape. Provide with black letters on a red background conforming to APWA recommendations. D. Panelboard Directories: Provide a typed circuit directory for each panelboard. Mount circuit directory in a permanent, clear Lexan card holder located on inside of door on panelboard. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16075-1 E. Conduit Markers: Flexible vinyl film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. F. 1. Electrical conduit markers shall include three identifying titles on an orange background except as noted. a. Typical. 1 .) 2.) 3.) Type Load Voltage Example -AC 60 Hertz Example -Lighting and Power Example -480 V AC/3 Phase 2. Conduit that contains protective or communication systems shall have the exact content and title on blue background and installed and located as specified for conduit. Conduit Markers and Letter Size 1. Dimensions: Outside Diameter of Width of Color Height of Letter & Conduit in Inches Bandin Inches Numerals in Inches 1/2 to 1-1/4 8 1/2 1-1/2 to 2 8 3/4 2-1/4 to 3-1/4 10 1 3~1/2 & Larger 12 1-1/4 G. Wiring Device Circuit Identification: Provide for each receptacle and light switch: PART3 1. Flexible vinyl film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Black 1/8" high letters. 2. Indicate panelboard and circuit number. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed panelboard doors in finished locations. D. Embossed tape will not be accepted. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16075-2 E. Provide underground tape at all electrical installations. 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE LABELING A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in splice boxes, pull boxes , and at first load connection on homerun. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. B. Identify branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits on cover of pull and junction boxes with indelible marker. 3.03 EQUIPMENT LABELING A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical distribution and control equipment. B. Engraved , Laminated Plastic Nameplates : 1/4-inch letters, equipment designation; 1/8-inch letters, source circuit number. Provide for : 1. Meters. 2. Panelboards. 3. Switchboards including each individual device or piece of equipment within a switchboard . 4. Regulators. 5. Enclosed switches, starters, circuit breakers and contactors. Provide neatly typed label inside each motor starter enclosure door identifying motor served , nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, design letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating . Provide phenolic nameplate on cover exterior to indicate motor served. 6. Transformers if identified on Drawings. C. Identify all junction boxes by circuit number with legible permanent ink marker. 3 .04 BOX COLOR CODING A. Boxes and covers for fire alarm wiring shall be painted red. B. Boxes and covers for emergency system wiring shall be painted yellow. 3.05 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Location of Identifying Markers: At each end of conduit run and at intermediate points 50' on center maximum. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in th is section . All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16075-3 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 16080 ELECTRICAL TESTING {600V) 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Test electrical systems and equipment. 8. These tests are required to determine that the equipment involved may be safely energized and operated. C. Perform tests by and under the supervision of fully experienced and qualified personnel. Advise each respective manufacturer's representative of tests on their equipment. D. Record all test data. E. Each section of Division 16 that has products or systems listed herein incorporate this section by reference and is incomplete without the required tests stated herein. 1.02 REFERENCES A . NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 1.03 SU8MITI ALS A. 8. C. PART2 PART3 Submit test report forms for review a minimum of 90 days prior to requesting a final review by the airport manager. · Furnish six individually bound copies of test data. Neatly type and arrange data. Include with the data the date tested, personnel present, weather conditions, nameplate record of test instrument and list all measurements taken, both prior to and after any corrections are made to the system. Record all failures and corrective action taken to remedy incorrect situation. The project manager will retain one copy. Remaining copies will be returned to Contractor for inclusion in the operation and maintenance manuals. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Furnish proposed test procedures, recording forms, list of personnel and test equipment for HAS project manager review. B. Follow recommended procedures for testing as published by test equipment manufacturer. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16080-1 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE A. Test insulation resistance of each main feeder and service after the installation is complete but before the connection is made to its source and point of termination. 8. Test insulation resistance using Biddle Megger or equivalent test instrument at a voltage not less than 1,000 volts DC. Measure resistance from phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. In circuits where insulation test value is lower than 1 megohm, remove and replace conductor and retest. C. Visually inspect connections of every branch circuit for tightness. D. Insure that grounding conductor is electrically continuous. E. Test branch circuits against grounds, shorts or other faults. F. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. G. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient ground reference point using suitable ground testing equipment. H. Test the system for stray currents, ground shorts, etc. If stray currents, shorts, etc., are detected, eliminate or correct as required. 3.03 WIRING DEVICES A. Operate switches at least twice. 8. Test every convenience outlet with plug-in device for proper phasing and grounding. C. Demonstrate operation of lighting circuits and lighting control systems. 3.04 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Before Energization: 1 . Visually inspect connections for tightness and correctness. 2. Verify proper fusing. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16080-2 B. After Energization 1. Verify proper voltage with system operating at load conditions. 2. Verify proper operation. 3. Operate every circuit breaker, switch and contactor. 4. Modify tap settings on transformers as required. 5. Measure line amperes with system operating at load conditions . 6. Modify circuit breaker and relay settings as required. 7. Megger meter centers for opens, shorts and grounds. 8. Thermographic Tests: a. With system operating at load conditions, perform thermographic test on distribution panelboards, lighting panelboards and equipment feeders using an infrared temperature scanning unit. Provide thermograph tests performed by General Electric Instrumentation Division. b. Tighten or correct connections with higher temperatures than acceptable. After corrections have been made, perform thermograph test to confirm that problems have been corrected. C. Operate all equipment and control systems through intended sequence. Record all data pertaining to system operation. 1. Contactors. 2. Electrically operated circuit breakers. 3.05 SECONDARY GROUNDING A. Test service entrance ground resistance. B. Provide additional made-electrodes if resistance is more than 3 ohms. C. Test grounding system resistance within building at a minimum of four locations. 1 . Assure system functions. 2. Assure system interfaces with other systems. D. Test the system to determine that it is free from grounds, open and short circuits. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16080-3 SECTION 16091 WORK IN EXISTING BUILDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Relocate, rewire, or abandon electrical equipment and systems required in conjunction with work in existing building. 8. Temporary provisions for all existing and/or new circuits to maintain power to occupancies in adjacent areas. C. Coordinate disposition of all removed equipment with the Owner. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. B. PART2 Abandoned: Refers to electrical equipment and systems which are no longer in use and are to be de-energized and left in place. Removal: Refers to electrical equipment and systems which are not to be reused and are to be removed from the job site and disposed of as directed by the Owner. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. PART3 Provide materials to match existing construction unless specified elsewhere in these contract documents. Provide materials which comply to local codes and UL, and properly apply to their intended function. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Visit and inspect the job site prior to bidding and become familiar with all existing conditions. Include the cost of the work required to accommodate the existing conditions in the bid proposal. B. Provide a typed inventory (include pictures as necessary) of all equipment and facilities, which are damaged or not operating properly at the time construction commences. Any damage or inoperative equipment, which is discovered during the course of construction and is not itemized on the written inventory will be assumed to have been caused by the contractor, and the contractor will be responsible for repair or replacement at no additional cost. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16091-1 3.02 RENOVATION A. Relocate all existing material required to accommodate the new construction whether or not the existing material is shown on Drawings. B. Removal of all equipment or systems identified on drawings to be removed, including all supports, appurtenances and accessories associated with equipment or systems. C. Coordinate the work with other Divisions. Determine which items and equipment are to remain, to be relocated, or be removed. D. Connect all loads, which are existing and are to remain to the new distribution system as required to maintain their proper operation. 3.03 EXISTING RACEWAYS A. Reuse existing raceways where possible and where permitted by local codes. Remove old conductors from raceway. Clean raceway with mandrel followed by clean mop/pig. Rework existing raceways where required. Secure all existing raceways reused, which are loose or not properly connected. Paint existing raceways when exposed to view to match surroundings. B. Fasten existing boxes securely. 3.04 NEW RACEWAYS A. Provide new raceways where existing raceways cannot be reused or where raceways do not exist in order to provide a complete system as shown on the drawings. B. Where raceways must be exposed to view, use surface metal raceway such as Wiremold, securely fastened, painted to match surroundings. Provide number of coats of paint as required to cover primer coat or original finish of wiremold or raceway. 3.05 EXISTING WIRING DEVICES A. Remove foreign material from existing junction boxes to be reused. 3.06 EXISTING TELEPHONE OUTLETS A. Remove foreign material from existing junction boxes to be reused. B. Replace all telephone outlet coverplates with new coverplates. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16091-2 3.07 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES A. Existing light fixtures to be reused: 1. Clean reflective surfaces, lenses, and exposed surfaces. 2. Relamp with new lamps. 3. Repair or replace lampholders, ballasts, wiring, and door latching and hinging mechanisms. 4 . Reconnect to branch circuit wiring; tighten connections. B. Existing light fixtures to be reused may be replaced with new fixtures to match existing, if in Contractor's opinion, costs to Owner would be lower. 3.08 EXISTING PANELBOARDS A. Existing panelboards to be reused: 1 . Clean interiors and exteriors. 2. Inspect for damage. Notify A/E if repairs or damaged components need replacing. 3. Tighten conduit and wire terminations. B. Verify panelboards and panelboard feeders are of adequate capacity for loads to be served. 1. Activate loads connected to panelboards to achieve full load condition. 2. Measure and record amperage readings of phase and neutral conductors of panelboard 's feeders . 3. Provide typewritten record of recorded measurements to the A/E for review . C. Provide new typewritten circuit directory. D. Provide new nameplate for each panelboard. 3.09 EXISTING WIRING A. Inspect existing wiring which is to be disturbed for damage. Repair or replace damaged wiring. B. Assure integrity of existing wiring insulation: 1. Megger wiring phase to phase, phase to neutral , phase to ground, and neutral to ground . 2. Record megger results. Provide typewritten record of results to A/E for review. 3. Repair defective insulation to a dielectric value equal to that of wire of the same type and age . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16091-3 C. Secure and label existing wiring, which is to be disturbed. D. Tighten existing wiring terminations and connections. 3.10 SHUTDOWNS OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES A. Establish a schedule of shutdown(s) complete with starting time and duration. B. Present schedule to Owner for approval. C. Revise schedule as necessary to coordinate with Owner. D. Beyond any scheduled shutdowns, maintain continuity of electrical service to all existing facilities. E. Provide all temporary power for both the North and South vaults during the construction activities as required to maintain full operational capabilities of the associated equipment. 3.11 PHASING A. Provide temporary circuits as required to allow existing building functions to continue during day construction period. Comply with all schedules and phasing conditions as described in Division 1. 3.12 FINAL CLEANUP A. Airfield lighting vault shall be cleaned upon final installations. Ceilings, walls and floors shall be painted in the construction area. Equipment shall be wiped clean of dust. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16091-4 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 16111 CONDUIT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Raceway Systems: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings. 3. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit and fittings. 4. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. B. C. D. E. F. PART2 ANSI CB0.1 -Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated. ANSI CB0.3 -Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc-Coated. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 -Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. NEMA RN 1 -PVC Externally-Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. NEMA TC 2 -Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80). NEMA TC 3 -PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rigid Metal Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. 2. Triangle PWC, Inc. B. Flexible Conduit, lnnerduct and Fittings: 1. Electri-Flex Co. 2. Anamet, Inc. 3. Triangle PWC, Inc. C. Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings: 1. Carlon. 2. Can-Tex Industries. 3. Certain-Teed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16111-1 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Rigid Metal Conduit and Fittings: 1. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1; hot-dip galvanized. 2. PVC Externally Coated Conduit: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating and internal galvanized surface. 3. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) and Fittings: 1. EMT: ANSI C80.3; hot-dipped galvanized tubing. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel set-screw, insulated deep throat type. C. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket and integral grounding conductor. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; liquidtight, zinc coated steel. D. Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT A. Minimum size of conduit is 3/4 inch. Minimum size of homerun and feeder conduits is 3/4 inch. Indicated sizes are minimum based on THW copper wire and larger sizes may be used for convenience of wire pulling. 8. Minimum size of innerduct is 1 1A inch. C. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. D. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between innerduct and 240 volts or above power cabling. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit securely to building structure using clamps, hangers and threaded rod. F. Follow Section 16070 for supporting devices. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16111-2 3.02 GENERAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends before joining. B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. C. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. D. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction , as around beams. E. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. Seal conduit which crosses a boundary between areas of extreme temperature difference. F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture . G. Drawings indicate intended circuiting and are not intended to be scaled for exact conduit location. H. Install conduit such that it does not interfere with fire-proofing of steel. I. Do not install conduit in floor slab of ground floor of building . 3.03 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Wipe nonmetallic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area that shall be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for 20 minutes minimum. 3.04 METALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Make joints mechanically tight and all conduit electrically continuous. B. Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. Use sealing locknuts and other approved techniques for moisture proofing raceway in wet areas. C. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. D. Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building expansion joints and at 150 foot intervals in straight runs. E. Provide fire-stop compound at all penetrations of floor slabs or fire walls such that fire rating integrity of barrier is not lessened. 3.05 UNDERGROUND A. Follow Section 16116 for Underground Electrical Ducts. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16111 -3 3.06 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Exterior: 1. Exposed a. Rigid metal conduit. b. PVC coated rigid metal conduit at all concrete slab penetrations. 2. Underground: a. Rigid nonmetallic conduit as described in Section 16116. b. PVC coated rigid metal factory elbows for all bends and for concrete slab penetrations. B. Interior: 1. Exposed: a. Rigid metal conduit in areas subject to moisture, corrosive agents, or physical abuse. b. Electrical metallic tubing in areas not subject to moisture, corrosive agents or physical abuse. 2. Concealed: a. Rigid nonmetal conduit in areas subject to moisture or corrosive agents. b. Electrical metallic tubing in areas not subject to moisture or corrosive agents. 3. Connections to Product: a. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit in areas subject to moisture, high humidity, or corrosive agents. b. Flexible metal conduit in dry, noncorrosive areas. 4. Cast-In-Concrete; rigid nonmetallic conduit. C. BX and MC cable are not acceptable for use on this project. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16111-4 SECTION 16113 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS (Item L-108) PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. This item shall consist of furnishing and installing power cables direct buried and furnishing and/or installing power cables within conduit or duct banks-in accordance with these specifications at the locations shown on-the plans. It includes excavation and backfill of trench for direct~buried cables only. Also included are the installation of counterpoise wires, ground wires, ground rods and connections, cable splicing, cable marking, cable testing, and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item shall not include the installation of duct banks or conduit, trenching and backfilling for duct banks or conduit, or furnishing or installation of any cable for FAA facilities. Requirements and payment for trenching and backfilling for the installation of underground conduit and duct banks is covered under 16116 (Item L-11 O) "Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits." 1. Construction under these specifications shall be coordinated with the Airport Construction Manager, hereby referred to as the CM. "CM" is hereby defined as being an equivalent and interchangeable term to the "City Engineer" references throughout these specifications. Specification requirements for approvals, reviews, or other involvement of the City Engineer shall be transmitted by the Contractor through the CM to the Engineer. 2. Project shall be constructed in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the CM. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be certified under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program described in Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, current edition. B. All other products covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. C. All Advisory Circulars referenced in these specifications shall be the edition indicated or the latest edition. D. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-1 specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. E. Refer to section 1601 O (Item L-100) General Provisions -Electrical for submittal procedures. F. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain an insulation resistance of 50 megohms minima, (1 OOOV megger) with isolation transformers connected in new circuits and new segments of existing circuits through the end of the contract warranty period. 2.02 CABLE A. Underground cable shall conform to the requirements of AC 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. 1. Cable for airfield lighting service shall be Type C, # 8AWG, copper, 7 strand, single and multiple conductor cable with 5,000 volt cross-linked polyethylene insulation. 2. Limits on conductor sizes noted above shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on airfield lighting transformers and fixtures. 3. Wire for electrical circuits up to 600 volts shall comply with Specification L- 824 and/or Federal Specification J-C-30~ Types THWN-2, or other types with equivalent or superior insulation characteristics shall be installed. 4. Control cable conductor size shall be as indicated on the plans. 2.03 COUNTERPOISE. A. Wire for counterpoise or ground-installations for airfield lighting systems shall be No. 6 AWG solid for counterpoise and or No. 6 AWG stranded for ground wire conforming to ASTM B 3 and ASTM B 8, and shall be bare copper wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 33. B. Number and location of counterpoise wires shall be as indicated on plans, details and as specified. C. Ground rods shall be one piece, copper clad steel, eightto ten foot long as shown on the plans by 3/4 inch in diameter. 2.04 CABLE CONNECTIONS. A. In-line connections of underground primary cables shall be of the type called for on the plans and as specified. 1. The Cast Splice. A cast splice will not be permitted. This means connector kits must be used. 2. Connectors. Connectors to be used in connecting L-824 primary cable in light fixture bases and other junction points shall conform to the requirements of the specification for L-823 Connectors in AC 150/5345-26C. L-823 connectors kits shall be as manufactured by Elastimold or approved Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-2 equivalent. Connectors shall be individually marked to be compatible for use with the size and type of L-824 cable specified. 3. Heat Shrinkable Splice. Heat shrinkable splice kits meeting the requirements of IEEE-404-1977, ICEA-66-524 and 516 shall be used to splice the specified L-824 primary cable. Splice kits shall include cable preparation provisions and products. All splices shall be made using long barrel copper compression connectors, Burndy Hylink YS. All splices shall be 5kV rated. Splice kits shall be manufactured by Raychem or approved equivalent. Splice kits and proposed installation locations shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer. 4. Tape specified to be used in association with above noted connections shall be field-applied rubber or synthetic tape covered with plastic tape . The rubber tape shall meet the requirements of ASTM-D4388-1997 and the plastic tape shall comply with Mil. Spec. MIL-1-24391 C or Fed. Spec. Commercial Item A-A-55809. Submit tape to be used for approval. 5. Contractor shall use approved cable stripper/penciller, Crouse-Hinds Model WS49 for #6 or #8 5kV, L-824 Type 'C' cable or approved equivalent for all cable connections. 6. Conductor crimping shall be accomplished using crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. All L-823/L-824 splices and terminations shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and listings 2.05 CONCRETE A. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to Special Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete". 2.06 FLOWABLE BACKFILL A. Flowable material used to backfill trenches for power cable trenches shall conform to the requirements of Item P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". 2.07 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Cable identification tags shall by made from a non-corrosive material with the circuit identification stamped or etched onto the tag. The tags shall be of the type as detailed on the plans. 2.08 TAPE A. Electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tapes-number Scotch 88 (1-1/2" wide) and Scotch 130C linerless rubber splicing tape (2" wide), as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. 2.09 ELECTRICAL COATING A. Scotchkote shall be as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. 2.1 O EXISTING CIRCUITS A. Whenever the scope of work requires, connection to an existing circuit, the circuit's insulation resistance shall be tested, in the presence of the Engineer. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-3 PART3 The test shall be performed in accordance WITH SECTION 16031 Airfield Electrical Installation Testing. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall install the specified cable atthe approximate locations indicated on the plans. Coordinate specific locations with CM . 1. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual isolation transformers. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without splices , unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer or shown in the plans. 2. Cable splices or connections between junction points shall not be permitted. 3. Connection of primary underground cable to the primary leads of the individual isolation transformers shall be in light fixture bases only. 4. Where cable is required to be brought above ground to make connections or for future maintenance purposes, a minimum amount of 3-foot of cable slack shall be installed to allow the cable to be extended at least one foot vertically above the top of the junction point structure. This includes such junction points directed by the CM, such as: light fixture bases , handholes, junction boxes, etc. This requirement also applies where primary cable passes through empty light fixture bases, to allow for future connections to light fixtures. Manholes/handholes shall have 10-foot of slack laced in the manhole/handhole. 5. Excessive lengths of excess cable gathered at one location shall not be allowed, as determined by the CM. 6. Cable circuit identification markers shall be installed on both sides of the L- 823 connectors installed or at least once in each access point where L-823 connectors are not installed. 3.02 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT A. This item includes the installation of the cable in duct or conduit as described below. 1. The maximum number and voltage ratings of the cables installed in each single duct or conduit and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the plans and schedules . 2 . The Contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. 3. The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item following Section 16116, "Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct." 4. Contractor shall run a mandrel through installed conduit or duct to insure the conduit/duct is open , continuous and clear of debris before installing cable. Mandrel size shall be compatible with conduit size and use shall be approved by the CM. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts, base cans, manholes, etc. is incidental to the pay item of Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-4 the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense. 5. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conducto r, injury to the insulation or damage to the outer protective covering. 6 . The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal heat shrinkable tubing before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. 7. When more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the same time. 8. Cable shall not be installed through a conduit/duct containing existing cables . Existing cables shall be removed and salvaged and all new cables shall be installed through the conduit/duct, for both the existing and new circuit runs . Removal and re-installation of existing cables shall not be permitted . 9. The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be accomplished by hand winch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. A non-hardening lubricant recommended for use with the type of cable being installed, such as CRC "Wire Pulling Lubricant", shall be used during pulls to decrease pulling tensions. Submit to the CM the lubricant to be used. 10. Greenlee Multiplex Polyester rope or the approved equivalent shall be used for cable pulls through non-metallic conduits. 11. Maximum cable pulling tensions shall be per cable manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor shall submit maximum pulling tension values to the CM prior to any cable installations. 12. The manufacturer's minimum bend radius or the NEC requirements whichever is more restrictive shall apply. Cable installation, handling and storage shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. 13. Unless otherwise designated in the plans , where ducts are in tiers , use the lowest ducts to receive the cable first, with spare ducts left in the upper levels. Check duct routes prior to construction to obtain assurance that the shortest routes are selected and interferences are avoided 3.03 CABLE IDENTIFICATION A. Primary airfield lighting cables installed shall have cable circuit identification markers attached on both sides of each L-823 connector on each airport lighting cable entering or leaving cable junction points, such as manholes, handholes, pullboxes, junction boxes, etc. 1. Markers shall be stainless steel and of sufficient for imprinting the cable circuit identification legend on one line, using letters not less than 1/4 inch in size. The cable circuit identification shall match the circuits noted on the construction plans. 3.04 SPLICING A. Cable connections shall be installed as indicated on the plans and as specified. Types of cable connections indicated below shall be accomplished by experienced personnel confirmed as meeting the requirements of Section 16010. Cable connections shall be made as follows : 1. The Cast Splice. This connection shall be used only on FAA cable wiring and as permitted and approved by the FAA . a. Connections shall be assembled as per manufacturer's instructions and as approved by the CM. Sp lices shall be made by using crimp Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-5 connectors for jointing conductors. Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured following manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the CM. 2. L-823 Connectors. This connection shall be installed at all L-824 airfield lighting cable junction points and as indicated in construction plans. a. Connections shall be assembled as per manufacturer's instruction and as approved by the CM. Connections shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches on each side of the joint. 3. Heat Shrinkable Splice. This connection shall be installed where specifically indicated in the plans and details and approved for use by the CM. Splice shall be installed as per manufacturer's instruction. a. Contractor shall use approved cable stripper/penciller, Crouse-Hinds Model WS49 for #6, SkV, L-824 Type 'C' cable or approved equivalent, for all cable connections. Conductor crimping shall be accomplished using crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. 3.05 COUNTERPOISE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION A. The counterpoise wiring specified shall be installed for lightning protection of underground airfield lighting cables. 1. A stranded bare copper wire, No. 6 AWG minimum size shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. The bare counterpoise wire shall not be installed in the same trench of the insulated cables. It is designed to protect, and shall be placed at one-half the distance horizontally from the edge of runway or taxiway to the underground cables and 8" vertically from top of grade. The counterpoise wire shall not be attached to the light fixture base. The counterpoise wire shall also be exothermic welded to copper or copper-clad ground rods installed not more than 500 feet apart around the entire circuit. The ground rods shall be of the length, diameter and type specified in the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 1 O feet long nor less than 3/4 inch in diameter. 2. The counterpoise system shall terminate at the existing counterpoise system. The connections shall be made by exothermic welding as shown in the project plans and specifications. 3. New homerun circuits shall have counterpoise terminated inside the S-1 cutout cabinet. 3.06 EXOTHERMIC BONDING. A. Bonding of bare copper wire to metal light fixtures shall be by the exothermic welding process, except where shown otherwise on plan details. 1. Only personnel experienced in and regularly engaged in this type of work shall make these connections. Welding kits shall be "Cadweld" type by Erico Products, Inc. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-6 2. Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the CM, the welding kits, products and procedures to be used at for welded connections at light fixture bases, ground rods and other typical installations prior to any installations in the field. The installations shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following: a. Cut cable with approved cutter without deforming cable. Oil filled or greasy cable shall be cleaned with rapid drying nonflammable solvent (such as mineral spirits), which leave no residue. Wet cable shall be dried with alcohol or heat from hand torch. Corroded cable shall be cleaned of all corrosion products using emery cloth or wire brush. b. All grease, oil, dirt, or other foreign material shall be removed from the surface using suitable hand tools and/or solvents such as mineral spirits. The cleaned surface shall be filed or ground to bright metal using a file, rasp, or grinding wheel. c. Proceed with exothermic welding process, as per manufacturer's instructions. For weld connections on light fixture base cans, weld cartridge shall be sized correctly so as to prevent excessive "melt" of base can galvanizing and weld dry mold shall be properly configured to match the curvature of the respective base size. d. All slag shall be removed from welds. e. For welds at light fixture base cans, all galvanized coated surface areas and "melt" areas, both inside and outside of base cans, damaged by exothermic bond process shall be restored by coating with a liquid cold-galvanizing compound conforming to U.S. Navy galvanized repair coating meeting Mil. Spec. MIL-P-21035, such as Sealube Company Z.R.C. Surfaces to be coated shall be prepared and compound applied following manufacturer's recommendations. f. All exposed copper and weld material at weld connections shall be thoroughly coated with heat shrinkable tubing (Raychem Corp. Heat Shrink Sleeves) or coated with coal tar bitumastic material (Carboline Co. Bitumastic 50) to prevent surface exposure to corrosive soil or moisture. 3.07 TESTING A. Contractor shall furnish all necessary products and appliances for testing the installations as required in Section 16031, Airfield Electrical Installation Testing. PART4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4 .01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank or conduit shall be measured by the number of linear feet of cable or counterpoise wire at the specified size and type, installed in trenches, duct banks or conduit, including ground rods (shown on details and required by specification or plan notes) exothermic welds, trench marking tape, splice kits and cable identification markers, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank or conduit. The measurement for this item shall include additional quantities required for slack. B. Trenching shall be measured by the linear feet of trench, including the excavation, backfill, and restoration, completed, measured as excavated, and accepted as Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-7 4.02 A. satisfactory. The cost of all excavation, backfill, dewatering and restoration regardless of the type of material encountered shall be included in the unit price bid for the work. METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment will be made at the contract unit price for trenching, cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench (direct-buried}, or cable and equipment ground installed in duct bank or conduit, in place by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals, including ground rods and ground connectors and trench marking tape, necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: 16113-01 16113-02 Trenching for direct-buried cable -per linear foot 16113-03 AC 150/5345-7 No. 8, 5kV, L-824C cable, installed in trench, conduit or duct. -Per Linear Foot No 6 copper counterpoise wire installed in conduit trench, including ground rods and ground connectors. -Per Linear Foot MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors FED SPEC J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation (cancelled; replaced by A-A-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) FED SPEC A-A-55809 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic ASTM B 3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire ASTM D 4388 Rubber tapes, Nonmetallic Semiconducting and Electrically Insulating REFERENCE DOCUMENTS NFPA No. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) MIL-S-23586C Sealing Compound, Electrical, Silicone Rubber Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) ANSI/IEEE Std 81 IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16113-8 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16113-9 SECTION 16114 WIREWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. B-Line. B. Hoffman. C. Keystone. D. Square D. E. General Electric. MATERIALS A. B. C. D. E. General Purpose Wireway: Square D Square Duct, Series LD. Oiltight, Dust-Tight Wireway: Square D Type JIC, Series LL. Raintight Wireway: Square D lay-in raintight, Series LOR. Raintight Troughs: Square D, Series RD. Wireway End Closures, Supports and Associated Fittings: Square D, of best forms and dimensions for applications. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide systems of wireway of sufficient size where shown, on equipment racks, and at other locations with two or more starters, disconnect switches, and cabinets mounted in close proximity. B. Size wireway cross-sectional area and length based upon conductor fill and equipment served as required by NFPA 70 and local codes. C. Install types based on environmental conditions to which exposed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements . 16114-1 D. Provide covers for wiring gutters of the same construction as the wiring gutter. Secure cover with captive type screws located in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Hinged covers will not be acceptable. 3.02 PAINTING A. In finished spaces where wireway is visible, provide paint prime coat after installation of wireway is complete. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16114-2 PART1 SECTION 16116 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS (Item L-11 O} DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. PART2 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the furnishing and installation of all underground electrical duct banks and individual and multiple underground conduits. It shall also include all turfing, trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved or turfed areas; concrete encasement, mandreling installation of nylon pull string and duct markers, capping, and the testing of the installation as a completed system ready for installation of cables, in accordance with the plans and specifications. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the Engineer. B. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. c. Refer to section 16010 (Item L-100) General Provisions -Electrical for submittal procedures. D. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 2.02 STEEL CONDUIT A. Rigid galvanized steel conduit and fittings shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out and shall conform to the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6, 5148, and 1242. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall also conform to the requirements of Federal Specification WW-C-581 d. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16116-1 2.03 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete using 1 inch maximum size coarse aggregate with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 4000 psi. Where reinforced duct banks are specified, reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615 Grade 60. Concrete and reinforcing steel are incidental to the respective pay item of which they are a component part. 2.04 PLASTIC CONDUIT A. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 and Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL-651 and Article 347 of the current NEC and shall Type I Schedule 40 PVC suitable underground use either direct buried or encased in concrete. B. Types of adhesives shall be as recommended by the conduiVfitting manufacturer. 2.05 CONDUIT SPACERS A . Conduit spacers shall be prefabricated interlocking units manufactured for the intended purpose. They shall be of double wall construction made of high grade, high density polyethylene complete with interlocking cap and base pads, They shall be designed to accept No. 4 reinforcing bars installed vertically. 2.06 FLOWABLE BACKFILL A. Flowable material used to back fill conduit and duct bank trenches shall conform to the requirements of Item P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". 2.07 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE A. B. PART3 Plastic, detectable, red color magnetic tape shall be min 4 mil thick polyethylene film with a metallized foil core and shall be 6 inches wide. Detectable tape is incidental to the respective bid item. The Contractor shall furnish and install trench marking tape (warning tape) over the top of concrete encased single and multi-way duct bank for the full length of the duct bank and below the ground surface in the non-encased conduit trench at no separate payment. Distances above duct bank and above non-encased conduit shall be as shown on the plans. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall install underground duct banks and conduit at the approximate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses. Duct Banks and conduits shall be of the size, material, and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the conduits shall be not less than 2 inches inside diameter. All duct and conduit Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16116-2 lines shall be laid so as to grade toward handholes, manholes and duct ends for drainage. Grades shall be at least 3 inches (75 mm) per 100 feet (30 m). On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward manholes, handholes, or duct ends. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. No duct bank or underground conduit shall be less than 18 inches below finished grade. Where under pavement, the top of the duct bank shall not be less than 18 inches below the subgrade. B. The Contractor shall mandrel each individual conduit whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than 1/4-inch (6 mm) smaller than the bore of the conduit shall be pulled or pushed through each conduit. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the conduit hole. C. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, pull boxes, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans, manhole, pull boxes, etc. and all accessible points of entry to the ducVconduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts, base cans, manholes, etc. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense. All accessible points shall be kept closed when not installing cable. The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for use in this project as clear and open. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts D. For pulling the permanent wiring, each individual conduit, whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank, shall be provided with a 200 pound test polypropylene pull rope. The ends shall be secured and sufficient length shall be left in access points to prevent it from slipping back into the conduit. Where spare conduits are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed for this purpose. E. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place during construction and shall be plugged to prevent contaminate from entering the conduits. Any conduit section having a defective joint shall not be installed. Ducts shall be supported and spaced apart using approved spacers at intervals not to exceed 5 feet. F. All ducts installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope and as shown on the plans and details. G. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. H. Trenches for conduits and duct banks may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment unless in pavement, in which case they shall be excavated with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16116-3 I. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches below the required conduit or duct bank depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. Flowable backfill may alternatively be used The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All such rock removal shall be performed and paid for under Item P-152. J. Underground electrical warning (caution) tape shall be installed in the trench above all underground duct banks and conduits in unpaved areas. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for approval by the Engineer. If not shown on the plans, the warning tape shall be located six inches above the duct/conduit or the counterpoise wire if present. K. Joints in plastic conduit shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the particular type of conduit. Plastic conduit shall be prepared by application of a plastic cleaner and brushing a plastic solvent on the outside of the conduit ends and on the inside of the couplings. The conduit fitting shall then be slipped together with a quick one- quarter turn twist to set the joint tightly. Where more than one conduit is placed in a single trench, or in duct banks, joints in the conduit shall be staggered a minimum of 2 feet. L. Changes in direction of runs exceeding 1 O degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished using manufactured sweep bends. M. Whether or not specifically indicated on the drawings, where the soil encountered at established duct bank grade is an unsuitable material, as determined by the Engineer, the unsuitable material shall be removed in accordance with Item P-152 and replaced with suitable material. Alternatively, additional duct bank supports that are adequate and stable shall be installed, as approved by the Engineer. N. All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidental to the respective L-110 pay item of which it is a component part. Dewatering necessary for duct installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance with Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of Item L-110. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-110 Item. 0. Unless otherwise specified, excavated materials that are deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for use in backfill or embankments shall be removed and disposed of off site. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16116-4 P. Any excess excavation shall be filled with suitable material approved by the Engineer and compacted in accordance with item P-152. Q. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Where existing active cables) cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall insure that these cable(s) are adequately protected. Where crossings are unavoidable, no splices will be allowed in the existing cables, except as specified on the plans. Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows: (1) Existing cables shall be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely no damage has occurred (2) Trenching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to minimize possible damage or disruption of existing cable, including careful backfilling in area of cable. R. In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete repair. 3.02 CONDUITS ENCASED IN CONCRETE A. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, concrete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 36 inches below the finished grade where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 48 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 1 O feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 1 O feet beyond any underdrains, which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete-encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the Contractor shall space them not less than 1 % inches (37 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the duct laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement where required. B. Conduits forming the duct bank shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 inches to anchor the assembly into the earth prior to placing the concrete encasement. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 - foot intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16116-5 C. When specified, the Contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the Contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where otherwise shown on the plans. under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings , piers, or piles located at approximately 5 foot (150 cm) intervals. D. All pavement surfaces that are to have ducts installed therein shall be neatly saw cut to form a vertical face. All excavation shall be included in the contract with price for the duct. E. Install a plastic, detectable, color as noted, 4-6 inch (75-150mm) wide tape 8 inches (200mm) minimum below grade above all underground conduit or duct lines not installed under pavement. F. When existing cables are to be placed in split duct, encased in concrete, the cable shall be carefully located and exposed by hand tools. Prior to being placed in duct, the Engineer shall be notified so that he may inspect the cable and determine that it is in good condition. Where required, split duct shall be installed as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. 3.03 CONDUITS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT A. Trenches for single-duct lines shall be not less than 6 inches (150 mm) nor more than 12 inches (300 mm) wide, and the trench for 2 or more ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for ducts without concrete encasement shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the duct along its entire length B. A layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches (100 mm) thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a %-inch (6 mm) sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. C. Unless otherwise shown in plans, ducts for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts are at least 18 inches (45 cm) below the finished grade. D. When two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches (50 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches (150 mm) apart in a vertical direction. Where two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall spaced not less than 3 inches (75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and lot less than 6 inches (150 mm) apart in a vertical direction. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16116-6 E. Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. F. Conduits shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 inches to anchor the assembly into the earth while backfilling. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 -foot intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. 3.04 MARKERS A. The location of the ends of all duct banks or conduit shall be marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4 inches (100 mm) thick extending approximately 1 inch (25 mm) above the surface. The markers shall be located above the ends of all conduits or duct banks, except where they terminate in a handhole, manhole, or building. B. The Contractor shall impress the word "DUCT'" or "CONDUIT" on each marker slab. He shall also impress on the slab the number and size of conduits beneath the marker. The letters shall be 4 inches (100 mm) high and 3 inches (75 mm) wide with width of stroke 2-inch (12 mm) and 1/4-inch (6 mm) deep or as large as the available space permits. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. After concrete-encased ducts have been properly installed and the concrete has had time to set, the trench shall be backfilled in at least two layers with excavated material not larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in diameter and thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. B. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. C. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. D. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the City Engineer. E. For conduits without concrete envelope, 8 inches (200 cm) of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" except that material used for back fill shall be select material not larger than 4 inches in diameter. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16116-7 3.06 RESTORATION A. PART4 Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed . All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying , pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. MEASUREMENTANDPAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Underground conduits and duct banks shall be measured by the linear feet of conduits and duct banks installed, including encasement, locator tape, and for drain lines, the termination at the drainage structure, all measured in place, completed , and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. 4.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of conduit and duct bank completed and accepted, including drain lines and the termination at the drainage structure. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item in accordance with the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Payment will be made under: 16116-01 Electrical Conduit -2" Schad. 40 PVC installed in trench-per linear foot MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Fed .Spec.W-C-1094 Conduit and Conduit Fittings; Plastic, Rigid (cancelled; replaced by UL 514 Boxes, Nonmetallic Outlet, Flush Device Boxes, & Covers, and UL 651 Standard for Conduit & Hope Conduit, Type EB & A Rigid PVC) Underwriters Laboratories Rigid Metal Conduit Standard 6 Underwriters Laboratories Fittings for Cable and Conduit Standard 514B Underwriters Laboratories Intermediate Metal Conduit Ft. Worth Alliance Airport 16116-8 Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements Standard 1242 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651 A Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit (for Direct Burial) Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HOPE Conduit (for concrete encasement) END OF DOCUMENT 16116-9 SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wire and cable, including : 1. Building wire. 2. Cable. 3. Wiring connections and terminations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16116-Installation of Airport Underground duct (Item L-110) 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA WC 3 -Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. B. NEMA WC 5 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wire and Cable: 1. Carol. 2. Southwire. 3 . Triangle PWC, Inc. Connectors : 4. Burndy . 5. T&B. 6. 3M. B. Power Distribution Blocks: 1. llsco. 2. Square D. 2 .02 BUILDING WIRE A. Thermoplastic-Insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 5. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16120-1 B. Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than No. 6 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 Volt insulation , THW, THHNffHWN, XHHW, RHW. C. Feeders and Branch Circuits No. 6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation, THW, THHN/THWN; smaller than No. 8 AWG , solid conductor. D. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt insulation, THW, THHN/THWN. E. Plenum Rated Cable: Provide plenum rated cable where cable is installed exposed in plenums. F. Wiring types BX and MC will not be acceptable for use on this project. 2.03 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND SPLICES A. B. C. D. PART3 Connect and splice wire No. 8 AWG and smaller with self-insulating, wire nut connectors. Terminate and splice all No. 6 AWG and larger copper conductors, except for load side lugs on Class I and II switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, fusible switches, circuit breakers, transformers and individual motor controllers with high conductivity, wrought copper, color-keyed compression connector similar to T & B Series 54100 for terminal connection; Series 54500 for two-way copper-to-copper splices; and Series 54700 for tapping and pigtailing copper conductors. Set screw type connectors are only acceptable on the load side lugs of Class I and II switchboards, panelboards, circuit breakers, fusible switches and on individual motor controllers. Where three or more conductors larger than No. 8 AWG are installed in wiring gutter, utilize a screw-type power distribution block. Utilize split-bolt mechanical connector, filled and taped for smooth joint, only where specifically requested by Contractor and approved by A/E. EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A. Use no wire smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than No. 14 AWG for control wiring. Provide minimum of No. 12 AWG for all switch legs. Provide neutral conductor of the same size as the phase conductors to which it is associated. B. Use No. 1 O AWG conductor minimum for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 100 feet, and for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. C. Provide homerun conductors of continuous length without joint or splice from overcurrent device to first outlet. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16120-2 D. Provide main service and feeder conductors of continuous length without joint or splice for their entire length. E. Install wiring in conduit, unless indicated otherwise. F. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, panelboards, switchgear, motor control centers, wiring gutters, and other equipment using Thomas & Betts 11 Ty-Wraps." G. Provide equal conductor lengths for all parallel circuits. H. Provide individual neutral for branch circuits. I. Drawings indicate proposed circuiting only, and do not indicate every conductor unless intent is unclear and further clarification is required. Provide the necessary travelers for all three-way and four-way switches. J. Tag each circuit in an outlet box where two or more circuits run to a single outlet as a guide for the fixture hanger in making connections. 3.02 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A. Pull conductors into raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended tension. 8. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. D. Remove and discard conductors cut too short or installed in wrong raceway. Do not install conductors, which have been removed from a raceway. E. Do not install conductors in conduit, which contains wires already in place. 3.03 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Make taps and splices in accessible junction or outlet boxes only. 8. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. C. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. D. Provide joints in branch circuits only where such circuits divide. Where circuits divide, provide one through circuit to which the branch is spliced from the circuit. Do not leave joints in branch circuits for fixture hanger to make. Make all taps and splices with approved type compression connector. E. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16120-3 F. Identify and label all conductor terminations as specified in electrical identification. G. Properly terminate indicated conductors in equipment furnished and provide properly sized lugs. 3.04 COLOR CODING A. Color code distribution systems as follows: 1. 2. 3. 120/208V S t ivsem: Phase Color A Black B Red C Blue N White G Green 277/480V S t iysem: Phase Color A Brown B Orange C Yellow N Gray/White G Green For areas where local authority color coding differs from that specified, contact A/E for instructions. B. Provide color coding throughout the full length of all wire No. 6 and smaller. Identification by permanent paint bands or tags at the outlets will be acceptable for wire sizes larger than No.6. Provide the same color and shade of color throughout the project. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. B. PART4 A. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT There will no separate measurement for payment on items in this Section. All work is considered incidental and necessary to complete the component of work for which it is necessary. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16120-4 SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Furnish and install wall and ceiling outlet boxes, floor boxes, and pull and junction boxes. 1.02 Section 16070 -Supporting Devices. 1.03 Section 16075 -Electrical Identification. 1.04 Section 16120 -Wire and Cable. 1.05 Section 16131 -Empty Raceway Systems. 1.06 Section 16132 -Conduit. 1.07 Section 16140 -Wiring Devices. 1.08 NEMA OS 1 -Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports. 1.09 NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 1.1 O NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. PART2 PRODUCTS Provide galvanized or cadmium-plated pressed steel outlet boxes suitable for the conditions of each outlet. Provide multi-gang outlets of single box design; sectional boxes will not be acceptable. 2.01 Provide deep type cast metal outlet boxes located in damp locations exposed to weather or exposed areas subject to damage, or where surface mounted below 8' above finished floor, complete with gasketed cover and threaded hubs. 2.02 Provide outlet boxes of sufficient volume to accommodate the number of conductors entering the box in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70, and not less than 4 inches square and 1-1/2 inch deep unless shallower boxes are required by structural conditions and are specifically approved by A/E. 2.03 Provide non-metallic type outlet boxes only in corrosive areas. 2.04 Provide 4-inch octagonal ceiling outlet boxes. 2.05 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide galvanized sheet metal boxes conforming to NEMA OS 1. Provide hinged enclosures for any box larger than 12 inches in any dimension. B. Provide cast metal boxes for outdoor and wet locations conforming to NEMA 250; Type 4 and Type 6, flat-flanged, surface-mounted junction box, UL listed as raintight with cover and ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16130-1 C. Provide precast concrete or fiberglass handholes for underground installations. Where fiberglass handholes are provided, provide die-molded type with pre-cut 6"x6" cable entrance at center bottom of each side and fiberglass weatherproof cover with non-skid finish. D. Provide pre-cast reinforced concrete type pull/splice boxes with flush cover as manufactured by Brooks Products, for underground circuits. Size boxes as indicated. E. Provide separate pull boxes and junction boxes for electric power, control, and communication systems. 2.06 Duct Bank Pull Boxes A. B. C. PART3 Provide pull boxes constructed of cast-in-place concrete with steel reinforcing bars; precast concrete with steel reinforcing bars; or fiberglass. Design and test manufactured pull boxes to temperatures of minus 50 degrees F. Provide pull boxes with material compressive strength no less than 11,000 psi. Provide covers with a minimum coefficient of friction of .5 and which are full vehicular traffic H-20 rated. Provide "logo" on cover to indicate "power" or ''telephone". Provide lockable covers with two penta-head bolts and pu II slot( s) for easy removal. EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and code compliance. B. Electrical box locations shown on Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify with A/Ethe location of floor boxes and outlets in offices and work areas prior to rough-in. C. Locate. and install boxes to allow access. Provide access doors where installation is inaccessible. Coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors with those specified in Division 15 -Mechanical. D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. 3.02 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide minimum 6 inch separation, except provide minimum 24-inch separation in acoustic-rated walls. B. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes. C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. Provide blank plates for all junction boxes. D. Securely fasten boxes to the building structure using an approved bracket (i.e., "H" bracket), independent of the conduit, except for splice boxes that are connected to two metal conduits, both supported within 12 inches of box. E. Provide access to all boxes. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16130-2 F. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. G. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation. H. Coordinate with A/E for mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. I. Set boxes installed in concealed locations flush with the finish surfaces, and provide with the proper type extension rings and/or covers where required. J. Position outlets to locate luminaires as shown on reflected ceiling plans. K. In inaccessible ceiling areas, do not install junction boxes which are accessible only through luminaire ceiling opening. L. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thickness. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes. M. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. Install all grouped device locations neat and symmetrical. Coordinate with A/E before rough-in. 3.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas. B. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit. C. Provide pull boxes in feeder circuits as required but at least every 150 feet in straight runs. D. Identify all junction boxes by circuit number on cover with legible permanent ink marker. E. Duct Bank Pull Boxes 1. Where installed outside, set pull boxes level with above finish grade. 2. Rate all pull boxes for H-20 heavy traffic. Concrete encase pull boxes. 3. Stack pull boxes or provide extensions as required for routing of conduits as indicated on Drawings. F. Provide weatherproof pull boxes or junction boxes where installed outdoors with watertight gasketed covers fastened by means of corrosion resistant screws. PART4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Pull boxes shall be measured by each installed, including cover, drainage, grounding, labels, all measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16130-3 4.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per each type and size of pullbox completed and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item in accordance with the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Payment will be made under: 16130-01 14.5" x 20" x 12"D Pullbox -per each Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16130-4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES A. Furnish and install specification grade wiring devices, including: 1. Wall switches. 2. Receptacles. 3. Device plates and box covers: 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 -Boxes. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Switches and Receptacles 1. Hubbell. 2. Leviton. 3. Equivalent product approved by the engineer 8. Cover Plates: Match device manufacturer. 2.02 SWITCHES A. 20A, 120-277V Single Pole: "1221 U, Hubbell. 8. 20A, 120-277V Double Pole: "1222", Hubbell. 2.03 RECEPTACLES A. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Simplex: NEMA 5-20R; 11 5361 11 , Hubbell. 8. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex: NEMA 5-20R; 11 5362 11 , Hubbell. C. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex Ground Fault Interrupting: NEMA 5-20R; "G F5362 11 , Hubbell. D. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex Isolated Ground: NEMA IG5-20R; "IG5362", Hubbell. 2.04 COVER PLATES A. Provide one piece cover plates for all group mounted devices. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16140-1 B. C. PARTS Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast meta\ w\th h\nged gasketed device covers. Exposed Box Cover Plate: Stamped steel handy box covers. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A . Install receptacles and switches only in electrical boxes which are clean and free from excess building materials, debris, etc. B. Install wall switches with OFF position down . C. Where switches and other devices are mounted at one location, provide single coverplate to cover all devices. D. Align the tops of all group mounted devices. Install plumb and aligned in the plane of the wall. E. Derate ganged as instructed by manufacturer; do not use common neutral. F. Install convenience receptacles in vertical position with grounding pole on bottom unless otherwise noted. G. Provide ground fault circuit interrupting type devices in all locations requiring weatherproof devices. H. Do not use feed through feature for ground fault interrupting devices. Install GFI device at each location. GFI circuit breaker will not be acceptable. I. Install plates on all devices and blank outlets in finished areas. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. J. Install galvanized steel plates on outlets in unfinished areas. K. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings. L. Mounting Heights: 1. Refer t~ drawing cover sheet or contact the HAS project manager. 2. Convenience Receptacles Above Counter or Backsplash: 6 inches above counter or backsplash in horizontal position. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related . Ft. Worth Alliance A irport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16140-2 SECTION 16150 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install splicing and terminating devices. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16120 -Wire and Cable . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Burndy Corp. B. Dessert Manufacturing Corp. C. Ideal Industries, Inc. D. llsco Corp. E. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. F. Thomas & Betts Co., Inc . MATERIALS A. B. C. Cable and wire connections for splicing or terminating shall be made with compression deforming type connectors. Connectors for cable sizes 250 kcmil and larger shall be the long barrel type for double indentation . Soldered connections will not be permitted. Twist-on insulated connectors may be used which are resistant to vibration and are used in the proper sizes. Provide terminal connectors with hole sizes and spacing in accordance with NEMA standards. Provide terminal connectors with two holes in tongue for use on conductor sizes 250 kcmil and larger. Terminal connectors will not be required for connections to the circuit breakers in the lighting and/or receptacle panels. Provide connections made with non-insulated connectors insulated with three layers of plastic tape , each layer being half lapped . Provide No. 33+ plastic tape. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16150-1 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide electrical connections to equipment furnished under other contracts and furnish wiring, conduit, outlet boxes, and safety switches, as required. Verify locations, horsepower, and voltages of equipment prior to installation of feeders. If apparent conflict arises in power wiring, advise the Engineer immediately for clarification. 8. Provide switches as required by national or local codes. C. If the motor is integral to the equipment, isolate the entire piece of equipment with a short section of flexible metal conduit to prevent vibration and/or noise amplification to be transferred to the building structure. D. If the motor is adjustable, install an additional length of flexible metal conduit at the motor. E. Connect a ground wire from the conduit termination to the motor frame on the inside of flexible conduit. Use approved grounding lugs or clamps or the . conduit connection. F. Major equipment furnished under mechanical and other sections of specifications may require different rough-in requirements than those indicated on Drawings. Secure detailed drawings from source furnishing equipment to determine actual rough-in locations, conduit and conductor requirements to assure proper installation. G. Before connecting any piece of equipment, verify the name plate data corresponds with information shown on Drawings. Discrepancies shall be called to attention of the Engineer. H. Change any feeders installed incorrectly as a result of not verifying equipment requirements, of equipment provided by others, prior to feeder installation. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16150-2 SECTION 16276 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install dry-type non-linear transformers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16075 -Electrical Identification . 1.03 REFERENCES A. IEEE C57 .12 .91 -Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers. B. NEMA ST 20 -Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications. C. UL 1561 -Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers . 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Include outline and support point dimensions of enclosures and accessories, unit weight, voltage, KVA, and impedance ratings and characteristics, no load core loss, full load winding conductor loss, full load losses, efficiency at 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent and 100 percent rated loads, percent regulation with 80 percent and 100 percent power factor loads, sound level, tap configurations, insulation system type and rated temperature rise. B. Indicate K-factor where applicable . C. Base data fo r electrical characteristics on actual laboratory tests of typical transformers. D. Provide operation and maintenance manual. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. B. PART2 Store in a warm, dry location with uniform temperature. Cover ventilating openings to keep out dust. Handle transformers using only lifting eyes and brackets provided for that purpose. Protect units against entrance of rain, sleet, or snow if handled in inclement weather. PRODUCTS 2 .01 MANUFACTURERS A. Dry-Type and Non -Linear Transformers Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16276-1 1 . General Electric. 2. Hevi-Duty. 3. Topaz/Square D. 2.02 DRY-TYPE NON-LINEAR TRANSFORMERS A. Factory assembled, air cooled, dry-type, shielded isolation transformers; ratings as scheduled; capable of operating at 100 percent load continuously at an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. 8. Insulation system and average winding temperatures rise for rated kVA as follows: 1. kVA Rating: 15-300. 2. Insulation Class: 220. 3. Temperature Rise degrees C: 150. C. Provide electrostatic winding sheild with separate insulated grounding connection. D. Provide neutral bar sized for 200 percent of secondary phase conductors. E. Manufactured and tested in accordance with IEEE C57.12.91, UL 1561, and NEMA ST 20 at K factor rating of 13. 2.03 GENERAL A. Maximum Case Temperature: 50 degrees C rise above ambient at its warmest point. B. Winding Taps, Transformers Less than 15 kVA: Two 5 percent below rated voltage, full capacity taps on primary winding. C. Winding Taps, Transformers 15 kVA and Larger: Two 2-1/2 percent below and two 2-1/2 percent above rated voltage, full capacity taps on primary winding. D. Sound Levels: Maximum noise level as follows: kVA Noise Level Decibels Rating 0-9 40 10-50 45 51 -150 50 151 -300 55 E. Basic Impulse Level: 1 O kV for transformers less than 300 kV A; 30 kV for transformers 300 kV A and larger. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16276-2 F. G. H. I. J. K. PART3 Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper grounding strap. Mounting: Provide transformers 75 kV A and below suitable for wall, floor or trapeze mounting; transformers larger than 75 kVA suitable for floor mounting. Coil Conductors: Continuous copper windings with terminations welded or brazed to ends of the windings. Core: High grade, non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration absorbing mounts. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set transformer plumb and level. Mount enclosure on vibration isolators to minimize noise transmission from the enclosure to supporting structure. Set floor mounted transformers at 10-degree angle to wall on a neoprene pad on housekeeping pads. B. Install transformer so that enclosure does not make contact with wall surface. C. Use flexible conduit, 2-foot minimum length, for connections to transformer case. Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure. D. Ground neutral connection to service ground per codes. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformer. B. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16276-3 SECTION 16338 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS (LOW EXPOSURE) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. These specifications describe the requirements for an electrical transient surge suppression filter system integrating both transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) and electrical high frequency noise filtering for "Low Exposure" locations as defined in ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991. B. The unit shall be designed for parallel connection to the facility's wiring system. The suppression filter system shall be designed and manufactured in the USA by a qualified manufacturer of suppression filter system equipment. The qualified manufacturer shall have been engaged in the commercial design and manufacture of such products for a minimum of five (5) years. 1.02 STANDARDS A. The specified unit shall be designed, manufactured, tested and installed incompliance with the following standards: 1. ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991 and C62.45-1992. 2. ANSI/IEEE C62.1 and C62.11. 3. Canadian Standards; (CUL). 4. Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 94. 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA LS1-1992). 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70 [NEC], 75, and 78). 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1449 and 1283). 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL 489 and UL 198). B. The unit shall be UL 1449 Listed and CUL Approved as a Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor and UL 1283 Listed as an Electromagnetic Interference Filter. 1.03 SUBMITT ALS A. Provide an equipment manual that details the installation, operation and maintenance instructions for the specified unit. B. Provide drawings that show unit dimensions, weights, mounting provisions, connection details and layout diagram of the unit. C. Provide data showing UL 1449 product listing. Also submit certified documentation of applicable Location Category Testing in full compliance with NEMA LS 1-1992, paragraphs 2.2.1 O and 3.10. D. Provide certified documentation of the unit's Single Pulse Surge Current Capacity based on ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991 Standards. E. Provide certified documentation of the unit's Minimum Repetitive Surge Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16338-1 F. G. PART2 Current Capacity Testing based on ANSI/IEEE C62.45-1987 Standards. Provide a list of customer-replaceable spare parts. All spare parts shall be quickly and easily field-replaceable. The unit shall include a Diagnostic Signature Card listing factory-established benchmark suppression voltage values for all modes of protection. The suppression voltage values shall be established during final production line testing utilizing the DTS-2 Diagnostic Test Set. This Diagnostic Signature Card shall provide space for subsequent field testing allowing comparison of the initial factory benchmark testing with subsequent field testing suppression voltage values. PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Current Technology . Model Transguard TG80. B. Liebert. 2.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Storage Temperature. Storage temperature range: -40° to +85° C, (-40° to +185° F). B. Operating Temperature. Operating temperature range: -40° to +60° C, (-40° to +140° F). C. Relative Humidity. Reliable operation with 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity. D. Operating Altitude. Capable operation up to 13,000 feet above sea level. E. Audible Noise. The unit shall not generate any audible noise . F. Magnetic Fields. No appreciable magnetic fields shall be generated. Unit shall be capable of use in computer rooms without danger to data storage systems or devices . · 2.03 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unit Operating Voltage shall be as shown on Drawings . B. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV) shall be greater than 115% of nominal voltage. C. Operating Frequency. Operating frequency range shall be 47 to 63 Hz. D. Protection Modes. All protected modes are defined per NEMA LS 1-1992, paragraph 2.2.7. Following IEEE Standard 1100-1992, Section 9.11.2 recommendations, units shall provide protection in all modes. WYE configured system shall provide Line-to-Neutral, Line-to-Ground, Line-to-Line and Neutral-to-Ground protection. DELTA configured systems shall provide Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16338-2 Line-to-Line protection. Line-to-Line and Line-to-Ground protection shall be provided for all corner grounded DEL TA systems. E. Rated Single Pulse Surge Current Capacity. The rated single pulse surge current capacity, in amps, for each mode of protection of the unit shall be no less than as foflows: L-N 80,000 A L-G 80,000 A N-G 80,000A L-L 80 ,000 A F. Tested Single Pulse Surge Current Capacity. In compliance with NEMA LS 1-1992, paragraphs 2.2 .7, 2.2 .9 and 3.4.8. The test shall include an ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991 Category C1 surge defined as a 1.2 X 50 µ sec, 6000V open circuit voltage waveform and an 8 X 20 µ sec, 3000A short circuit current waveform to benchmark the unit's suppression voltage, followed by a single pulse surge of maximum rated surge current (for units rated over 200,000A per mode, components or sub-assemblies are tested) magnitude with an approximated 8 X 20 µ sec waveform. To complete the test, another Category C1 surge shall be applied to verify the unit's survival. Survival is achieved if the suppression voltage measured from the two category C1 surges does not vary by more than 10%. G . Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity. Per ANSI/IEEE C62.41 and ANSI/IEEE C62.45-1992, all suppression filter systems shall be repetitive surge current capacity tested in every mode utilizing a 1.2 x 50 µ sec, 20 KV open circuit voltage, 8 x 20 µ sec, 1 O KA short circuit current Category C3 bi-wave at one minute intervals without suffering either performance degradation or more than 10% deviation of clamping voltage at a specified surge current. Repetitive Surge Current Capacity-Number of Impulses L-L >3,500 L-N >3,500 L-G >3,500 N-G >3,500 H. NEMA LS1-1992 Clamping (Let-Thru) Vo ltage Data. Maximum clamping (Let Thru) voltages for units without an integral fused disconnect are as follows. System Mode Voltage 120/240 L-N 120/208 L-G N-G L-L 277480 L-N Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 83 B3/C1 C3 Ringwave 300 400 550 400 400 600 325 475 800 425 725 900 500 875 1050 16338-3 L-G 825 825 1025 N-G 650 875 1200 L-L 700 1625 1825 I. UL 1449 Ratings. All suppression filter system products are UL 1449 rated and listed. J. High Frequency Extended Range Power Filter. EMI-RFI noise rejection or attenuation values are in compliance with test and evaluation procedures outlined in NEMA LS-1-1992, paragraphs 2.2.11 and 3.11. Attenuation Frequency Insertion loss (dB) 100KHz 1MHz 50 37 10MHz 100MHz 38 53 NOTE: Standardized insertion loss data obtained utilizing MIL-STD-E220A 50 ohm insertion loss methodology. The Suppression Filter System shall function in conjunction with other suppression filter devices of the same manufacturer via coordinated filters within the facility-wide suppression filter system that provide minimum noise attenuation as follows: Attenuation Frequency Insertion loss (dB) 100KHz 1MHz 83 68 10MHz 100MHz 67 84 NOTE: Standardized insertion loss data obtained utilizing MIL-STD-E220A 50 ohm insertion loss methodology, based on a minimum of 100 ft. of #4 AWG conductor between the two devices. 2.04 High Performance Suppression System. Units shall include an engineered solid-state high performance suppression system utilizing a arrays of non-linear voltage dependent metal oxide varistors with similar operating characteristics. The suppression system components shall optimally share surge currents in a seamless, low-stress manner assuring maximum performance and proven reliability. The suppression system shall not utilize gas tubes, spark gaps, silicon avalanche diodes or other components which might short or crowbar the line, thus leading to interruption of normal power flow to or system upset of connected loads. The suppression system shall not incorporate non-field replaceable encapsulated fusing or any other components which may degrade performance or long term reliability of the suppression system. Suppression system shall reduce transient levels and provide protection for sensitive electronics susceptible to catastrophic or long-term damage. Clamp voltages are specified in Section 2.3 H of this specification. 2.05 The unit shall include a high frequency extended range power filter and shall be UL 1283 listed as an Electromagnetic Interference Filter. The filter shall reduce fast rise-time, high frequency, error-producing transients and electrical line noise to harmless levels, thus eliminating disturbances which may lead to electronic system upset. The filter shall provide minimum noise attenuation values as specified in Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16338-4 Section 2.3 d. of this specification. 2.06 All internal wiring associated with the suppression filter system and subject to surge currents shall utilize low-impedance copper bus bar. For internal wiring, minimum wire size is shown in table below. All internal connections associated with the suppression filter system and subject to surge currents shall be made with compression or mechanical solderless-type lugs and shall be bolted to the bus bars in order to reduce overall system impedance. No plug-in component modules, quick-disconnect terminals, non-field replaceable fusing or printed circuit boards shall be used in surge current-carrying paths. Minimum Wire Size #8 AWG Copper 2.07 Field Connections. The unit shall include mechanical or compression lugs for each phase, neutral and ground, if applicable. Recommended wire size range is as follows: Phase Neutral Ground #8-#2 AWG Copper #8-#2 AWG Copper #8-#2 AWG Copper 2.08 Unit Status Indicators. The unit shall include long-life, solid state, externally visible status indicators that monitor the on-line status of each phase of the unit. 2.09 Integral Test Point. The unit shall incorporate an integral test point allowing easy off-line diagnostic testing verifying the operational integrity of the unit's suppression filter system. Field testing shall permit proactive testing to ensure performance and long term reliability. Testing shall include injection of an impulse into the off-line suppression filter system to verify the suppression performance values established at final factory testing and recorded on the Diagnostic Signature Card. Indicator lights monitoring fuse condition or power available which inform the user of failure after the fact do not meet the intent of this specification . 2.1 O Enclosure. Standard unit shall be supplied in a NEMA 4 metallic enclosure. 2.11 Units shall include a battery-powered audible alarm that detects and provides notification of any single or multiple phase failure of the suppression filter system. The unit shall also include a status indicator for each phase that extinguishes to indicate a failure mode and an LED that flashes to indicate any alarm condition. The alarm shall have a silence switch and a test switch for ensuring positive function and shall have an alarm disable LED that illuminates when the alarm is disabled. The monitoring unit shall have an easily replaceable, commonly available battery for backup to ensure audible alarm function in the event of a total power failure. The unit shall have a battery backup monitor light which shall illuminate when the battery requires replacement. To monitor on-line status, the monitoring package shall also include two sets of form C dry contacts (N.0. or N.C.) to facilitate connection to a building management system. The contacts shall be normally open or normally closed and shall change state upon the failure of the suppression system or power loss in any combination of all three phases. The unit for WYE distribution systems with a neutral shall include two (2) solid state eight (8) digit liquid crystal displays that discriminate between and exhibit both common mode (L-G) and normal mode (L-N) disturbances. The unit for DELTA distribution systems shall include one (1) solid state eight (8) digit liquid crystal display that Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16338-5 exhibits normal mode (L-L) disturbances. The Display Event Counters shall utilize self-contained lithium batteries with a nominal life of ten (10) years . Reset function shall be secure and remotely located. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING A. Each unit shall be factory tested at the applicable MCOV to assure proper field operation. 8. Each unit shall be thoroughly factory tested before shipment. Testing of each unit shall include but shall not be limited to UL manufacturing and production-line tests, quality assurance checks, MCOV and clamping voltage verification tests. C. Upon completion of installation, a factory-certified local service technician shall provide testing services. The following tests shall be performed: 1. Voltage measurements from Line-to-Ground, Line-to-Neutral, Line-to-Line and Neutral-to-Ground (no neutral in DEL TA configurations) at the time of the testing procedure. 2. Impulse injection to verify the system suppression voltage tolerances tor all suppression paths. Impulse testing shall be completed while the unit is off-line to isolate the unit from the distribution system. Test results should be recorded and compared to factory benchmark test parameters supplied with . each individual unit. A copy of the start-up test results and the factory benchmark testing results shall be supplied to the engineer and the owner for confirmation of proper suppression filter system junction. In addition, the integrity of the neutral-ground bond should be verified through testing and visual inspection. A Ten Year Limited Warranty shall initiate after the owner has accepted the testing results and taken possession of the equipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Connect unit to electrical system with 100 amp, 3-pole circuit breaker. 3.03 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall provide a Ten Year Limited Warranty from date of shipment against failure when installed in compliance with applicable national/local electrical codes and the manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance instructions. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement tor payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental tor the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16338-6 SECTION 16411 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install disconnect switches, including : 1. Fuses . 2. Enclosures. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16070 -Supporting Devices. B. Section 16075 -Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. B. UL 198E -Class J Fuses. 1.04 SUBMITT ALS A. Furnish dimensions and ratings for voltage, ampacity, horsepower and short circuit. B. Indicate enclosure material finish and NEMA classification type. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Disconnect Switches 1 . General Electric. 2. Square D. B. Fuses 1. Bussman. 2. Gould-Shawmut. 3. Littelfuse. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16411-1 2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Fusible Switch Assemblies: Heavy duty; quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate Class J. 8. Nonfusible Switch Assemblies: Heavy duty; quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosures: Unless indicated otherwise, provide general purpose, NEMA 1 for indoor locations; and weatherproof, NEMA 3R for outdoor locations; except at cooling tower, provide NEMA 4, stainless steeJ. D. General-Use Snap Switch: Motors of one HP or less as allowed by code. E. Construct all .current carrying parts of high conductivity copper with silver-plated switch contacts. F. Provide solid copper neutral bar where a neutral is present in the circuit. 2.03 FUSES A.. Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: UL 198E, Class J; as indicated on drawings; time delay, dual element, current limiting, 600 volt. 8. Fuses Over 600 Amperes: Class L, bolt-on type with time delay and capability to hold 500 percent rated fuse current for a minimum of four seconds and clear 20 times rated fuse current in .01-second or less. Provide fuses with 'O' ring seals between end bells and glass melamine barrel similar to Bussman time delay KRP-C. C. Interrupting Rating: 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes. D. Provide all fuses of the same manufacturer. E. Install fuses in motor circuits in accordance with motor manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide disconnect switches, where required by NFPA 70, where indicated on drawings, and where required by equipment manufacturer, in a location convenient for maintenance on each switch and adjacent equipment. 8. Provide fused disconnect switches when required to maintain equipment manufacturer's warranty. Coordinate with Division 15 for warranty requirements of equipment approved by submittal. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16411-2 C. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. Provide permanent marking inside switch enclosure for fuse type. D. Wall mount switches, where possible, or mount on Uni-Strut supports. E. Provide spare fuse cabinet in main electrical room complete with three spare fuses for each rating installed for fuse sizes over 600 amperes, and ten percent spare fuses (minimum of three) of each type and rating installed for 600 amperes or less. F. Provide fuse identification label showing type and size inside door of each switch. PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16411-3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16442 PANELBOARDS A. Furnish and install distribution, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16070 Supporting Devices. 8. Section 16075 -Electrical identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. UL 50 Cabinets and Boxes B. UL 67 Electric Panelboards C. NEMA PB 1.1 -Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. D. NEMA AB1 -Molded Case Circuit Breaker Case Switches E. NEMA AB3 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and their Application 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Include outline and support point dimensions, NEMA enclosure type, voltage, main bus ampacity and material, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. 1.05 SPARE PARTS A. Keys: Furnish two keys to Owner for each panelboard, all keyed alike. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General Electric. B. Square D. C. Siemens. D. Cutler -Hammer. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16442-1 2.02 GENERAL A. Conform to UL standards and bear UL label. Form cabinets from code gauge galvanized steel. Form fronts of code gauge cold rolled steel bonderized after fabrication. B. Provide cabinet fronts with concealed hinges, concealed adjustment means and master keyed flush lock. Finish front in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. C. Provide with main lugs and breakers or fuses as scheduled on the drawings. Provide main lug connection to accommodate T&B compression connector on end of cable. Attach connector to panel bus with two bolts per lug. Provide captive type bolts or studs to facilitate reinstallation of the lugs with the wire attached. D. Provide all panelboards with copper bus of the ratings scheduled and designed for all indicated devices and spaces, complete with taps and trim. E. Provide panelboards, designated with "NL" on Drawings, UL listed for nonlinear loads, bearing UL label, and neutral bar rated at 200 percent of phase buses. F. Minimum integrated short circuit rating 10,000 amps RMS symmetrical for 208 volt panelboards; 14,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards or as shown on the drawings. Integrated ratings may be based on tested series ratings in conjunction with feeder breaker actually used. G. Size bus bars to limit the temperature rise within the panelboard to 50 degrees C over a 40 degrees C ambient temperature. H. Provide adequate space and provisions for wire No. 6 AWG and larger conductors to terminate with compression type connector to main lugs. I. Connect all two-section panelboards with copper cable of an ampacity greater than the main bus ampacity. J. Provide door-in-door type construction. 2.03 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS (1200 AMPS AND SMALLER) A. Enclosure: Type 1, unless scheduled otherwise. B. Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1. Provide bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers with common trip handle for all poles for breakers less than 400 amperes. C. Solid-State Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1. Provide with electronic sensing, timing and tripping circuits for adjustable current settings; instantaneous trip; adjustable long time and short time trip. 2. Provide stationary mounting. 3. Provide ground fault sensing integral with circuit breaker where indicated. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16442-2 4. Provide ground fault trip where indicated on drawings. 5. Provide solid-state trip on breakers 400 amperes and greater. 6 . Provide 100% current rated breakers for sizes 800 amperes and greater. 7. Minimum interrupting rating of 65kA or as indicated on the drawings, if greater. 2.04 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: Circuit breaker type. B. Enclosure: Type 1; unless indicated otherwise. C. Provide insulated neutral bus and separate copper grounding bus bonded to enclosure. D. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled. E. Sequence phase all adjacent breakers. All circuit breaker connection straps shall be rated at 100 amperes minimum. 2.05 INSTRUMENTATION A. Provide solid state circuit monitor with digital output display rated for 120 volts, 60 Hertz and waveform capture feature, Square D Class 3020 CM3350 PowerLogic or equivalent GE PDM meter where shown on the drawings. Provide UL 508 listing. B. Provide six-digit LED readout which will allow local display of the following electrical parameters: 1. Voltmeter, phase to phase and phase to neutral. 2. Current, per phase RMS and 3 phase average. 3 . Demand current, per phase. 4. Power factor, per phase and 3-phase total. 5. Real power, 3 phase total. 6. Reactive power, 3 phase total. 7. Apparent power, 3 phase total. 8. Energy (MWH). 9. Reactive energy (MVARH). 10. Frequency. 11. Average demand real power. C. Provide the circuit monitor with the following characteristics : 1. Built-in communications capability which will allow multipoint communication at a 9600 minimum baud rate to a remote computer workstation, programmable controller or other host device . 2. Adjustable demand interval (5-60 minutes). 3. Nonvolatile memory for storing all historical data. D. Set-up of the monitor shall be accomplished from the front of the device. It shall not be necessary to open the front of the enclosure to reach rear Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16442-3 mounted dip-switches. Include set-up parameters for CT ratio, PT ratio, System type 3 or 4 wire, and demand interval. E. Provide keyswitch protection for all set-up and reset functions to prevent unauthorized/accidental change of value. F. Provide the following monitor accuracy in percent of full scale for: G. H. PARTS 1. Current Voltage Measurements: Plus or minus .2 percent. 2. Power and Energy: Plus or minus 0.5 percent. 3. Frequency: Plus or minus 0.5 percent. 4. Power Factor: Plus or minus 4 percent. 5. Data Update Time: 0.817 S (4 wire). Provide three potential transformers (PT) rated 480/120 volt with metering class accuracy. Provide three current transformers (CT) having a primary to match the size of the bus and a 5 ampere secondary with metering class accuracy. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards plumb and flush with wall finishes, in conformance with NEMA PB 1.1. Mount securely to walls or structural spaces. Mount floor mounted panelboards on 4 inch housekeeping pads. B. Height: Install wall mounted panelboards at 6 feet to the top of the enclosure. C. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. D. Provide typewritten circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard mounted in permanent, clear Lexan card holder located on inside of door. Prepare directories only after permanent room numbers have been assigned. Do not use room numbers shown on construction drawings. E. Arrange branch circuit connections in three phase lighting and appliance panelboards such that when two or three circuits are run with a common neutral, each circuit is connected to a different phase. F. Distribute loading on circuits in panelboards to balance the load as evenly as possible in each phase . G. Provide duplex receptacle at each surface mounted 120 volt panelboard.:. H. Terminate only one conductor under each lug of branch circuit breakers. I. Do not make splices or taps in panelboard gutters . 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16442-4 PART 4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 There will no separate measurement for payment on the work discussed in this section. All work will be considered incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16442-5 SECTION 16461 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TO ITEM SP-L-109 INSTALLATION OF POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT FOR AIRFIELD CIRCUITS PART 1 -DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. This item provides for the renovation of the Airfield Lighting Vault (vault) to support the upgrade to the ALCMS. This work includes modifications to existing constant current regulators (CCR), circuit selector switches (CSS), and interfaces to the Generator, Automatic Transfer switch, windcone, relocated beacon, and REIL power .. B. The CCRs and CSSs described herein shall be retrofitted to provide all the functionality required to support the features of the ALCMS system design. This item shall replace Item L-109 of FAA Standards for Specifying Installation of Airport Transformer Vault and Vault Equipment in its entirety. PART 2 -QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.01 CODES AND STANDARDS Comply with the provisions of the current editions of following specifications and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. A. AC 150/5340-30 -Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids B. NFPA 70 (2005 Edition) -The National Electrical Code (NEC) C. AC 150/5345-1 O -Specification for constant current regulator for Electrical Equipment. D. AC 150/5345-5 -Specification for L-847 Circuit Selector Switches E. AC 150/5345-56-Specification for L-890, Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System F. AC 150/5345-7-Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits. 2.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings. Follow Section 16010 and other Division 16 sections for product data, shop drawings and samples. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461-1 PART 3 -PRODUCTS AND REQUIREMENTS 3.01 EXISTING CONSTANT CURRENT REGULATORS A. General: 1. There are 15 existing regulators presently in service in the Airfield Lighting Vault (Vault) at AFW. These regulators will remain in service, but will undergo modification to their control systems as described later in this document. 2. The new control electronics assemblies including an upgrade kit will be installed by a qualified service provider for these regulators . 3 . The contractor shall ensure that all components needed for full functionality the refurbished regulators are present and complete. 4. A qualified service provider shall inspect, exercise and test all functions of the CCRs and certify that they are totally operational and in proper working condition, meeting or exceeding the manufacturer's specifications. The equipment will be subject to the site acceptance test for this project. 5. The contractor shall ensure that the modified regulators shall operate as they did before the work started. 6. The cost of this work shall be included as a cash allowance line item. B. Control & Monitoring Requirements The existing CCRs in the Vault shall be made compatible with modifications to the ALCMS. This shall be accomplished through the installation of Digital Control Monitor Units (DCMU) in each CCR. This will provide L-829 control and monitoring as well as other functionality as described in this specification. Additionally, the Circuit Selector Switches that are described later in this document, shall be controlled and monitored though the DCMU of the CCR to which it is connected. The monitoring functions for the DCMU shall be compliant with L-827 CCR monitors, as well as additional requirements of this specification. 1. Each regulator shall be controlled and monitored by a Digital Control Monitor Unit (DCMU). The DCMU shall , replace the existing control package, and shall include an integrated vacuum fluorescent display and keypad .. The DCMU shall be installed in a suitable enclosure directly above each existing CCR .... The installation of the DCMU shall not prevent ventilation of the CCR. The supplier shall ensure that the display and keypad are visible and operable from the location above the CCR. If it is not possible to mount the DCMU enclosure on top of the CCR, due to ventilation, performance or maintainability issues, it shall be installed above the CCR, with the appropriate conduits, supported by two horizontal unistrut members secured to the vertical strut to the side of the CCR, of similar size to the existing vertical strut. This and other alternates shall be coordinated with the engineer and subject to the approval of the engineer. 2. The DCMU shall include a compact enclosure or suitable chassis for ancillary components, mounted in proximity to the regulator as is shown on contract drawings. The DCMU shall include, but not be limited to Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461-2 separate circuit boards for specific functions. All circuit boards shall be easily replaced without removing fasteners or disconnecting power or control wires. Circuit boards shall be provided on separate assemblies for the following functions. a. Power supply circuit board for card cage backplane. b. Processor circuit board with digital signal processor. c. Input circuit board for a minimum of 14 separately opto-isolated circuits. d. Output relay circuit board for a minimum of 14 separate circuits. e. Analog to Digital circuit board and all electronics for a fully self- contained Insulation Resistance Measuring System (IRMS). f. Dual Ethernet communication circuit board (100 BaseT) for connection to the ALCMS vault network. 3. The Dual Ethernet communications ports shall support redundant operation with a failover mechanism that shall seamlessly switch from a failed network to the operational network, and continue normal operations with the ALCMS. 4. All control and monitoring components that connect to the series circuit shall be electrically isolated from the digital and communications portion of the control interface. 5. All analog measured values shall be converted instantaneously to digital codes and processed using an optimized algorithms. 6. The vacuum fluorescent display of the DCMU shall be an alphanumeric type consisting of a minimum of 4 rows of 20 characters each. The DCMU shall display, but not be limited to the following information: a. Regulator On/Off b. Regulator incoming power supply normal c. Open circuit alarm d. Overcurrent alarm e. Status of regulator; OK/Failure, and cause of fault f. Output current g. Brightness step h. Control source, Local/Remote I Communications status 7. All settings, adjustments, configuration and calibration shall be done digitally using the integrated display and membrane function keys. This includes any settings for the network interface. No other equipment shall be required to configure a DCMU for operation 8. Failsafe Control: In the event of communication/control system failure, the CCRs shall enter the failsafe state. The CCR shall provide the failsafe function internally. a. Each regulator failsafe function shall be independently programmable such that upon communication or system failure, the regulator shall automatically revert to either remain in the last state or switch to OFF, Brightness 81, 82, 83, 84 or 85. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461-3 b. If failsafe mode occurs, all regulators and circuits will set to their failsafe settings. c. The failsafe settings shall be determined by the Air Traffic Controllers in collaboration with the airport operations and maintenance staff and shall be field adjustable without changing the software. d. A watchdog timer shall be installed to check the status of the control system and communications and the failsafe mode shall be entered if a malfunction occurs. e. When the control system returns to normal, control shall automatically be transferred back to the tower. 9. The DCMU shall provide text messages and information on the display panel to guide a user through all menus by means of clear instructions on the display. 10. Configuration changes to the regulator for the number of brightness steps, brightness step current setting or any other configuration or calibration value shall be with a suitable access code that can be entered using the DCMU function keys. 11. All configuration settings and calibration values shall be stored to a suitable non-volatile memory chip on the processor circuit board. a. Lamp failure and alarm (two settings) b. Number of failed lamps c. Additional user configurable warning and alarm output relays d. Display of input voltage, current and power measurement e. Display of output voltage and power measurement 12. The DCMU shall support insulation resistance monitoring system (IRMS) functionality with the following features . Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461 -4 a. Insulation measurement warning and alarm (two settings) b. Insulation resistance value 13. The firmware program of the DCMU processor card shall be specifically developed and intended for operation, control and monitoring the existing CCRs. 14. The DCMU shall be powered from 120 Volts AC supplied by the regulator power, and as a backup, from redundant 24 Volts DC supplied externally, as shown on contract drawings. Turning off the regulator shall cause the DCMU to automatically select one of the 24 Volt DC power source. 15. The CCR shall be supplied with an insulation-monitoring unit, which shall be integral to the CCR. The insulation monitoring unit shall be capable of automatically or manually monitoring and reporting the insulation value of the airport series lighting circuit cable. The insulation-monitoring unit shall also be capable of measuring the cable leakage current and display the actual insulation resistance in ohms, display the readings for view on the CCR control panel, and transfer all collected data to the ALCMS PLC via the dual Ethernet interface. 16. A qualified service provider shall inspect, exercise and test all functions of the DCMUs and certify that they are totally compatible, and operations with the CCRs and ALCMS. The equipment will be subject to the site acceptance test for this project. 17. The cost of this work shall be included with the cash allowance line item for the ALCMS. 3.02 CIRCUIT SELECTOR SWITCH A. General There are two L-847, circuit selector switches (CSS) located in the Airfield Lighting Vault, 1. The CSS are controlled by contact closures, rated at 120 VAC B. Modifications 1. The two CSSs in the Vault shall be relocated and connected as shown on the construction drawings and shall be made capable of remote operation by the proposed ALCMS. a. Each CSS shall be capable of both remote and local operation. b. Interfacing for remote operation and monitoring by the ALCMS shall be accomplished through the DCMU of the CCR to which the CSS is connected. Current transformers (CTs} shall be installed on each airfield lighting circuit output and shall report back to the DCMU as a part of the monitoring features. c. A local/ remote control capability shall be included for emergency or maintenance use. 2. The contractor shall ensure that all components needed for full functionality of the refurbished circuit selector switches are present and complete. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461-5 3. A qualified service provider shall inspect, exercise and test all functions of the CSSs and certify that they are totally operational and in proper working condition , meeting or exceeding the manufacturer's specifications. 4. The cabling to the modified circuit selector switches shall be in separate conduits to the associated CCRs and not in the Low voltage wireway 5. The equipment will be subject to the site acceptance test for this project. 6. The cost of this work shall be included as a cash allowance line item 3.03 INTERFACES TOAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH/ GENERATOR, WINDCONE , AND REIL POWER A. General The vault includes the following additional items 1. · Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS} 2. Backup Generator 3. Power control for Runway End Identifier Lights 4. Power control for one windcone The work at the relocated beacon includes the interface to control the beacon, as described in contract drawings, including the enclosure and internally mounted remote/ local on/off switch. B. Modifications The ALCMS must interface to the components listed. A DCMU (vault DCMU) in a suitable enclosure and appropriate interface electronics, sensors, relays or contactors shall be provided as an interface to t he ALCMS as detailed below: 1. The existing lighting control system can run and stop the generator. The ATS transfers if commercial power is lost. The modifications include the necessary components to support the same remote start operation as well as additional functions, including the status of Primary power on line, Emergency power on line. 2 . REIL Control .. The control for the REILS power is via two contactors in separate enclosures in the vault (see contract documents for the location) The control of the contactor shall be modified to be controlled by the vault DCMU . If the contactor does not function properly, it shall be replaced. 3. Windcone Control/ old beacon control--The control for the windcone power is via contactor in an enclosure in the vault (see contract documents for the location). The existing arrangement shares this contactor with the beacon. Due to the relocation of the beacon, the beacon power will be fed from elsewhere. The beacon power shall be removed from this contactor when the new beacon transition is ready. The remaining control will be only for the windcone. The control of the contactor shall be modified to be controlled by the vault DCMU. If the contactor does not function properly, it shall be replaced. 4. Install Beacon Control components at the relocated beacon per contract documents. The remote/ local-on, off switch is mounted and accessed Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461 -6 inside the controls enclosure. The control electronics enclosure shall be Hoffman CSD 20208 or approved equal. 3.04 SPARE PARTS A. Provide two (2) DCMU interfaces, complete as part of this project. This includes all electronics needed for the DCMU Interface in the CCR, as any additional components needed for the DCMU when used as the Vault DCMU in this application. B. Provide a list of recommended additional spare parts, to be supplied for post warranty support. 3.05 NAMEPLATES A. Nameplates of laminated phenolic material with engraved letters shall be installed to designate the regulator cubicles, components, circuit descriptions and circuit numbers. Nameplates shall be white phenolic material with black engraved letters. B. The minimum height of letters used shall be 3/16 inch. Main titles for circuit or cubicle designations shall be in letters 3/8 inch in height. 3.06 SITE ACCEPTANCE TESTING A . All Constant Current Regulators, Circuit Selector Switches, Digital Control Monitoring Units, and ancillary devices installed and/or modified as per this specification, shall be tested to certify that they are functional in all modes and settings of operation, fully compatible with the new ALCMS, and that they are calibrated to FAA and manufacturer's standards. B The contractor(s) shall submit for review by the engineer, a plan for the complete functional testing and calibration of all equipment. Test documentation shall be provided on suitable forms that include, but are not limited to the following data: Date Time Test Engineer Witness Item Under Test Test Equipment Attribute(s) Tested Mode of Operation Tolerance range for all quantitative measurements Actual Readings Results C . Testing shall be performed by a qualified factory trained service engineer approved by the engineer. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461-7 D. The contractor shall have all discrepancies, out of tolerance conditions, instabilities, and functional defects corrected to the satisfaction of the engineer and the owner. Additional acceptance tests shall be performed to verify that problems have been corrected. 3.07 WITNESSING of TESTS A. Tests of all equipment covered by these specifications shall be witnessed by an owner representative. The contractor shall provide the owner with advance notice of a minimum of three weeks prior to the scheduling of site testing. 3.08 INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING A. The contractor shall install the equipment according to the final review shop drawings and the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. B. Final adjustments to the equipment shall include verificat ion of the proper mechanical operation, verification of the regulator operation and review of the protective features and devices. C. The contractor shall provide a qualified factory trained service engineer to provide technical direction for the installation and final verification of the equipment. D. The service engineer shall certifythatthe equipment has been installed according to the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. E. A site acceptance test shall be completed according to additional requirements in Section 16031, Item L-111. 3.09 TRAINING A. Provide a qualified factory-trained service engineer to conduct an on-site familiarization, operation, and maintenance training program for the modified CSSs and CCRs,, including the DCMU upgrade Training shall be conducted after the equipment is fully commissioned. B. Provide 2 - 4 hour sessions of on-site training for maintenance personnel covering operational, maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. C. Provide 2 - 4 hour sessions of on-site training for maintenance personnel covering software and system configuration of lighting components. D. As a minimum , training shall include the following: 1. Familiarization with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 2 . Review of schematic drawings -how to read them and how to use them to troubleshoot system function and control problems. 3. Review of software documentation. 4. Physical check-over of equipment, noting device locations and relationships to schematics. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461 -8 5. Equipment functional tests and checks. 6. Equipment operating instructions. 7. Equipment routine service requirements. 8. Equipment troubleshooting instructions and procedures -review equipment self-diagnostic features and indications, define most likely problems, symptoms and corrective actions. 9. Trouble shooting shall include causing simulated faults throughout the system so that they can be diagnosed by maintenance personnel. 3.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide 3 copies of Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Provide a detailed description of the DCMU operation principles and information on troubleshooting, servicing, and maintenance of the equipment, the actions required in the event of faults. C. Manuals shall be in full color fully describing all equipment at site D. Provide a typical step-by-step procedure describing use and systematic troubleshooting of the system. Maintenance manuals shall describe in detail specifically how DCMU symptoms are diagnosed, isolated and repaired. E. Provide individual manuals for specific equipment as appropriate. Provide identified tabs and sections in master manuals for individual equipment data/manuals. F. Include schematics and detailed power and control/monitoring diagrams for all equipment supplied. G. Include detailed material lists with parts numbers 3.11 WIRING AND CONNECTIONS A. The Contractor shall make all necessary electrical connections in the vault following the wiring diagrams furnished and as directed engineer. In wiring to the terminal blocks, the Contractor shall leave sufficient extra length on each control lead to make future changes in connections at the terminal block. This shall be accomplished by running each control lead the longest way around the box to the proper terminal. Leads shall be neatly laced in place. 3.12 MARKING AND LABELING A. All equipment, control wires, terminal blocks, etc., shall be tagged, marked, or labeled as specified below: B. Wire Identification: The Contractor shall furnish and install self-sticking wire labels or identifying tags on all control wires at the point where they connect to the control equipment or to the terminal blocks. Wire labels, if used, shall be of the self-sticking preprinted type and of the manufacturer's recommended size for the wire involved. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be followed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16461-9 Tags, if used, shall be of fiber not less than %-inch (13 mm) in diameter and not less than 1/32-inch (1 mm) thick. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be stamped on tags by means of small tool dies. Each tag shall be securely tied to the proper wire by a nonmetallic cord. C. Labels: The Contractor shall stencil identifying labels on the cases of regulators, breakers, and distribution and control relay cases with white oil paint as designated by the City Engineer. The letters and numerals shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in height and shall be of proportionate width. The Contractor shall also mark the correct circuit designations following the wiring diagram on the terminal marking strips, which are a part of each terminal block. 3.13 WARRANTY A. Products in this specification shall be warranted for a period of 1 year from acceptance. This includes any and all costs of repair and all spare parts shall be included in this warranty. PART 4 -METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Measurement for the following items shall be made on a lump sum basis. 4.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for items covered in this section and subsidiary items shall be paid for at the contract unit price each or lump sum shown below and shall be full compensation for furnishing all products and for preparation, assembly and installation of these products, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete these items. 16461-01 Payment and modification of CCRs and circuit selector switches, and adapting it for remote operation from the new ALCMS. Provide a complete and working system per construction documents. Per Lump Sum 16461 02 Payment for modification controls for the Automatic transfer switch/ Generator, control of the power for the REILS and windcone within the Airfield Lighting Vault, controls and enclosure for the relocated beacon,. Including all conduit and cables, adapting them for remote operation from the new ALCMS. Provide a complete and working system per construction documents Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16461-10 Per Lump Sum PART 1 SECTION 16530 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS (Item L-125) DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL. This section shall consist of all lighting systems furnished and installed following the project plans and specifications and the applicable advisory circulars. A. The systems shall be installed at the locations and following the dimensions, design and details shown on plans. It is the intent and meaning of the plans and specifications that the Contractor shall provide an electrical installation that is complete, including all items and appurtenances necessary, reasonably incidental or customarily included, even though each and every item is not specifically called out or shown. B. Installations and construction under these provisions shall be coordinated with the Airport Construction Manager, hereby referred to as the CM. Specification requirements for approvals, reviews or other involvement of the City Engineer shall be transmitted by the Contractor through the CM to the City Engineer. C. This item shall include the furnishing of all products, labor and incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the CM. Refer to provisions of Section 16010, General Provisions-Electrical (Item L-100). 1.02 Airport lighting and products covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall have the prior approval of the FAA and shall be listed in latest edition of Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1, Airport Lighting Equipment. A. All Advisory Circulars referenced in this specification shall be the edition indicated or the latest edition. B. Additional details pertaining to specific systems covered in this specification are contained in the latest editions of the FAAAdvisory Circulars listed below. 1. AC 150/5340-30 Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids 2. AC 150/5340-1 BC Standards for Airport Sign Systems 3. EB-67 Light Sources Other Than Incandescent and Xenon For Airport and Obstruction Lighting Fixtures, October 2005. 1.03 Products covered by FAA specifications shall be as specified by reference number. Section 16113, Installation of Underground Cable for Airports (Item L-108); reference is made to Item Section 16116, Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits (L-110) Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16530-1 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL. All commercial items of electrical products not covered by Federal Aviation Administration specifications shall conform to the applicable rulings and standards of the National Electrical Code . A. Some products shall be City Furnished for installation by the Contractor, as indicated in these specifications and/or on the construction plans and details . 2.02 APPROVAL PROCESS REQUIREMENTS A. Submittal information shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following, where applicable . 1. Bolt pattern information for new signs on existing sign bases. 2. Isolation transformer ratings. 3. Sign legend, module information, and technical information . 8. Submittals shall comply with 1601 O sections on submittals 2 .03 GUIDANCE SIGNS. Guidance Sign lamps specified shall be low wattage and energy efficient, unless noted otherwise. · A . The fixtures shall meet the latest edition of FAA Specifications in the applicable Advisory Circulars listed and shall be approved under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program described in AC150/5345-53. 8. Approved manufacturers for the guidance signs are Lumacurve, Siemens and Crouse Hinds. Any manufacturer that is not listed above shall follow the substitution process for approval. C. All new guidance signs shall have a modular construction allowing all parts and legend to be swappable . D. Provide guidance signs constructed with aerodynamic curved face to promote shedding of jet blasts. E. All guidance signs shall be constructed such that full access to the sign interior for maintenance is achieved without the need for any tools. F. The guidance sign replacement panels shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the sign, to ensure continued photometric performance. 2.04 PRODUCTS COMMON TO ALL SYSTEMS A. Primary Cable . Primary L-824 cable shall as specified in Section 16113. 8 . Counterpoise Wire. Counterpoise wire shall as specified in Section 16113. C . Isolation Transformers . Isolation transformers shall be of rating compatible with associated sign modules and conforming to requirements of AC 150/5345-4 7. D. Connectors. L-823 connectors used to splice the L-824 primary cables shall Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16530-2 be as specified in Section 16113. Fixtures shall be provided with a single connecting lead plug for connection to L-830 transformers. E. Ducts and Conduits. Ducts and conduits shall be as specified in Section 16116. F. Tape and Heat Shrinkable Splices. Tapes and splices to be used on primary L-824 cable shall be as specified in Section 16113. G. Concrete. Concrete shall adhere to requirements of Section 02524 Structural Portland Cement Concrete (Item P-610). Reinforcing steel shall conform to provisions of Section 02524. H. Sealer Products. Products used shall conform to applicable requirements of Section 02517 Joint Sealing Filler (Item P-605). Submit materials with satisfactory adhesive and waterproofing qualities for approval of the CM. I. Joints. Use joint sealing material conforming to Section 02517 Joint Sealing Filler (Item P-605) across concrete pavement joints. Where conduit is being installed in saw cut trench in existing pavement, OZ Gedney Type DX Expansion Fitting shall be installed at intersection of conduit installation and existing concrete pavement expansion joints. J. Fixture Hold Down Bolts. Fixture hold down bolts and installations shall adhere to the following requirements. 1. Bolts shall be all-thread, 18-8, Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Bolts information shall be submitted for approval of the CM. Submittal shall be specifically identify, as a minimum, the bolt material, dimensions and threading. 3. Bolt material shall be readily identifiable in the field by appropriate ASTM markings on the bolts or by having material identified on bolt packaging, as approved by the City Engineer. 4. Normally, bolts are supplied with the bases, not the fixtures. However, the usual bolts supplied with the bases are too short to extend into base can. The Contractor shall install bolts long enough to extend 1 inch inside the rim of the can after proper installation to hold down fixtures. Bolts of appropriate length shall be ordered accordingly. 5. Bolts shall receive anti-seize compound prior to the final turn. 6. Lock washers shall be install on each bolt as per fixture base manufacturer's recommendations. Appropriate lock washers are usually provided with bases. K. Spacer Rings. Light fixture spacer rings shall be used where shown and required for fixture adjustments. Only 1 spacer ring will be allowed per fixture base. City to retain additional spacers as spare parts. 2.05 PRODUCTS FOR AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGNS SYSTEM A. General. Signs shall be internally lighted by incandescent lamps and shall comply with requirements of AC 150/5345-44. 1. Signs shall be provided with the required transformers and regulators. 2. The signs shall be installed on a stepped 6.6 Ampere circuit. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16530-3 B. C. D. PART3 Contractor to field verify exact circuit type (3-step, 5 step) and order the sign components accordingly. No additional payment will be made for mis-matched signage components. 3. Follow the Guidance Sign Schedule on the contract drawings for new sign style and size. Isolation Transformers. Isolation transformers for signs shall be of wattage recommended by sign manufacturer for particular sign installation and shall comply with requirements of AC 150/5345-47. Bases. Install one L-867, 16 inch base in sign support pads complying with requirements of AC 150/5345-42. Base cover shall be as indicated on plans. Concrete Pads. Install reinforced concrete pad for signs and indicated on the plans and in accordance with sign manufacturer's recommendations. Pad construction shall conform to requirements of Item P-610. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 GENERAL. Install conduit, cables, counterpoise and supports necessary to insure a complete and operable electrical installation for lighting systems as specified and shown on the plans. A. Install and mount the products to comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code, Section 16031, and Section 16113. C. General Cable Installation Requirements 1. The primary cable shall enter the light base and transformer housing as shown on the plans. 2. Primary cable slack shall be provided inside the light fixture base following Section 16113. In general, enough slack shall be left in the cable to permit installation aboveground of the connections betwean the primary cable and the isolation transformer primary leads. A similar length of primary cable slack shall be provided for any unconnected cable installed in a fixture base can. 3. The transformer secondary leads shall be connected to the lamp leads with a disconnecting plug and receptacle. The secondary connection shall not be taped; the cable connections to the insulating transformer's leads shall be made following Item Section 16113. 4. The connector joints in the primary circuit shall be wrapped with at least 1 layer of synthetic rubber tape and 2 layers of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1 /2 inches on each side of the joint. 5. Ends of cables shall be sealed with heat shrinkable tubing until the splice is made to prevent the entrance of moisture. D. General Duct and Conduit Installation Requirements. Trenching, installation of ducts and conduits, concrete backfilling, trench backfilling, installation of duct markers and the type of material used shall conform to Section 16116. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous . Electrical Improvements 16530-4 E. Installing Sign Modules at Existing Bases 1 . At locations indicated on the plans, the Contractor shall install signage modules at existing sign bases. This shall include providing the following items, as required and directed by the CM. a. b. C. d. e. f. Remove existing bolting hardware. Install new bolting hardware . Modify existing conduit connection to new sign leg as required. Drill out existing bolting hardware and install new stainless steel hardware, as required and directed by the CM, in order to properly install the specified sign modules. Clean out and refurbish the interior of the bases, including conduits. Install primary airfield lighting circuit cable. Install fixture isolation transformers of proper specified rating and wattage. Install specified sign module. F. Demolition and Salvage . At locations noted on plans, the following shall be required. 1. Existing light fixtures, bases, cables and other materials identified as salvageable by the CM shall be removed. Salvageable materials shall be delivered to City salvage area or disposed of as directed by the CM. 3.02 AIRFIELD GUIDANCE SIGNS SYSTEM A. Description. In general, the signs shall be located as indicated on the plans opposite the point of tangency of the paving fillet so that the side of the sign closest to the taxiway or apron edge is approximately 60 feet from the edge of full strength pavement. Other locations shall be as shown on plans or as directed by the Construction Manager. All signs shall be oriented so that the face of the sign is approximately 90 degrees to the direction of the taxiing paths from which it is viewed, unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Construction Manager. 8. Installation. Installation shall be in accordance with AC 150/15340-1 BC and the plans. Airfield guidance signs shall be furnished and installed, replaced or relocated, as noted in these specifications. Signs shall also be installed in conformity with the details and locations shown on the plans. Sign installations or relocations shall include signs, bases, transformers, mounting assemblies and concrete foundations (pads). Installation and relocation shall also include all cable connections, all lamps, all internal or external conduit and wiring and all incidentals necessary to place the signs in operation as completed units. C. Sign Modifications. General sign modifications include the removal of existing signs and the installation of new signs on existing bases, modified as required for installation of the new signs. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16530-5 All panels that are removed shall be returned to the Owner at a location on the airport property directed by the Construction Manager. The contractor shall furnish all required or necessary materials. D. Inspections and Tests. Each sign shall be inspected to insure that it is installed erect, level at the proper height, and at the location shown on the plans. Each sign identification number shall correspond to the number on the plans. All cables, splices, and wiring shall be inspected to insure that the installation is in accordance with the plans and specifications. All wiring shall be continuous and free of shorts. All circuits shall be wired in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Insulation resistance to ground of all underground conductors shall meet the requirements of Item L-111. All signs shall be tested by operating the complete system continuously for a minimum of one hour and operating each control ten times. Test signs in accordance with AC 150/5345-44. The airfield electrical installations shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of Item L-111. Systems Tests shall also be conducted as specified in Item L-111. Any system installation errors or unacceptable discrepancies of installation shall be corrected, as directed by Construction Manager and to the satisfaction of the City. 1. Concrete Pad. A concrete pad for sign installation shall be constructed at the approximate location shown on the plans. The exact location and orientation shall be as shown on the coordinate schedule of the plans unless otherwise directed by the Construction Manager. The concrete pad shall be sized as shown on plans and shall be poured in place in undisturbed soil. Pad shall be reinforced as shown on the plans. The surface of the concrete shall slope at 1/2 inch per foot, or 5% maximum. The exposed surface of the concrete shall be finished to a smooth finish with a steel trowel or by rubbing. Where required, place anchor bolts for additional flange supports in the concrete pad in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Anchors shall be drop in anchors manufactured by Hilti, or approved equivalent. 2. Leveling. The transformer base housing shall be firmly held in place during the construction of the concrete pad so that the machined upper surface of the base flange will be level within +2 degrees and not more than 1/4 inch above the surface of the pad. All other bearing areas for the additional flange supports shall be in the same horizontal plane as the transformer base flange, which shall be at the same elevation as the nearest edge of the taxiway shoulder. Provide grading of adjacent area, as directed by the Construction Manager. 3. Cable Connections. Primary cable slack shall be left inside the base as required in Item L-108 to permit all cable connections to the taxiway sign to be made above the ground. A similar length primary cable slack shall be provided for any unconnected cable in sign base. 4. Type of Supply Circuit Connection. Sign transformer primary leads shall be connected to the primary cable using L-823 connectors specified in Item L-108. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16530-6 PART4 5. Identification Numbers. An identification number shall be assigned to each sign in accordance with the plans and as directed by the Construction Manager. 6. Assembling Airfield Guidance Sign. The taxiway sign shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The sign shall be installed so that the distance from finished grade to the top of the sign is as indicated on the plans and in AC 150/5345-44. The secondary leads of the transformer shall connect to the sign leads with a disconnecting plug and a receptacle, conforming to AC 150/5345-26. 7. Location of Airfield Guidance Signs. Signs shall be installed in the locations as shown on the plans. Deviations/changes shall only be made with prior written approval by the Construction Manager. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. The number of guidance signs installed on an existing sign base shall be measured per each sign installed and accepted by the Engineer. Sign installation shall be measured with transformers, splice kits, heat shrinks, base cans, counterpoise connections, splice kits, tags and all items necessary to a complete installation and accepted by the Engineer. Separate measurement shall be made for signage based on quantity of sign modules and sign size. It is the contractor's responsibility to confirm the proper sign style with the existing sign circuit. B. The relocation (cantilever) of an existing guidance sign installed on a new sign base shall be measured per each sign relocated and accepted by the Engineer. Signage relocation shall include removal of the existing sign modules, new sign base with an L-867D, 24" deep base can, 3/8" thick galvanized steel cover plate with hub, gasket, L-830 isolation transformer, L- 823 connector, stainless steel bolting hardware, ground rod with test report, 2" PVC Schedule 40 conduit, L-824 cable, trenching, asphalt repair and all incidentals required to provide a complete and operational system. Align and level as required. Also included with this item is the removal of the existing foundation, base can and associated incidentals. C. The number of sign bases installed to be paid for shall be measured per each base installed and accepted by the Engineer. This item shall include a new concrete foundation with an L-867D, 24" deep base · can, 3/8" thick galvanized steel cover plate with hub, gasket, L-823 connector, ground rod with test report and all incidentals required to provide a complete and operational system. 4.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT 16530-1 16530-2 16530-3 The L-858RN/L, 1-module guidance sign on existing base -per each. The L-858RN/L, 2-module guidance sign on existing base -per each. The L-858RN/L, 3-module guidance sign on existing base-per each. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16530-7 16530-4 16530-5 16530-6 16530-7 The L-858R/Y/L, 4-module guidance sign on existing base-per each . The L-8588, 1-module guidance sign on existing base -per each. Relocate (cantilever) existing L-858R/Y/L sign on new concrete foundation - per each. New Concrete Sign Foundation -per each. END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16530-8 SECTION 16532 AIRPORT ROTATING BEACONS (ITEM L-101) PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. This item shali consist of furnishing and installing airport rotating beacons. This work shall include the mounting, leveling, wiring, painting, servicing, and testing of the beacon and all materials and incidentals necessary to place the beacons in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Th is item shall include a mounting platform if specified in the plans. PART2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2 .01 GENERAL. A . Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be certified and listed under Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345- 53, Airport Light ing Equipment Certification Program. B. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the Engineer. C. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. D. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Or iginal catalog sheets are preferred . Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non-pertinent data. Submittals for components or electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. E. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the Contract Documents plans and specifications. [The Contractor's Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16532-1 submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section.] The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. F. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 2.02 BEACON. A. The beacon shall meet the requirements of AC 150/5345-12, Specification for Airport and Heliport Beacons. 2.03 PANEL BOARDS AND BREAKERS. A. Panel boards and breakers shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-P-115. 2.04 WEATHERPROOF CABINETS. A. The weatherproof cabinets shall conform to National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards and shall be constructed of steel not less than No. 16 USS gauge. 2.05 WIRE. A. Wire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to AC 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits for Rubber Insulated Neoprene Covered Wire, or Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Type RHW, for rubber insulated fibrous covered wire. For ratings up to 600 volts, the thermoplastic wire conforming to Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Types TW, THW, and THWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. 2.06 CONDUIT. · A. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6, 514, and 1242. 2.07 PAINT. A. Priming paint for ungalvanized metal surfaces shall be a high solids alkyd primer conforming to TT-P-664D. B. Priming paint for galvanized metal surfaces shall be zinc dust-zinc oxide primer paint conforming to MIL-DTL-24441/19B. If necessary, add not more than Y2 pint (0.06 liter) of turpentine to each gallon (liter). C. Orange paint for the body and the finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall consist of a ready-mixed non-fading paint meeting the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-E-489. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16532-2 The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. D. White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to the Master Painter's Institute, Reference #9, Exterior Alkyd, Gloss, voe Range E2. E. Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job by thinning the above- specified orange or white paint with % pint (0 .06 mm) of raw linseed oil to each gallon (liter). PART3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01. PLACING THE BEACON. A. The beacon shall be mounted on a beacon tower, platform, or building roof as shown in the plans. 3.02 HOISTING AND MOUNTING . A. The beacon shall be hoisted to the mounting platform by using suitable slings and hoisting tackle. Before fastening the beacon to the mounting platform, the mounting holes shall be checked for correct spacing. Beacon base or mounting legs shall not be strained or forced out of position to fit incorrect spacing of mounting holes. The beacon base shall be raised first, set in position, and bolted in place. The drum shall then be raised and assembled to the base. 3.03 LEVELING. A. After the beacon has been mounted in place, it shall be accurately leveled following manufacturer's instructions. The leveling shall be checked in the presence of the Engineer and shall be to the Engineer's satisfaction. 3.04 SERVICING. A. Before placing the beacon in operation, the Contractor shall check the manufacturer's manual for proper servicing requirements. Follow the manufacturer's servicing requirements for each size beacon . 3.05 BEAM ADJUSTMENT. A. After the beacon has been mounted and leveled, the elevation of the beams shall be adjusted. The final beam adjustments shall be made at night so that results can be readily observed. The beams shall be adjusted to the elevation directed by the Engineer or as shown in the plans, except that, in no case shall the elevation of the beams be less than 2 degrees above the horizontal. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16532-3 3.06 BEACON MOUNTING PLATFORM. A. Where the beacon is to be mounted at a location other than the beacon tower and where a special mounting platform is required, the construction of this mounting platform and any necessary lightning protection equipment shall be in accordance with the details shown in the plans. 3.07 WIRING. A. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor and materials and shall make complete above ground electrical connections in accordance with the wiring diagram furnished with the project plans. The electrical installation shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of National Fire Protection Association, NFPA-70, National Electric Code. B. Copies of the National Electric Code may be obtained form the National Fire Protection Associations, Inc., One Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02269. C. If underground cable for the power feed from the transformer vault to the beacon site and duct for this cable installation is required, the cable, ground rods and duct shall be installed in accordance with and paid for as described in Item L-108, Underground Power Cable for Airports, and Item L-110, Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduit. D. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall connect the tell-tale relay mechanism in the beacon to energize the tower obstruction light circuit when failure of the beacon service (primary) lamp occurs. E. If lightning protection is specified in the plans or proposal as a part of this item, it shall be installed in accordance with 103-2.3 in Item L-103, Airport Beacon Towers. 3.08 PANEL AND CABINET. A. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish and install at the top of the beacon tower or mounting platform a circuit-breaker panel consisting of four 15-ampere breakers mounted in a weather-proof cabinet to provide separate protection for the circuits to the beacon lamps, motor, obstruction lights, and other equipment. The cabinet shall be located on the side of the beacon platform, as directed by the Engineer. 3.09 CONDUIT. A. All exposed wiring shall be run in not less than % inch (19 mm) galvanized rigid steel conduit. No conduit shall be installed on top of a beacon platform floor. All conduit shall be installed to provide for drainage. If mounted on a steel beacon tower, the conduit shall be fastened to the tower members with "wraplock" straps, clamps, or approved fasteners, spaced approximately 5 feet (150 cm) apart. The conduit shall be fastened to wooden structures with galvanized pipe straps and with galvanized wood screws not less than No. 8 or less than 1-1A inches (31 mm) long. There shall be at least two fastenings for each 10-foot (3 m) length. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16532-4 3.10 BOOSTER TRANSFORMER. A. If shown in the plans or specified in job specifications, a booster transformer to compensate for voltage drop to the beacon shall be installed in a suitable weatherproof housing under or on the tower platform or at the base of the tower. The installation shall be as indicated in the plans and described in the proposal. If the booster transformer is required for installation remote from the beacon, it shall be installed in accordance with and paid for incidental to the rotating beacon pay item. 3.11 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL. A. If shown in the plans or specified in job specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and install an automatic control switch at the location indicated in the plans. The switch shall be a photoelectric type. It shall be a standard commercially available unit that will energize when the northern sky illuminance falls below 60 footcandles (645.8 lux) but before reaching a level of 35 footcandles (367.7 lux). The photoelectric switch should de-energize when the northern sky illuminance rises to a level of not more than 60 footcandles (645.9 lux). It shall be installed, connected, and adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.12 OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS. A. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall install on the top of the beacon tower or mounting platform two L-81 O obstruction lights on opposite corners. These lights shall be mounted on conduit extensions to a height of not less than 4 inches (100 mm) above the top of the beacon. They shall be connected in series into the tell-tale circuit with the necessary relay and wiring connections. 3.13 PAINTING. A. If construction of a wooden mounting platform is stipulated in the proposal as part of this item, all wooden parts of the platform shall be given one priming coat of white or aviation-orange paint after fabrication but before erection and one body and one finish -coat of aviation-orange paint after erection. Steel mounting platforms shall be given one priming coat of corrosion-inhibiting primer before erection and one body and one finish coat of aviation-orange paint after erection. All equipment installed under this contract and exposed to the weather shall be given one body and one finish coat of aviation- orange or white paint as required. This shall include beacon (except glass surfaces), beacon base, breaker cabinet, all conduit, and transformer cases. It shall not include air terminals or obstruction light globes. B. The paint shall be applied uniformly in the proper consistency by skilled painters. The finished paint shall be free from sags, holidays, and smears. Each coat of paint shall be given ample time to dry and harden before the next coat of paint is applied. A minimum of 3 days shall be allowed for drying on wood surfaces, and a minimum of 4 days shall be allowed for drying on metal surfaces. Painting shall not be done in cold, damp, foggy, dusty, or frosty atmospheres, or when air temperature is below 40 2 F (42 C), nor started when the weather forecast indicates such conditions for the day. C. All surfaces shall be cleaned before painting. The surfaces shall be dry and free from scale, grease, rust, dust, and dirt when paint is applied. All knots in wood surfaces shall Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16532-5 be covered with shellac immediately before applying the priming coat of paint. Nail holes and permissible imperfections shall be filled with putty. The ready-mixed paint shall be thinned for the priming and body coats in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. In the absence of such recommendations, the following shall apply: 1 . Body coats (for both wood and steel surfaces) -add % pint (0.06 liter) of turpentine to each gallon (liter) of ready-mixed paint for body coats. 2. Finish coats (for both wood and steel surfaces) the ready-mixed paint shall be used as it comes from the container for finish coats. 3.14 TESTING. A. The installation shall be fully tested in operation as a completed unit prior to acceptance. These tests shall include operation of the lamp-changer operation and taking megger and voltage readings. The insulation resistance to ground of the beacon supply circuit shall be not less than 50 megohms. Testing equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer and shall be to the Engineer's satisfaction. PART4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A The quantity to be paid for shall be the number of beacons installed as completed units in place, accepted, and ready for operation, including all electrical service conductors, equipment and conduit, the tower and lightning protection, the obstruction light, and trenching and support racks, etc. The only item not included is the radio control portion of the beacon. PARTS BASIS OF PAYMENT 5.01 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted job. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. This includes the rotating beacon, beacon tower, tower foundation, beacon controller, obstruction light(s), lightning protection, ground rod, transformer, load center, connection to panelboard and associated breakers, support rack, electrical conduit, pull boxes and conductors including associated trenching and cutting and patching. The radio control panel and antennae for communication to the ALCMS system at beacon location is not included with this item. Payment will be made under: 16532-01 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements Airport Rotating Beacon, in place-lump sum 16532-6 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AC 150/5345-7 AC 150/5345-12 FED SPEC J-C-30 FED SPEC TT-E-489 FED SPEC TT-P-664D FED SPEC W-P-115 FED STD 595 in Government Procurement Specification for L-824 Underground Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits Specification for Airport and Heliport Beacons Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation) (cancelled; replaced by A-A-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Low voe Content Primer Coating, Alkyd, Corrosion-Inhibiting, Lead and Chromate Free, VOC-Compliant Panel, Power Distribution Colors Used MIL-P-24441/198 Paint, Epoxy-Polyamide, Zinc Primer, Formula 159, Type Ill Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6 Rigid Metal Conduit Underwriters Laboratories Standard 514 Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1242 Intermediate Metal Conduit NFPA-70 National Electric Code NFPA-780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems Master Painter's Institute Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16532-7 SECTION 16533 AIRPORT BEACON TOWERS (ITEM L-103) PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. This item shall consist of furnishing and installing an airport beacon tower of the type shown in the plans, in accordance with these specifications. This work shall include the clearing of the site, erection of the tower, installation of lightning protection, painting, and all incidentals necessary to place . it in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. PART2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL. A. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the Engineer. B. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. C. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non-pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. D. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. [The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section.] The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16533-1 E. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 2.02 TOWER. A. The beacon tower shall conform to the requirements of Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5340- 30, Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids, Chapter 6. 2.03 LIGHTNING PROTECTION. A. Lightning protection shall comply with NFPA-780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems. All materials shall comply with Class II requirements regardless of tower height. Ground rods and underground cables shall be installed in accordance with and paid for as described in Item L-108, Underground Power Cable for Airports. 2.04 PAINT A. Priming paint for galvanized steel towers shall be zinc dust-zinc oxide primer paint conforming to MIL-DTL-24441/198. If necessary, add not more than 1/2 pint (0.06 liter) of turpentine to each gallon (liter). B. Priming paint for ungalvanized steel towers shall be a high solids alkyd primer conforming to the Master Painter's Institute, Reference #9, Exterior Alkyd, Gloss, VOC Range E2. C. Orange paint for the body and finished coats on metal and wood surfaces shall consist of a ready-mixed non-fading paint meeting the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-E-489. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. D. White paint for steel tower shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to Commercial Item Description A-A-3067. PARTS CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 CLEARING AND GRADING. A. The site on which the beacon tower is to be erected shall be cleared and leveled. All trees and brush shall be removed from the area within a distance of 25 feet (7.5 m) from the tower or as called for in the plans. Stumps shall be removed to a depth of 18 inches (45 cm) below finished grade and the excavation filled with earth and tamped. If a transformer vault or other structure is included as part of the installation, the area shall be cleared to a distance of 25 feet (7.5 m) from these structures. The ground near the tower shall be leveled to permit the operation of mowing machines. The leveling shall Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16533-2 extend at least 2 feet (60 cm) outside the tower legs. All debris removed from the tower site shall be disposed of by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in accordance with Federal, state, or local regulations. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND FILL. A. Excavation for the tower footings shall be carried to a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) below the footing depth. The excess excavation below the footing depth shall then be backfilled with gravel or crushed stone and compacted to the required level. The footing plates shall be installed, and a thickness of not less than 18 inches (45 cm) of the same gravel or crushed stone shall be placed immediately above the footing plates in layers of not over 6 inches (150 mm). Each layer above the footing plates shall be thoroughly tamped in place. The remainder of the backfill may be of excavated earth placed in layers not to exceed 6 inches (150 mm). Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping. B. Where solid rock is encountered, which prevents the carrying of the foundation legs to the required depth but which is of sufficient strength to use holddown bolts, the tower anchor posts shall be cut off at the required length and the holddown bolts shall be installed as indicated in the plans with the approval of the Engineer. Each tower leg shall be anchored to the rock by means of two 7/8-inch (21 mm) diameter by 3-foot (90 cm) long expansion or split bolts and shall be grouted with neat portland cement into holes drilled into the natural rock. Except as required for rock foundations, the footing members shall not be cut off or shortened. If excavated material is of such character that it will not readily compact when backfilled, the Engineer may order the excavation backfilled with concrete or other suitable material. C. The concrete footing for tubular beacon towers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Portions of the footing in the topsoil layer shall not be included in the footing height. 3.03 ERECTION. A. Detail erection drawings furnished by the manufacturer shall be strictly followed during construction. All towers shall be erected in sections from the ground up unless otherwise specified. In final assembly, all bolts and fastenings shall be installed, and the structure shall be plumb, true, square, and level. Nuts shall be taken up to a firm bearing after which the bolts shall, if necessary, be cut to proper length to protrude three full threads. Approved locknuts shall be placed on each bolt over the regular nut. Ladder bolts shall be inserted with the head to the outer face of the tower. Diagonal, leg, and handrail bolts shall be installed with nuts on the outer face of the tower, unless otherwise specified. Bent parts shall be straightened before erection without damage to the protective coating. Surfaces abraded or bared of protective coating shall be painted with the proper priming paint as specified in these specifications. B. The Contractor shall install the ladder on the side of the tower adjacent to the driveway or most accessible approach to the tower. Tubular beacon towers shall be erected in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The safety cable shall be located on the side of the tower adjacent to the driveway or most accessible approach to the tower. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16533-3 3.04 LIGHTNING PROTECTION. A. The Contractor shall furnish and install an air terminal, down conductor, and at least one ground plate or rod for each beacon tower or as indicated in the plans. The air terminal shall be installed at the top of the tower with the tip of the rod extending not less than 6 inches (150 mm) above the top of the beacon. B. Down-conductor cables shall be securely fastened to the surface of the tower leg at 5- foot (150 cm) intervals with suitable bronze fasteners having bronze or noncorrosive metal bolts. Sharp turns or bends in the down conductor will not be permitted. C. All connections of cable to cable, cable to air terminals, and cable to ground plates or rods shall be made with solderless connectors or noncorrosive metal approved by the engineer and shall be of substantial construction. D. The down-conductor cable shall be securely attached to ground rods or plates placed at least 2 feet (60 cm) away from the tower foundations. The ground rod shall be driven into the ground so that the top is at least 6 inches (150 mm) below grade. The down- conductor shall be firmly attached to the ground plate or rod by means of a ground connector or clamp. Plates shall be embedded in the area of permanent moisture. E. The complete lightning protection installation shall be accomplished to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The resistance to ground of any part of the lightning protection system shall not exceed 25 ohms. 3.05 PAINTING. A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and labor for painting the beacon tower. The color scheme for the steel tower shall be as shown in the plans. 1. Parts to be Painted. Tower parts (except those parts to be exposed to earth) shall not be treated or primed before erection. All tower parts placed below ground level or within 12 inches (300 mm) above ground level shall be given two coats of approved bituminous paint. 2. The paint shall be applied uniformly in the proper consistency by skilled painters. The finished paint shall be free from sags, holidays, and smears. Division lines between colors shall be sharply defined. Each coat of paint shall be given ample time to dry and harden before the next coat is applied. A minimum of 4 days shall be allowed for drying on metal surfaces. Painting shall not be done in cold, damp, foggy, dusty, or frosty atmospheres, or when air temperature is below 40Q F (4Q C), nor started when the weather forecast indicates such conditions for the day. 3. All surfaces shall be cleaned before painting. The surfaces shall be dry and free from scale, grease, rust, dust, and dirt when paint is applied. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16533-4 4. The number of coats of paint applied shall be in accordance with the following instructions: B. Steel Towers, Galvanized. One priming coat of zinc dust-zinc oxide primer after erection and one body and one finish of white or orange paint (as required by the color scheme) shall be applied after erection. C. Steel Towers, Not Galvanized. One priming coat of corrosion-inhibiting primer and one body and one finish coat of white or orange paint (as required by the color scheme) shall be applied after erection. The above specified orange and white ready-mixed paints shall be thinned for the body coats in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. In the absence of such recommendations, the following shall apply: D. Body Coats. Add not more than 1/2 pint (0.06 liters) of turpentine to each gallon (liter) of ready-mixed paint for body coats. E. Finish Coats. The ready-mixed paint shall be used as it comes from the container for finish coats. 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. There will be no separate measurement for payment of this item. The beacon tower and associated work will be incidental to the completion of the rotating beacon in section 16532 (Item L-101). MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS AC 150/5340-30 FED SPEC TT-E-489 FED STD 595 in Government Procurement MIL-DTL-24441/198 NFPA-780 Master Painter's Institute Design and lnstaltation Details for Airport Visual Aids Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Low voe Content Colors Used Paint, Epoxy-Polyamide, Zinc Primer, Formula 159, Type Ill Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16533-5 SECTION 16535 AIRPORT OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS (ITEM L-119) PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This item shall consist of furnishing and installing obstruction lights in accordance with these specifications. Included in this item shall be the furnishing and installing of wood poles, steel or iron pipes, or other supports as required in the plans or specifications. B. This item shall also include all wire and cable connections, the furnishing and installing of all necessary conduits and fittings, insulators, pole steps, pole cross arms, and the painting of poles and pipes. In addition, it includes the furnishing and installing of all lamps and, if required, the furnishing and installing of insulating transformers, the servicing and testing of the installation and all incidentals necessary to place the lights in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the Engineer. PART2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL. A. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be certified and listed under Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program. B. All other equipment and materials covered by other reference specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the Engineer. C. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. D. Refer To Section 16010 (Item L-100) General Provisions -Electrical for submittal procedures. E. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16535-1 2.02 OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS. A. The obstruction lights shall conform to the requirements of AC 150/5345-43, Specification for Obstruction Lighting Equipment. 2.03 ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS. A. Where required for series circuits, the isolation transformers shall conform to the requirements of AC 150/5345-47, Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Systems. 2.04 TRANSFORMER HOUSING. A. Transformer housings, if specified, shall conform to AC 150/5345-42, Specification for Airport Light Base and Transformer Housings, Junction Boxes, and Accessories. 2.05 CONDUIT. A. Steel conduit and fittings shall be in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6, 514, and 1242. 2.06 PLASTIC CONDUIT (for use below grade only). A. Plastic conduit and fittings-shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W--C-1094 and Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL-651 and shall be one of the following, as shown on the plans: 1 . Type I-Schedule 40 PVC suitable for underground use either direct-buried or encased in concrete. 2. · Type II-Schedule 40 PVC suitable for either above ground or underground use. 2.07 WIRES. A. Wires in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to AC 150/5345 7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits, for rubber insulated neoprene covered wire, or Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Type RHW, for rubber insulated fibrous covered wire . For ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to Fed. Spec. J- C-30, Types TW, THW, and THWN-2, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. Overhead line wire from pole to pole, where specified, shall conform to ANSI/ICEA S-70- 547-1992. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS. A. Paint, poles, pole steps, insulators, and all other miscellaneous materials necessary tor the completion of this item shall be new and first-grade commercial products. These products shall be as specified in the plans or specifications. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16535-2 PART3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 PLACING THE OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS. A. The Contractor shall furnish and install single-or double-obstruction lights as specified in the proposal and shown in the plans. The obstruction lights shall be mounted on poles, buildings, or towers approximately at the location shown in the plans. The exact location shall be as directed by the Engineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION ON POLES. A. Where obstruction lights are to be mounted on poles, each obstruction light shall be installed with its hub at least as high as the top of the pole. All wiring shall be run in not less than 1-inch (25 mm) galvanized rigid steel conduit. If specified, pole steps shall be furnished and installed, the lowest step being 5 feet (150 cm) above ground level. Steps shall be installed alternately on diametrically opposite sides of the pole to give a rise of 18 inches (45 cm) for each step. Conduit shall be fastened to the pole with galvanized steel pipe straps and shall be secured by galvanized lag screws. Poles shall be painted as shown in the plans and specifications. B. When obstruction lights are installed on existing telephone or power poles, a large fiber insulating sleeve of adequate diameter and not less than 4-feet (120 cm) long, shall be installed to extend 6 inches (150 mm) above the conductors on the upper cross arm. In addition, the sleeve shall be at least 18 inches (45 cm) below the conductors on the lower crossarm. The details of this installation shall be in accordance with the plans. 3.03 INSTALLATION ON BEACON TOWER. A. Where obstruction lights are installed on a beacon tower, two obstruction lights shall be mounted on top of the beacon tower using 1-inch (25 mm) conduit. The conduit shall screw directly into the obstruction light fixtures and shall support them at a height of not less than 4 inches (100 mm) above the top of the rotating beacon. If obstruction lights are specified at lower levels, the Contractor shall install not less than 1-inch (25 mm) galvanized rigid steel conduit with standard conduit fittings for mounting the fixtures. The fixtures shall be mounted in an upright position in all cases . The conduit shall be fastened to the tower members with ''wraplock" straps, clamps, or approved fasteners spaced approximately 5 feet (150 cm) apart. Three coats of aviation-orange paint shall be applied (one prime, one body, and one finish coat) to all exposed material installed. 3.04 INSTALLATION ON BUILDINGS, TOWERS, SMOKESTACKS, ETC. A. Where obstruction lights are to be installed on buildings or similar structures, the installation shall be made in accordance with details shown in the plans. The hub of the obstruction light shall be not less than 1 foot (30 cm) above the highest point of the obstruction except in the case of smokestacks where the uppermost units shall be mounted not less than 5 feet (150 cm), nor more than 1 O feet (3 m) below the top of the stack. Conduit supporting the obstruction light units shall be fastened to wooden structures with galvanized steel pipe straps and shall be secured by 1-% inch (37 mm) No. 1 O galvanized wood screws. Conduit shall be fastened to masonry structures by the use of expansion shields, screw anchors, or toggle bolts using No. 10, or larger, galvanized wood or machine screws. Conduit fastened to structural steel shall have the Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16535-3 straps held with not less than No. 1 O roundhead machine screws in drilled and tapped holes. Fastenings shall be approximately 5 feet (150 cm) apart. Three coats of aviation- orange paint shall be applied (one prime, one body, and one finish coat) to all exposed material installed. 3.05 SERIES ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS. A. The L-81 O series obstruction light does not include a film cutout; therefore, an isolation transformer is required with each series lamp. Double series units of this type require two series insulating transformers. The transformer shall be housed in a base or buried directly in the earth in accordance with the details shown in the plans. 3.06 WIRING. A. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor and materials and shall make complete electrical connections from the underground cable or other source of power in accordance with the wiring diagram furnished with the project plans. If underground cable is required for the power feed and if duct is required under paved areas, the cable and duct shall be installed in accordance with and paid for as described in Item L-108, Underground Power Cable for Airports, and Item L-110, Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduit. 3.07 LAMPS. A. The Contractor shall furnish and install in each unit one or two lamps, as required, conforming to the manufacturer's requirements. 3.08 TESTS. A. The installation shall be fully tested by continuous operation for not less than 1/2 hour as a completed unit prior to acceptance. These tests shall include the functioning of each control not less than 1 O times. PART4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 GENERAL A. There will be no separate measurement for obstruction lights. All work will be incidental for the completion of the component of the work to which it is related. AC 150/5345-7 AC 150/5345-42 AC 150/5345-43 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits Specification for Airport Light Base and Transformer Housing, Junction Boxes, and Accessories Specification for Obstruction Lighting Equipment Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16535-4 AC 150/5345-47 Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Systems ANSI/ICEA S-70-547-1992 Weather-Resistant Polyolefin-Covered Wire and Cable FED SPEC J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation) (cancelled; replaced by AA-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) END OF DOCUMENT Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16535-5 SECTION 16536 PART 1 REMOVAL OF EXISTING NAVAIDS (ITEM SS-L-126) (Non-Standard FAA Specification) DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL A. This item shall consist of a removing existing navigational aids in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans. The work shall include proper termination of all electrical connections to the navaid, removal of the navaid, removal of footings, and preparation of the site. This item shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to accomplish the work. PART2 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 2.01 TERMINATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. A. Prior to removal of the navaid, all electrical conections shall be disconnected and properly terminated. 2.02 REMOVING EXISTING NAVAID. A. Existing equipment to be removed and salvaged shall be properly supported during the removal operation to prevent damage. The equipment shall be unfastened from its foundation and returned to the Airport Manager.· Equipment to be demolished shall be disposed of by the Contractor. 2.03 SITE PREPARATION. A. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, existing foundations shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the material of which the foundations are built to a depth of at least 2 feet below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete shall be removed and disposed of. The holes or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable material and properly compacted. PART3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 3.01 GENERAL A. The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each navigation aids removed. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16536-1 PART4 BASIS OF PAYMENT 4.01 GENERAL A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted removal. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials required to complete this item, for all preparations, disassembly of equipment, and for all labor, equipment and tools , and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under the following: Item 16536-4.01 Item 16536-4.02 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements Removal of L-858 Guidance Signage -per each. This item includes the removal of the existing guidance sign, mounting hardware, and isolation transformer. Removal of L-858 Guidance Signage Foundation -per each. This item includes the complete removal of the existing guidance sign foundation, base can and incidentals including repair/replacement of the existing surface to match adjacent surface conditions including, but not limited to sodding, asphalt or pavement repair, etc. In addition, the conductors shall be removed back to the nearest edge light can and the existing circuit repaired with a new splice kit and tested to meet the specified performance megaohm requirements in section 16113 (Item L-108). END OF DOCUMENT 16536-2 SECTION 16740 STRUCTURED CABLING INFRASTRUCTURE PART 1 DESCRIPTION . 1.01 This section will include all the Structured Cabling Infrastructure specifications for copper and fiber cables, pathways and connecting hardware for the purpose of supporting voice, data and video communications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Telecommunications Industry Association /Electronic Industries Association (TIA/EIA) 568-Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring Standards. B. TIA/EIA-569-Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. C. TIA/EIA-TSB-67-Transmission Performance Specifications for Field Testing of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cabling Systems, October 1995. D. TIA/EIA-72-Centralized Optical Fiber Cabling Guidelines, October 1995. E. TIA/EIA PN-3398 (Cabling practices for Open Offices), March 7, 1995. F. International Standards Organization/International Commission (ISO/IEC) DIS 11801, January 6, 1994. Electromechanical G. Underwriters Laboratories (UL®) Cable Certification and Follow Up Program. H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). I. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM}. J. National Electric Code (NEC®). K. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). L. UL Testing Bulletin. M . American National Standards Institute (ANSI) X3T9.5 Requirements for UTP at 100 Mbps. 1.03 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS ·Ft.Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-1 A. Applications standards supported should include, but be not limited to, IEEE 802.3, 10Base5, 10BASET, 100BaseTX, IEEE 802.5, 4 Mbps, 16 Mbps (328 ft [1 OOm], 104 Workstations) and TP-PMD. In addition, evolving high-end applications such as 100 Base-T, 52/155/622 Mbps ATM and 1 Gbps Ethernet applications shall be supported. 1.04 Furnish product submittals following Section 1601 O and the following: A. Copper Cable and Patch Cords -Submit data on cable including: 1. Manufacturers name. 2. Manufacturers model and part numbers. 3. Cable numbers. 4. Cable specifications including quantity of pairs, material, insulation, performance, attenuation, NEXT, diameter, conductor size, jacket, weight and color. 5. Provide length for patch cords. 6. Provide connector type for patch cords. B. Fiber Cable and Patch Cords -Submit data on cable including: 1. Manufacturers name. 2. Manufacturers model and part numbers. 3. Cable numbers. 4. Cable specifications including quantity of fibers, material, insulation, jacket, wavelength, attenuation, diameter, bend radius, core, cladding, coating, buffering, weight and color. 5. Provide length for patch cords. 6. Provide connector type for patch cords. C. Devices -Submit data on connectors, outlets, coverplates 1. Manufacturers name. 2. Manufacturers model and part numbers. 3. Outlet specifications including category rating, material, wiring, termination type, wire type and color. Also, provide associated coverplate. 4. Drawing of each device. D. Connecting Hardware -Submit data on copper and fiber patch panels. 1. Manufacturers name. 2. Manufacturers model and part numbers. 3. Equipment specifications including quantity of ports, material, dimensions, mounting, terminating devices and color. E. Connectors -Submit product data on RJ45 outlets and fiber connectors. 1. Manufacturers name. 2. Manufacturers model and part numbers. 3. Connector specifications including material, dimensions, attenuation, NEXT connection losses, ratings, and construction. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-2 4. Drawing of equipment. F. Testing -Submit product data including: 1. Equipment manufacturer, model and serial number. 2. Graphic diagram representing test procedure including all connectors, light source, origin and destination for each cable tested. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the latest editions, revisions, amendments or supplements of ap.plicable statutes, ordinances, codes or regulations of Federal, State and Local Authorities having jurisdiction in effect on the date bids are received .. B. Where approval standards have been established by OSHA, Underwriter's Laboratories, ASME, AGA, AMCA, ANSI, ARI, NFPA 70, State Fire Insurance Regulatory Body, and FM, these standards shall be followed whether or not indicated on the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Include the cost of all work required to comply with the requirements of these authorities in the original proposal. Comply with ANSI C2 where applicable. C. Comply in every way with the requirements of local laws and ordinances, the National Board of Fire Underwriters, and the National Electrical Code. Anything in the plans or specifications that does not strictly comply with the above laws, ordinances, and rules must be referred to the attention of the Engineer for a decision before proceeding. No change in the plans or specifications shall be made without full consent in writing of the Engineer. D. Monitor and maintain quality control over manufacturers, suppliers, subcontractors, work force, site conditions, products, and services to ensure Work is of specified quality. E. All communications work shall be performed under the direct on-site supervision of a Building Industry Consulting Service International, Inc. (BICSI) Certified Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD). Submit resumes and RCDD registration to the Architect as proof. Paperwork must be approved by the Architect in writing prior to construction. The RCDD must be at the job site during construction. The RCDD shall be present during all cable testing, pulling and termination procedures. F. Provide all materials, equipment, and installation in compliance with the latest applicable standards from ANSI, FCC, ASTM, EIA!flA, IEEE, NEC, NFPA, NEMA, REA, and UL. G. Requirements in reference specifications and standards are minimum for all equipment, material and work. In instances where capacities, size or other features of equipment, devices or materials exceed these minimums, meet listed or shown capacities. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-3 H. Resolve any code violation discovered in contract documents with the A/E prior to award of the contract. After award of the contract, make any correction or addition necessary for compliance with applicable codes at no additional compensation. I. Arrange with local and state authorities and utility companies for permits, fees and service connections, verifying locations and arrangement, and pay all charges including inspections. J. Contractor Qualifications 1. Must be a certified and currently registered company capable of issuing a numbered registration certificate for the entire cable system from the installed cable/connector manufacturer. Certification must be in effect throughout the duration of the communication system installation, testing, documentation and acceptance. 2. Must be supervised on-site by a BICSI RCDD. Must demonstrate · knowledge and compliance with all BICSI, TIA/EIA, UL, NEBS and NEC standards and codes. 3. All members of the installation team must be certified by the manufacturer as having completed the necessary training to complete their part of the installation. Resumes of the entire team should be provided along with documentation of completed training courses. 4. The Installation Supplier shall demonstrate that they have a documented program for qualifying an installer on specific work activities and systems related to the skill level requirements indicated in this section. 5. The Installation Supplier shall use the installers years of experience in a specific system(s)/environment(s) and their demonstrated ability to perform work operations/job functions associated with equipment installation or removal activities and formal education in a related accredited curriculum in assigning skill levels . . 6. In this section a "certificate of completion" from a training facility or "appropriate curriculum" are considered specific training for a piece of .. equipment or a procedure. The Installation Supplier shall have . documented records for each installer identifying training successfully completed. As a minimum, the following training: AC/DC theory, equipment grounding, generic central office installation, BICSI installation training, power fundamentals, safety, required federal state and local standards and OSHA requirements are recommended subjects. 7. Five (5) years experience in the installation of OSP fiber optic cables, including splicing, terminating and testing. Testing on fiber optic cable shall include single and multimode. 8. Three (3) years experience in the installation of Category 3 and Category 5 or higher Unshielded Twisted Pair copper cables for voice and data distribution systems, including splicing, terminating and testing. Testing on Category 3 and Category 5 copper cable shall include complete verification with EIA/TIA cable standards. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-4 9. Ten (10) references for project of equivalent scope, type and complexity of work completed within the last five (5) years. The Contractor shall submit as proof, supporting documents and the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the operating personnel who can be contacted regarding the installation system. K. Hardware manufacturer's experience: 1. All components shall be produced by manufacturers who have been regularly engaged in the production of telecommunications cabling components of the types to be installed in this project for a minimum period of five years. L. Standard products: 1. · Equipment and materials shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of telecommunications cabling products and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design in satisfactory use for at least one year prior to bid opening. a. Items of the same classification shall be identical. This requirement includes equipment, modules, assemblies, parts, and components. 1.06 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Provide new materials and equipment of a domestic manufacturer by those regularly engaged in the production and manufacture of specified materials and equipment Where Underwriter's Laboratories or other agency has established standards for materials, provide materials, which are listed and labeled accordingly. The commercially standard items of equipment and the specific names mentioned herein are intended to identify standards of quality and performance necessary for the proper functioning of the work. B. Perform work by workmen skilled in the trade required for the work. Install all materials and equipment to present a neat appearance when completed and in accordance with the approved recommendations of the manufacturer and the best practices of the trade and in conformance with the Contract Documents. C. Provide all labor, materials, apparatus, and appliances essential to the complete functioning of the systems described or indicated herein, or which may be reasonably implied as essential whether mentioned in the Contract Documents or not. D. In cases of doubt as to the Work intended or in the event of need for explanation thereof, make written request for supplementary instructions to A/E. E. Since manufacturing methods vary, reasonable minor variations are expected; however, performance and material requirements are the minimum standards Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-5 acceptable. The right to judge the quality of equipment that deviates from the Contract Documents remains solely with A/E. F. Exterior and interior raceway systems may be installed by a licensed electrical contractor. G. Cable terminations and testing shall be performed only by the channel solution manufacturers Certified Contractor. H. If a part number shown in this document has been discontinued or is no longer in production, then the manufacturer's replacement part number shall be used. If there is no replacement part number, then the contractor shall notify the engineer in writing requesting instructions for an approval replacement part number. 1.07 WARRANTY A. A twenty-five (25) year Extended Product Warranty and System Assurance Warranty for this Structured Cabling system shall be provided. 1. Extended Product Warranty a. The Extended Product Warranty shall ensure against product defects, that all approved cabling components exceed the specifications of TIA/EIA 568B and ISO/IEC IS 11801, exceed the attenuation and NEXT requirements of TIA/EIA TSB 67 and ISO/IEC IS 11801 for cabling links/channels, that the installation will exceed the loss and bandwidth requirements of TIA/EIA TSB 67 and ISO/IEC IS 11801 for fiber links/channels, for a twenty-five (25) year period. The warranty shall apply to all passive SGS components. 2. System Assurance a. The System Assurance shall cover the failure of the wiring system to support the application which it was designed to support, as well as additional application(s) introduced in the future by recognized standards or user forums that use the TIA/EIA 568B or ISO/IEC IS 11801 component and link/channel specifications for cabling, for a twenty-five (25) year period. 3. Extended Product Warranty a. The Extended Product Warranty and the System Assurance shall cover the replacement or repair of defective product(s) and labor for the replacement or repair of such defective product(s). Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-6 4. System Certification a. Upon successful completion of the installation and subsequent inspection, the customer shall be provided with a numbered certificate, from the manufacturing company, registering the installation. 1.08 IDENTIFICATION A. Labeling 1. Label all cable, fiber strands, patch panels, patch panel termination positions, distribution frames, jacks, and cover plates. 2. Wire and fiber labels shall be clear vinyl with acrylic adhesive tape. Text shall be typed with minimum 8 point font. 3. Label shall be attached to each copper cable at each end and in all boxes. 4. Provide front adhesive label for individual patch panel positions. Label patch panels consecutively from bottom to top. Label shall be typed with minimum font size of 8 point. 5. Label shall be attached to fiber cable at each end and to each individual fiber at each end prior to termination. 6. Cable labels shall be placed in the following locations: on jack face plates, on cable inside back boxes, junction boxes, access points, and manholes/handholds, on cable above the terminations in the IDF and MDF, on patch panels, and every 50 feet when not in conduit. B. Nameplates . 1. Nameplates: Provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a black background. 2. Provide nameplates for the following: a. Equipment Racks and cabinets. b. Telecommunication Grounding Busbars. c. Equipment enclosures. 3. Nameplate font shall be minimum 24 point, bold, all caps. C. Lightguide Interconnection Unit (LIU) 1. Attach nameplate to door of LIU. LIU label shall have building number, IDF number, and numeric sequence. 2. List cable(s) and room number on LIU along with LIU name. 3. Provide continuous numbering sequence for individual fibers. Number individual fiber strands in LIU from 1 through 24, for cables with 24 fiber strands or less. 4. Use multiple LIUs for cables with greater than 24 fiber strands, and label sequentially according to number of fiber strands. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-7 PART2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS FOR CHANNEL SOLUTION A . Hubbel/MoHawk, Superior Essex, Belden or Commscope B. Panduit/Belden, Superior Essex or Commscope C. Leviton/Mohaw,k, Superior Essex, Commscope or Belden D. Krone/Belden, ~ohawk, Superior Essex or Commscope E. Ortronics/Beld J n, Mohawk, Superior Essex or Commscope ll 2.02 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS FOR FIBER SOLUTION A. B. 2.03 A. Fiber Cable 1. Siecor 2. Mohawk/CDT 3. Corning I Fiber Connectb rs 1. Siecor 2. Panduit / 3. Mohawk/CDT PART NUMBE ~S All manufactJ er part numbers listed herein represent type and quality of materials. The contractor has the option to provide an approved equivalent part. 2.04 COPPER WIRE AND CABLES A. 100 Ohm UTP Wire -General 1. 24 AWG thermoplastic insulated solid conductors formed into individually twisted pairs and enclosed by a thermoplastic jacket. 2 . Diameter: 0 .048" maximum for insulated conductor; 0.25" maximum for complete cable up to Cat SE and 0.354 for Cat 6 and higher. 3. Breaking Strength: 90 lbf minimum. 4. Bending Radius: Minimum 1" at -20C without jacket or insulation cracking. 5. DC Resistance: Maximum 9.38 ohms at 328 feet and 20 Celsius. 6. DC Resistance Unbalance: The resistance unbalance between the two conductors of any pair shall not exceed 5% when measured at a temperature of 20 Celsius. 7. Capacitance Unbalance: The capacitance unbalance to ground at 1 khz of any pair shall not exceed 330 pF per 328 feet at 20 degrees Celsius. 8. Propagation Delay: The propagation delay of any pair should not exceed 5.7 ns/m at 10 MHz. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-8 9. Propogation Delay Skew shall not exceed 15ns/1 OOm at 1 O MHz. 10. Insulation: The copper cable insulation shall be comprised of fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP). B. Horizontal 100 Ohm UTP High Performance Cable 1. The high performance cable shall consist of 4 pairs, individually twisted. 2. Cables shall be plenum rated unless routed in plenum rated innerduct or conduit. 3. Color code shall be as shown in the table below: Conductor Color Code Abbreviation Identification Pair 1 White-Blue (Note 1) (W-BL) Blue (Note 2) (BL) Pair2 White-Orange (Note 1) (W-0) Orange (Note 2) (0) Pair3 White-Green (Note 1) (W-G) Green (Note 2) (G) Pair4 White-Brown (Note 1) (W-BR) Brown (Note 2) (BR) Notes: 1. The wire insulation is white, and a colored marking is added for identification. For cables with tightly twisted pairs (less than 1 .5 inch per twist) the mate conductor may serve as the marking for the white conductor. 2. A white marking is optional. The Category 6 cables shall meet or exceed the Category 6A standards and the requirements listed herein, whichever is of the greatest standard. C bl rf ateoori, 6 ca es pe ormance parameters Freq Atten. Power MHz dB/100m Sum NEXT dB 0.772 1.6 74.0 1 1.8 72.3 4 3.6 63.3 8 5.1 58.8 10 5.8 57.3 16 7.3 54.3 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements Pair to ACR Pair dB/100m NEXT DB 76.0 74.0 74.3 72.0 65.3 62.0 60.8 55.0 59.3 53.0 56.3 49.0 16740-9 Pr-to-Pr Power Return ELFEXT Sum Loss db/100 ELFEXT dB/100m m dB/100 m 70.0 67.0 + 67.8 64.8 20 55.7 52.7 23 49.7 46.7 24.5 47.8 44.8 25 43.7 40.7 25 20 8.2 52.8 54.8 46.0 41.7 38.7 25 25 9.2 51.3 53.3 44.0 39.8 36.8 24 31.25 10.4 49.9 51.9 41 .0 37.9 34.9 24 62.5 15.0 45.4 47.4 32.0 31.8 28.8 22 100 19.3 42.3 44.3 24.0 27.8 24.8 20 200 28.3 37.8 39.8 10.0 21.7 18.7 18 250 32.1 36.3 38.3 5.0 19.8 16.8 17 300 35.6 35.2 37.2 0.0 18.2 15.2 17 350 38.9 34.2 36.2 -5.0 16.9 13.9 16 400 42.0 33.3 35.3 -9.0 15.7 12.7 16 450 45 .0 32.5 34.5 n/a 14.7 11.7 16 500 47.9 31.8 33.8 n/a 13.8 10.8 15 550 50.6 31.2 33.2 n/a 12.9 9.9 15 C. 100 Ohm UTP Patch Cable -The performance and color code shall be as noted above for 100 Ohm copper UTP cables and as follows: 1 . Cables used for patch cords and cross-connect jumpers shall have stranded conductors. 2. Insulated conductor: The fnsulated conductor diameter should be in the range of .032 inches to .039 inches and shall not exceed .047 inches. 3. Color Code: The color code shall match that used for 100 OHM UTP cable. 4. Transmission: The transmission shall be as shown in the table for 100 Ohm UTP cable except for attenuation. The attenuation for stranded conductors shall be a maximum of 20% greater than the attenuation for copper cables as notes above. 5 . Insulation: The insulation shall be comprised of fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP). 6. Patch cables and cross-connect jumpers shall be 1 O' -0" long for work area outlets. The cable shall have RJ-45 jack terminated on each end. The jack shall match the rating of the cable and work area outlet. 7. Patch cables and cross-connect jumpers shall be 20' -0" long for closets and equipment rooms . The cable shall have RJ-45 jacks terminated on each end. The jack shall match the cable rating. 8. Label: Label all patch cables on each end with cable identification and category rating. 9. Use custom length patch cords for use on the ALCMS system. 2.05 OPTICAL FIBER AND CABLES A. Single-Mode Optical Fibers 1. Single-mode optical fibers shall be Class IVa Dispersion Unshifted Single- Mode Optical Fibers and shall comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA-492BAAA. Fibers must comp ly with TIA/EIA 455 and I EC 793 test methods. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-10 2. Fibers shall be optimized for operation at 131 O nm and shall also operate at 1550 nm. 3. Zero-Dispersion Wavelength: Between 1301.5 nm and 1321.5 nm. 4. Dispersion Slope: Maximum 0.092 ps/nm2*km. 5. Cut-Off Wavelength: Less than 1250 nm. 6. Mode Field Diameter: 9.3 micrometers with a tolerance of ±0.5 micrometers at 131 O nm and 10.5 ± 1.0 micrometer at 1550 nrri. 7. Clad Diameter: 125.0 ±1.0 micrometer. 8. Clad Noncircularity: Less than 1 %. 9. Core/Clad Concentricity Error: Less than 0.8 micrometers. 10. Attenuation at the water peak: Attenuation at 1383 ± 0.3 nm shall not exceed 2.1 dB/km. 11. Attenuation Uniformity: There shall be no point of discontinuity greater than 0.10 dB at either 1310nm or 1550 nm. 12. The fiber shall be manufactured by the outside vapor deposition (OVD) process. 13. The supplier shall certify identity of the fiber manufacturer for all fiber used in the specified cable and, upon request, supply fiber ID numbers to ensure traceability. 14. Fiber shall be depressed clad type. 8. Single-Mode Optical Fiber Cable 1 . The single-mode fiber optical cable shall consist of fibers separated into color-coded binder groups and surrounded by a polymetric core tube which is filled with a water blocking compound. 2. The cable shall have an overlapped armor of stainless steel that envelopes the core tube and has a rip cord. Two steel wires run logitudinally along the armor, diametrically opposite each other for strength members. 3. The cable shall comply with Bellcore, ANSI-FDDI, and Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) Standards. 4. The cable shall be rated for exterior underground conduit, direct burial, aerial applications and shall be rodent and lightning resistant. 5. Assemble the groups to form a single compact core. 6. The outer sheath jacket shall be comprised of high-density polyethylene (HOPE). 7. The cable shall have a minimum bend radius of ten (10) times the diameter installed and 20 times the outer diameter during installation. 8. The cable shall have a tensile strength of 600 lbs. minimum without changing the fiber characteristics for trunk cable and 125 lbs. for riser cable. 9. The single-mode transmission parameters are shown below: Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-11 Wavelength Maximum Attenuation 1310 0.4 dB 1550 0.3dB C. Optical fiber conductors shall follow standard color code schemes. Fiber numbers and binders shall correspond to the color code as follows: 1. Fiber/Binder #1 -Blue 2. Fiber/Binder #2 -Orange 3. Fiber/Binder #3 -Green 4. Fiber/Binder #4 -Brown 5. Fiber/Binder #5 -Slate 6. Fiber/Binder #6 -White 7. Fiber/Binder #7 -Red 8. Fiber/Binder #8 -Black 9. Fiber/Binder #9 -Yellow 10. Fiber/Binder #1 O -Violet 11. Fiber/Binder #11-Rose 12. Fiber/Binder #12-Aqua D. Optical Fiber Patch Cable 1. The optical fiber patch cord shall consist of 1 or 2 fibers of the same type as the fiber cabling and shall meet the optical fiber cabling requirements for attenuation and transmission capacity. 2. Cable manufacturer shall be ISO 9000 certified. 3. Cable shall be tight buffered type. 4. Optical Fiber Patch Cord Connectors: Connectors shall be duplex SC type. The mated connectors shall have a pull strength of 7.5 lbf and a maximum attenuation of 0.75 dB. 5. Splices: Fusion splices shall not exceed a maximum optical attenuation of 0.2dB. 6. Provide yellow jacket for single-mode patch cords. 2.06 CONNECTING HARDWARE A. General: The connecting devices covered in this section include telecommunications outlets/connectors, patch panels, transition connectors and cross-connect blocks. 1. Provide connecting devices with a minimum rating equivalent to the wire terminating on the device. 2. All testing for plug and socket type devices shall be tested in a mated state. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-12 3. The patch panel shall be suitable for mounting at the location shown on the drawings. 4. Provide panel with quantity of ports as shown on the drawings. All ports shall be provided with connectors. 5. Label all panels. 6. All terminations shall follow T568B pin-out configuration B. Coverplates 1. Provide one piece coverplates for all group mounted devices unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2. Provide nylon thermoplastic coverplate of the same manufacturer as the device. Color shall match color of receptacles. 3. All work area wall plates shall be 4-port, single-gang coverplates unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 4. All work area floor plates shall be 4-port devices or as noted in the contract drawings for data and telephone. The Contractor shall coordinate exact mounting and coverplate requirements with the equipment manufacturer. 5. Provide blank coverplate for all pay telephones. 6. For devices mounted in wireways or system furniture, provide device flush in wireway when possible to maintain cable bend radius. Install device and coverplate raised on wireway when bend radius cannot otherwise be maintained. Coordinate with equipment manufacturer for installation instructions. 7. All coverplates shall be flush wall type unless specifically noted otherwise on the drawings. 8. Provide stainless-steel coverplates for devices in unfinished areas. C. 100 Ohm UTP Connectors 1. The connecting hardware shall be of the insulation displacement contact (IDC) type. 2. Data: Terminate the 4-pair copper data cable into the 8 position, non- keyed, modular RJ-45 jack with the pin/pair assignments wired per T568B. The modular connector shall comply with the Level A reliability requirements of IEC 603-7. The data RJ-45 jack shall match the Category and the data terminating cable rating. 3. Plug insertion life shall be a minimum of 750 insertions. 4. IDC termination life shall be a minimum of 200 terminations. 5. Telephone: Terminate the four telephone to a 8 position, non-keyed, modular RJ-45 jack with the pin/pair assignments wired per T568B. The jack shall match the category rating of the terminating voice cable. 6. The connectors shall be tested to meet the following minimum channel performance parameters: Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-13 Category 6 Channel Performance Freq lnsertio pr-pr PS pr-pr PS Return phase Delay ACR PS n Loss NEXT NEXT ELFEX ELFEX loss delay skew ACR T T {dB) {dB) {dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (ns) {ns) 1 2.1 72.7 70.3 63.2 60.2 19.0 580 30 70.6 68.2 4 4.0 63.0 60.6 51.2 48.2 19.0 562 30 59.0 56.5 8 5.7 58.2 55.6 45.2 42.2 19 .0 557 30 52.5 49.9 10 6.3 56.6 54.0 43.2 40.2 19.0 555 30 50.3 47.7 16 8.0 53.2 50.6 39.1 36.1 19.0 553 30 45.2 42.6 20 9.0 51.6 49.0 37.2 34.2 19.0 552 30 42.6 40.0 25 10.1 50.0 47.4 35.3 32.3 18.0 551 30 39.9 3703 31.25 11.4 48.4 45.7 33.3 30.3 17.1 550 30 37.0 34.3 62.5 16.4 43.4 40.6 27.3 24.3 14.1 549 30 26 .9 24.1 100 21.1 39.9 37.1 23.2 20.2 12.0 548 30 18.6 15.8 125 23.8 38.3 35.4 21.3 18.3 11.0 547 30 155.5 27.9 36.7 33.8 19.4 16.4 10.1 547 30 175 28.7 35.8 32.9 18.4 15.4 9.6 547 30 200 30.9 34.8 31.9 17.2 14.2 9.0 547 30 3.3 0 .4 250** 35.0 33.1 30.2 15.3 12.3 8.0 546 30 -2.8 -5.7 7. DC Resistance: Maximum 0.3 Ohms. D. Optical Fiber Connecting Hardware 1. Connector: The connector shall be duplex SC type for terminating singlemode fibers. 2. The connector shall be ceramic tip fiber optic connector plug. 3. The connector shall use a bayonet-type "twist-lock" mounting arrangement · and will accept 125 micrometer outer diameter fibers. 4. The ferrul shall be zirconia. 5. Provide connector with pull-proof design . 6. Identification: The multimode fiber connectors and adapters shall be beige in color. The single mode fiber connectors and adapters shall be blue in color. 7. Pull Strength: The connector shall have an optical axial pull strength of 0.5 lbf. 8. Attenuation: The maximum optical attenuation per each mated ST connector pair shall not exceed 0.75 dB. The total optical attenuation through the cross-connect from any terminated optical fiber to any other terminated optical fiber shall not exceed 0.75 dB. 9. Return Loss: The ST connector return loss shall be greater than or equal to 20 dB for multimode fiber at 23 degrees Celsius. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-14 10. Connector Coupling: Shall have alignment sleeves and shall be Bayonet/Threaded version with locknut. The connector coupling shall accept two (2) connector plugs. 11. Connector Box: The box shall have the ability to secure the optical fiber cable and provide for a minimum of 30 mm bend radius. A minimum of 3.28 feet of two-fiber optical cable or two buffered optical fibers shall be accessible for termination purposes. The box shall be 4" x 4" with an additional surface mounted box (which mounts to the 4"x4' box) both providing the bend radius, slack storage, and adapter interface. 2.07 PATCH PANELS A. General: 1. The patch panel shall be suitable for mounting at the location shown on the drawings. Either wall or rack with the appropriate environmental housing to protect from physical damage and direct exposure to moisture of other corrosive elements. 2. Provide panel with quantity of ports as shown on the drawings. All ports shall be provided with connectors. 3. Label all panels. B. Faceplates 1. Decora Series (Panduit #CFG4) or equal. 2. Standard Wall Plate (Leviton #42080, Panduit #CFPL4) or equal. 3. Furniture (Leviton #49900) or equal. 4. Surface (Leviton #41089, Panduit #GBXS2) or equal. C. 100 Ohm UTP Patch Panels: 1. Provide patch panel with RJ-45 connectors on the front panel and 11 o style punch down terminations on the rear of the panel. The RJ-45 connectors shall be of the same rating as the terminating cable. D. Fiber Optical Patch Panels: 1 . The patch panel shall be suitable for mounting at the location shown on the drawings. Either wall or rack with the appropriate environmental housing to protect from physical damage and direct exposure to moisture of other corrosive elements. 2. Provide panel with quantity of ports as shown on the drawings. 3. Provide fiber patch panels complete with all fiber connectors and couplings on the front and on the rear of the panel. 4. Provide covers for all spare fiber couplings. 2.08 INNERDUCT A. For all exterior innerduct or where multiple innerducts are routed in conduit, the innerduct shall consist of a smooth exterior and ribbed interior with the ribs configured iri a longitudinal mann. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-15 8. For all interior innerduct, the innerduct shall have horizontal corregations. C. The innerduct shall have a controlled inside diameter. D. The innerduct shall consist of a polyethylene material. E. All interior innerduct shall be rated for plenum use. All exterior innerduct shall be rated for outdoor use . F. Where more than one innerduct is routed in a conduit, each innerduct in the conduit shall consist of a separate color (Ex . Orange, Blue, Black and White). G. Provide innerduct a minimum of 1" diameter unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2.09 TESTING COPPER AND FIBER OPTICS A. Manufacturer's Testing 1. Copper Cable testing a. All copper UTP cable testing shall be based on a channel performance test. b. Testing of all copper wiring shall be performed prior to system cutover. 100 percent of the horizontal shall be tested for opens, shorts, polarity reversals, transposition and presence of AC voltage. Voice and data horizontal wiring pairs shall be tested from the telecommunications outlet to the Telecommunications Room (TR). The UTP cable runs shall be tested for conformance to the specifications of TIA/EIA 5688, latest edition for the respective UTP cable Category. The testing equipment shall be UL Certified and capeable of performing the testing to the values and frequencies listed herein. Near end crosstalk measurements shall be done at both the information outlet and the cross connect. Both ends shall pass TSB-67 requirements. Any pairs not meeting the requirements of the standard shall be brought into compliance by the contractor at no charge to the Owner. Complete end to end test results must be submitted to the Owner. c. Line Mapping (End-to-End Connectivity). Check 4-pair wiring for proper wiring configuration, open conductors, shorted conductors, crossed pairs, and reversed pairs. d. Loop Resistance (DC-Steady State). Connect OHM meter across one end of cable pair with shoring terminator across the other end of cable pair. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-16 1) Measure steady-state DC resistance, and compare to cable manufacturer's standard values. 2) Values greater than allowed resistance are considered to have failed, and values smaller than allowed resistance are considered to have passed. e. Attenuation: Transmit several signals at increasing frequencies across each conductor. 1) Measure signal loss in units of decibels (dB). 2) Test frequencies and permitted dB loss values at each test frequencies. 3) Loss values are specified in EIMIA 5688 for the respective Category UTP cable. f. Cable Length: Record cable length from either length markings on cable jacket, or from hand-held multi-function test equipment incorporating time-domain reflectometer (TOR) circuitry. g. Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT): Measure both outlet and distribution end of link. 1) Worst pair of cable with near-end crosstalk must be measured in dB. 2) Test frequencies and permitted worst pair dB crosstalk values at each test frequencies are specified in EIMIA 5688 for the respective Category, UTP cable. h. Repair or replace, and retest failed cables until passing results are achieved. i. At a minimum, an Owner's inspector or their designated representative shall randomly perform unannounced, on-site reviews during the installation. In addition, this person shall perform a final inspection and a complete review of the test results before the installation is accepted. 2. Optical Fiber Cable Testing w/ OTDR a. The Contractor shall test all fiber optic cable prior to the installation of the cable. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the replacement of the cable should it be found defective at a later date. b. All fiber testing shall be performed on all fibers in the completed end to end system. Testing shall consist of a bidirectional end to end OTDR trace performed per TIA/EIA 455-61. The system loss measurements shall be provided at 850 and 131 O nanometers for multimode fibers and 1310 and 1550 for single mode fibers. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-17 c. Fiber links shall have a maximum loss of: i) (allowable cable loss per km)(km of fiber in link) + (.4dB)(number of mated connectors) = maximum allowable loss d. Loss numbers for the installed link shall be calculated by taking the sum of the bidirectional measurements and dividing that sum by two. e. Any link not meeting the requirements of the standard shall be brought into compliance by the contractor, at no charge to the Owner. f. Documentation shall be provided in both hard copy and 3 1/2 inch diskette to the point of contact. 3. Optical Fiber Cable Testing w/ Power Meter a. Multimode Horizontal Link Segments should be tested in one direction at the 850-nm or 1300-nm wavelength. b. Multimode Backbone and Composite Link Segments should be tested in one direction at both 850-nm and 1300-nm wavelengths. c. Singlemode Horizontal Link Segments should be tested in one direction at the 1310-nm or 1550-nm wavelength. d. Singlemode Backbone and Composite Link Segments should be tested in one direction at both 1310-nm and 1550-nm wavelengths. Note: The minor attenuation differences due to test direction are on par with the accuracy and repeatability of the test method. Therefore, testing in only one direction is warranted. Horizontal Link Segments are limited to 90 meters. Therefore, attenuation differences caused by wavelength are insignificant, and as a result, single wavelength testing is sufficient. 4. In compliance with TIA/EIA-526-14A "Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant" and TIA/EIA-526-7 "Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber Cable Plant", the following information should be recorded during the test procedure: a. Names of personnel conducting the test. b. Type of test equipment used (manufacturer, model, serial number). c. Date test is being performed. d. Optical source wavelength, spectral width, and for multimode, the coupled power ratio (CPR). e. Fiber identification. f. End point locations. g. Test direction. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-18 h. Reference power measurement (when not using a power meter with a Relative Power Measurement Mode). i. Measured attenuation of the link segment. j. Acceptable link attenuation. Note: Horizontal Link Segments are limited to 90 meters, therefore, the · acceptable link attenuation can be based on the longest installed link without introducing a significant error. 5. Acceptable Attenuation Values a. The general attenuation equation for any link segment is as follows: Acceptable Link Attn. = Cable Attn. + Connection Attn. + Splice Attn. + CPR Adj. Note: A connection is defined as the joint made by mating two fibers terminated with remateable connectors (e.g. ST, SC, SFF). b. Multimode Attenuation Coefficients 1) Cable Attn. = Cable Length (km) x (3.40 dB/km@850nm or 1.00 dB/km@1300nm) 2) Connection Attn. (Fiber ST or SC connectors) = (Mated Connections x 0.4 dB) 3) Connection Attn. (SFF connectors)= (Mated Connections x 0.14 dB) 4) Splice Attn. (CSL or Fusion)= Splices x 0.30 dB 5) CPR Adj. = See table below Multimode Li;iht Source CPR Adjustment Cat-1 Cat-2 Cat-3 Cat-4 Cat-5 Links with ST or SC +0.50 0.00 -0.25 -0.50 - Connections 0.75 Links with LC +0.25 0.00 -0.10 -0.20 - Connections 0.30 c. Coupled Power Ratio Measurement 1) Note: The Coupled Power Ratio of a light source is a measure of the modal power distribution launched into a multimode fiber. A light source that launches a higher percentage of its power into the higher order modes of a multimode fiber produces a more over- filled condition and is classified as a lower category than a light source that launches more of its power into just the lower order Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-19 modes producing an under-filled condition. Under-filled conditions result in lower link attenuation, while over-filled conditions produce higher attenuation. Therefore, adjusting the acceptable link attenuation equation to compensate for a light source's launch characteristics increases the accuracy of the test procedure. 2) Procedure: i) CPR Test Jumper-1 shall be multimode, 1 - 5 meters long with connectors compatible with the light source and power meter and have the same fiber construction as the link segment being tested. ii) CPR Test Jumper-2 shall be singlemode, 1 - 5 meters long with connectors compatible with the light source and power meter. a) Clean the test jumper connectors and the test coupling per manufacturer's instructions. b) Follow the test equipment manufacturer's initial adjustment instructions. c) Connect multimode test jumper-1 between the light source and the power meter. Avoid placing bends in the jumper that are less than 100 mm (4 inches) in diameter. See Figure 1. Light xm-Te_st_J_um_p_er-«-1tlAXI Power Source Meter Figure 1 d) If the power meter has a Relative Power Measurement Mode, select it. If it does not, record the Reference Power Measurement (Prat), Note: If the meter can display power levels in dBm, select this unit of measurement to simplify subsequent calculations. e) Disconnect test jumper-1 from the power meter. Do NOT disconnect the test jumper from the light source. f) Connect jumper-2 between the power meter and test jumper-1 using the test coupling. The singlemode jumper should include a high order mode filter. This can be accomplished by wrapping the jumper three times around a 30 mm (1.2 inches) diameter mandrel. See Figure 2. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-20 Multi mode Slnglemode Light Test Jumper-1 + Test Jumper-2 Power Source X a O rm R Meter Coupling Mo~e FIiter ...._ _ __, Mandrel Wrap Figure 2 g) Record the Power Measurement (Psum). If the power meter is in Relative Power Measurement Mode, the meter reading represents the CPR value. If the meter does not have a Relative Power Measurement Mode, perform the following calculation: h) If Psum and Pref are in the same logarithmic units (dBm, dBu, etc): i) CPR (dB) = I Psum -Pref I j) If Psum and Pref are in watts: k} CPR (dB)= 110 X 10910 [Psun/Pred I PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conduit, raceways, boxes, fittings and bodies are properly installed following division 16. B. Verify grounding and bonding following division 16. C. Verify supporting devices are properly installed following division 16. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Maintain temperature of between 65 degrees Fahrenheit and 78 degrees F and between 30 and 50 percent humidity in areas of voice and data system work, following Section 01500. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install work following drawings, manufacturer's instructions and approved submittal data. The number of cables per run, outlet configuration and other pertinent data will be included on the drawings. B. All installation shall be done in conformance with TIA/EIA 568 and BICSI standards. The Contractor shall ensure that the maximum pulling tensions of the specified distribution cables are not exceeded and cable bends maintain the proper radius during the placement of the facilities. Failure to follow the Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-21 appropriate guidelines will require the Contractor to provide in a timely fashion the additional material and labor necessary to properly rectify the situation. This shall also apply to any and all damages sustained to the cables by the Contractor during the implementation. C. The SCS installation should meet all applicable national and local codes pertaining to low voltage cable system installations. D. The contractor will adhere to the installation schedule of the general contractor and should attend all construction meetings scheduled by the general contractor. E. The contractor will be responsible for the cross connection of the horizontal cable runs to the backbone cable system. The connection to voice and data systems will be performed by the vendors installing and/or maintaining those systems. Coordinate all cross-connects with the owner prior to work. F. The contractor will provide service loops (slack) for cables terminating in the main equipment room or the telecommunications closets. A 6 foot service loop will be provided above the access ceiling or cable trays unless specified otherwise. This will allow for future changes or expansion with having to install new cables. G. The installation will include coordination, testing and problem resolution with the system vendors. 3.04 GENERAL A. All empty innerduct or conduit shall include a Greenlee Kevlar measuring tape with 1250lbs. of pulling tension. 8. Field coordinate exact feeder, tie and riser backbone cabling pathways with other trades prior to construction. All pathways shown are suggested routes for the contractor to use as a guideline. The contractor is required to coordinate the exact pathway. In any case, where the communication pathway must be removed and re-routed due to conflicts with other trades which were not previously coordinated, the contractor is responsible for all costs associated with the removal and relocation. C. Provide bushings on all conduit ends. Label all conduit ends with destination. D. Provide 30'-0" of slack cable at each manhole. Neatly coil cable in manhole cable racks. If no rack exists in the manhole, provide a new rack. Racks shall be galvanized steel with porcelain insulators. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-22 E. Install watertight penetrations thrqugh foundation, HH and MH walls. Wherever a hand hole is used to simply pass through, the conduit entrances and exits will be situated at opposite ends of the hand hole instead of 90 degree angles. 3.05 COPPER CABLE A. Test all cable prior to installation. Upon failure to perform testing, the installer shall accept the cable as good and assume all liability for the replacement of the cable should it be found defective at a later date. 8. All conformance standards must be certified for multipair and individual cable runs. C. Jacketing and insulation must satisfy the Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) listed fire rated cable insulation requirements in plenum areas. D. Any pulling compound or lubricant used in cable installation must not deteriorate the conductor or the insulation. Provide 3M type WLC or an approved equal. E. Copper cable runs shall not exceed 285 feet. All runs shall be continuous. No splicing is allowed. F. The Contractor shall install copper cable with a minimum bend radius of six times the diameter of the cable. G. Provide a 1 O foot patch cable with RJ-45 connector for each work area outlet insert installed. Provide additional patch cables for the MDF/IDF rooms as required on the contract drawings. The patch cable rating and connector shall match the horizontal cable/connector rating. H. Install 1 O feet of spare copper cable (service loop) in each closet prior to termination. Arrange slack cable on wall. Provide velcro type tie wrap for cable support and organization. I. Install 12 inches of spare copper cable in ceiling plenum prior to dropping down wall to outlet. Support slack to structure with J-Hook and Velcro ties. If there is no plenum, loop shall be located in box prior to termination. Provide box of sufficient size to accommodate spare cable, termination equipment if applicable and maintain bending radius. J. Install 18" of spare copper cable coiled in box at all pay telephone locations. Cable shall be terminated by pay phone installer. K. All horizontal cable shall be rated for plenum use when routed in or thru an air plenum space. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-23 L. The maximum pulling tension for 4-pair 24 AWG horizontal UTP cables shall not exceed 25 lbf. The Contractor shall provide a tension meter during the pulling of all cables. If the meter shows that the tension has exceeded 25 lbf, the Contractor discard the cable and pull new cable . M. All cables shall be installed continuously. No splices are acceptable. 3.06 FIBER CABLE A. Install fiber connectors and terminate and label all fiber optic strands . Cure, prime , polish and buff all fibers prior to installing connector. B. Test all cable prior to installation. Upon failure to perform testing, the installer shall accept the cable as good and assume all liability for the replacement of the cable should it be found defective at a later date. Provide a copy of the test results to the Owner and the Engineer for approval. C. · Jacketing and insulation must satisfy the Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) listed fire rated cable insulation requirements in plenum areas. D. All fiber cables shall be installed in innerduct. E. Any pulling compound or lubricant used in cable installation must not deteriorate the conductor or the insulation. Provide 3M type WLC or an approved equal. F. The maximum pulling tension of fiber trunk cable is 600 lbf. and 125 lbf for riser cable or per the manufacturer recommendation , whichever is less. Provide a tension meter during the pulling of all cable. If the meter shows that the tension rating has been exceeded, the Contractor shall discard the cable and pull new cable. G. Multi -mode fiber cable shall not exceed 2000 meters . Single-mode fiber cable shall not exceed 3000 meters. H. The Contractor shall install fiber cable with a minimum bend radius of ten times the diameter of the cable. The bend radius shall be a minimum of twenty times the cable diameter during installation. The minimum bend radius for 2 stand fiber patch cable shall be a minimum of 1 inch. I. Install 10 feet of spare fiber cable (service loop) in each closet prior to termination. J. Install two (2) loops of slack cable (or 30 feet) in every third manhole. Ft. Worth Alliance A irport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-24 K. All fiber splices shall be fusion spliced. The contractor must notify the designer prior to any splicing operation. Fiber splices are acceptable only in the cases where the distance is greater than 2 kilometers or unless noted on the drawings. 3.07 DEVICES AND PATCH PANELS A. The amount of untwisting in a pair when terminating to connecting hardware shall be no greater than 0.5 inches for category 5 cables and above . No greater than 1.0 inches for category 3 cables. B. Cables should be connected with connecting hardware of the same category or higher. Also , included are patch cables and jumpers . C. The connecting hardware used for copper cabling shall be installed to provide minimal signal impairment by preserving wire pair twists as closely as possible to the point of termination. D. Provide 'decora' style wall plates if electrical is using 'decora' style receptacles. Otherwise, provide standard wall plates. E. Coordinate wall plate color with architect. Color shall match electrical receptacle color. F. Provide stainless steel or galvanized coverplate when mounted in mechanical, electrical, unfinished areas or corrosive environments. G. The connecting hardware shall be installed to provide a well organized installation with cable management and termination practices. H. Strip back only as much jacket as necessary to terminate the cable. I. Avoid kinking or crimping the cable wire. J. Patch panels shall be installed in a neat, well organized manner with optical fiber management and sound optical termination practices . K. Using a proper punch down tool. Punch each termination down tight, right-up to the jacket. Keep the jacket as close to the connector sleeve as possible . L. Maintain straight through polarity, do not split pairs. M. Install devices only in electrical boxes which are clean and free from excess building materials , debris, etc. N. Gang devices installed at one location together under one coverplate. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-25 0. Align the tops of all group mounted devices. Install plumb and aligned in the plane of the wall. P. Install devices in vertical position unless otherwise noted. Q. Install blanks in all ports not terminated. R. Mounting Heights: 1. Refer to contract documents. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Fiber Optic Cable shall be measured by the linear feet of fiber cables installed, including terminations, testing, labels, connectors, termination panels and associated mounting hardware and associated fiber optic patch cords, all measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. B. lnnerduct shall be measured by the linear feet of innerduct installed, including pulltape, and labels, all measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. C. There will be no separate measurement and payment for CAT 6 UTP copper patch cords, cables, connectors, termination hardware, testing, etc. All copper .products are associated with the ALCMS system and shall be incidental to the line item which it is installed. Refer to sections 16461 and 16917. 4.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of fiber optic cable and innerducts installed completed and accepted, including all items noted above. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item in accordance with the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Payment will be made under: 16740-01 12 Strand SM OSP Fiber Optic Cable, installed in conduit, innerduct or raceway -per linear foot 16740-02 1" lnnerduct -Exterior, installed in conduit -per linear foot 16740-03 1" lnnerduct -Interior, installed in conduit-per linear foot Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16740-26 Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16740-27 SECTION 16917 AIRFIELD LIGHTING CONTROL AND MONITORING SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. It is the intention of this Section to describe a complete Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS) using Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC). B. Provide all labor, materials, tools and equipment, whether or not directly specified in this Section or shown on the plans, required for the design, supply, installation, testing, training and commissioning of a complete, functioning ALCMS, unless it is specifically mentioned that the work or a portion thereof shall not be included or shall be by others. C. Supply all ALCMS components including, but not limited to, video display monitors with touch-screen adapters, industrial computers, programmable logic controllers (PLC), monitoring devices, telephone line modems, interfaces, intercabinet connecting cables, networking components, miscellaneous hardware, cabinets, and materials. D. Supervise the installation of all components of the ALCMS described above. Provide final connection of all communication cables to the ALCMS shown on drawing. E. Work directly with Control Tower personnel to develop an operator control interface that is acceptable to the AFW ATCT personnel. F. Commission the ALCMS including systematic electrical and mechanical checkout and proving the systems under actual or simulated VFR and appropriate CAT I, II, and Ill operating conditions. Verify that all monitored and/or controlled points are accurately depicted and functional on all applicable tower and maintenance graphic screens. Verify that all alarm conditions are accurately displayed on the tower and maintenance graphic screens as required. G. Provide training for AFW personnel in the operation and maintenance of the systems including the provision of complete documentation, classroom instruction, and field training. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System {ALCMS) for the airfield lighting vault. B. Replacement of the existing touchscreen at tower cab with a touch-screen control panel. C. Replacement of existing airfield lighting control system with new system as described in this section. D. Training of AFW personnel in operation of installed equipment. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices: Payment for items covered in this section and subsidiary items shall be paid for at the contract unit price each or lump sum shown below and shall be full compensation for furnishing all products and for preparation, assembly and installation of these products, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-1 these items. Payment for adapting of the regulators in the Airfield Lighting Vault (15), the generator for the vault and other equipment to be controlled and monitored by the ALCMS, and reconfiguration for remote operation from the new ALCMS, complete, including new DCMU packages as per construction documents shall be included in the lump sum for provid i ng a complete ALCMS system. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. The following words and abbreviations have particular meaning and relevance to the work of this Section: ALPC ALCMS APP APU ATC ATCT ATS CAT cc CCR CPU CRT EEPROM DCMU FAA AFW 1/0 ISA/PCI MTBF NEMA NFPA PC PLC RAM RVR RWY SAW TAXI TFT UPS VFR VRAM 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Airfield Lighting Power CenterNault Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System Approach lighting Automatic powe r units Air traffic control Air traffic control tower Automatic Transfer System Category Current Contactor Constant current regulator Central processing unit Cathode ray tube Electrical Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory Digital Control and Monitoring Unit Federal Aviation Administration Alliance Fort Worth Airport, Owner lnpuVoutput ISA Expansion Slot on CPU Mean Time between Failure National Electrical Manufacturer's Association National Fire Protection Association Personal computer, commercial grade computer Programmable logic controller Random access memory Runway visual range indicator Runway edge lighting Surface acoustic wave Taxiway lighting Transition Film Technology Uninterruptible power supplies Visual flight regulator Video rapid access memory A. The AL CMS shall meet the requirements of FAA AC 150-5345-56, Specification for L-890, Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System. Type C and failsafe types A and B. Ft. Worth Alliance A irport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-2 B. The requirements for L-890 shall be considered as general minimum requirements to be met. The AL CMS shall also fully comply with the requirements in this specification 16917, which includes the specific requirements of this airport. C. ALCMS System Overview 1. The ALCMS architecture is specified to include a fully redundant design of critical system components. Refer to the drawings sheets to view the overall topology of the system. The primary function of the ALCMS is to provide the remote control and monitoring capability of the equipment in the airfield lighting vault, and the north and south generator buildings. The primary location for user interface to the system is at the cab of the air traffic control tower. Secondary control for the system, protected by an authentication process, is from the lighting vault, and operations locations · 2. The ALCMS shall be a state-of-the-art system, microprocessor based and software-controlled, able . to operate as a stand-alone system and to be expandable to be connected as a subsystem to an integrated workstation. All hardware or software changes required in the future as a result of airport expansions or changes must be possible without contacting the original equipment manufacturer or supplier. The equipment and software supplied shall be upgradeable by AFW personnel, consultants or other systems integrators. No programming knowledge other than relay ladder logic shall be necessary to make changes to the system. · 3. The ALCMS system as supplied shall be include the performance capability to support any future addition of addressable lighting control monitoring applications including controllable stop bars, in pavement runway guard lights, sectionalized taxiway routing control, and single lamp monitoring, without requiring system architectural changes The system shall be configured and installed in such a manner as to facilitate and minimize impact to a future upgrade process. The ALCMS PLC Control engines shall be supplied with the processing capacity, memory and other resources to support the potential growth indicated in the specification. 4. The major elements of the ALCMS, described further in these specifications shall be comprised of: a. ATCT Touchscreen 1) A Touch Screen operator panel shall be provided for control of the airfield lighting. These panels shall be comprised of LCD Active Matrix TFT monitors with Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) touch- screens for input of control commands and graphic display of the airfield lighting status. These panels shall contain all graphics processing and dual network support for the application. Only power and dual Ethernet connections shall be needed. No video extender or tower equipment room PC is permitted. The panel shall support external keyboard and mouse operation, which shall be supplied, for configuration or maintenance purposes, however, these shall not be needed during normal tower operation. 2} The Touchscreen shall be mounted in the console area in a suitable operating position in the ATCT cab, either in the console or provisioned with a tilt/ swivel support to facilitate adjustment of the screen to reduce glare. This will be determined by ATCT personnel. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-3 b. Tower Equipment Room Touchscreen 1) A tower equipment room Touchscreen shall be provided in the tower equipment room for maintenance and backup control the ALCMS. The PC shall be in the ALCMS rack mounted in the tower equipment room as indicated in the contract drawings. The panel shall be identical to the tower touchscreen and easily interchangeable in the event of a failure. This station shall be capable of being operated simultaneously with the tower touchscreen. A keyboard and optical mouse shall also be provided for configuration purposes, including a suitable slide out drawer that includes a mouse pad area. c. Beacon Control 1) A cabinet shall be provided at the beacon tower to house the rotating beacon control and monitoring components. The 4.9GHz radio modem interface electronics power relay and the remote/ local-on/off switch. and power supplies. Redundant 24volt DC uninterruptible power supplies shall be provided to provide power to the electronics .. d. Lighting Vault ALCMS Cabinet 1) A cabinet shall be provided in the lighting vault containing the redundant ALCMS Programmable Logic Control (PLC) Engines, Uninterruptible supplies, fiber optic, telephone line, radio modem communication equipment and other components necessary for control and monitoring of the airfield lighting equimpment including but not limited to constant current regulators, utility power, and automatic transfer switch, generator set, windcone, and REILS e. ALCMS interface units 1) ALCMS interface unit (DCMU) shall be provided for utility power, and automatic transfer switch, generator set, control outputs for 120V REILS and windcone. The DCMU shall be supplied with dual Ethernet ports, to connect the interfaces to each of the redundant vault network switches f. Vault-Maintenance PC 1) Vault maintenance PC to be located in the vault shall be provided for system status indication power supplies, data logging, and statistical analysis for preventive maintenance. The PC is an industrial PC rack mounted as indicated in the contract drawings. The monitor shall be an LCD Active Matrix TFT monitor, 17 inches for input of control commands and graphic display of the airfield lighting status. A keyboard and optical mouse shall also be provided for configuration purposes, including a suitable slide out drawer that includes a mouse pad area. h. Optional Bid alternate Monitoring PC in terminal building 1) A commercial grade computer and printer to be located in the Operations Office shall be provided for monitoring of the airfield lighting operation and critical alarm conditions. This PC shall be able to view the same information as the control tower. and operate as a maintenance PC when properly authenticated. i. ALCMS Backbone Network 1) Single mode fiber optic cable, specified in a different section, shall be used between tower to the vault and existing fiber shall be used from the tower to the terminal building as shown on Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Elect rical Improvements 16917-4 contract drawings. Two strands in each bundle shall be used between each of the two locations stated. Each pair serves as a fiber optic backbone for the ALCMS. Each location shall include two Ethernet switches with fiber transceivers to support the network backbone. Specification drawings indicate general configuration of the ALCMS and routing of the fiber optic communications cables. j. ALCMS Backup Radio Network 1) The ALCMS backup radio network shall be provided to protect against a complete loss of the fiberoptic network. The radio network shall be interfaced to one of the backbone network switches in each location. In the event that both fiber networks are inoperative, the radio backup shall be switched into operation automatically. This network shall include a high level of security via encryption, MAC address filtering and other suitable means. The frequency shall be 4.9 GHz on a licensed channel. The IP addresses on the radio side shall be segregated from the ALCMS side of the radio modem. The vault radio mounts on a pole as shown on contract drawings. The contractor shall provide a pole, foundation, and all power cables, conduits, lightning protection, and obstruction lighting as indicated on contract drawings. k. ALCMS Vault Local network 1} The vault shall include two local Ethernet networks. Each network shall be supported by separate Ethernet switches. No hubs are permitted. All CCRs and other devices interfacing to the ALCMS shall connect to each switch. The switch shall also provide a connection to the ALCMS vault control redundant PLCs. The systems that interface to the Vault Local Network shall support failover mechanism so that in the event one of the networks is inoperative, the other network is used automatically. 1.06 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS The ALCMS design criteria to meet the minimum general, operational, and equipment functional requirements are as follows. A. General Requirements 1 . The ALCMS shall provide remote control and monitoring of the designated airfield lighting equipment in the vault the beacons under VFR, CAT I, II, and Ill operating conditions, as applicable 2. The ALCMS shall be based on an "open architecture" concept to allow simple integration and interfacing of all system components. All components shall be of industrial grade and extended temperature ranges and have high MTBF ratings. 3. Customized system and graphics software for control and maintenance operations. 4. The ALCRS supplier shall coordinate software and programming development with the control tower operations personnel AFW, and operations and maintenance personnel to ensure that user-operated control and maintenance functional requirements are provided. 5. All other specifications and requirements in the design package shall be supported by the ALCMS. Functionality requirements from the CCRs shall be integrated into the ALCMS, to meet he specified operational, functional and maintainability requirements. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-5 6. All equipment indoors shall have an operating temperature range 0°c to +50°C ambient, with relative humidity, 10% to 90%, non-condensing. B. Control Software 1. All software required to operate, maintain, analyze, and trouble-shoot the system, including source code, shall be provided as part of this contract. All control and monitoring software shall be off-the-shelf, non-proprietary and become the property of AFW. 2. All interlocking, monitoring and control logic shall be programmed in electrical ladder logic format and shall reside in the PLCs provided. A failure of a tower, vault or maintenance computer that displays the airfield graphics shall not affect the PLC operation and the operation of the rest of the system. 3. The software contained in the graphics computers shall consist solely of graphic generation, touch-screen operator input, configuration utilities and remote access software. All logic shall be performed in the ALCMS control engines. 4. System functions and display information shall be completely configurable on-line by maintenance personnel without the need to power down any device. This provides the ability to change the operation of the system without the need to make any program changes. These configuration changes shall be made simply by selecting a checkbox or by entering data into a configuration screen. The following features shall be provided: a. Enable control capability from each location including control tower, operations, maintenance and vault. b. Independently enable or disable circuits to allow monitoring and control of the circuit c. Independently enable or disable each monitoring feature for each circuit d. Independently set the on-delay time, soft-start increment times and alarm delay times for each circuit. e. Independently set the warning and alarm thresholds for each individual circuit and for each brightness level. f. Independently enable or disable alarming of each monitoring function for viewing by tower, vault, maintenance or operations personnel. This allows the site to specify which alarms are viewable at each different location. g. Enter or modify the circuit description / regulator information for each circuit. h. Calibrate monitoring functions to match site true-RMS meters i. Configure all custom pushbuttons allowing the site to easily change how the system functions. j. Enable ability to cancel user's pushbutton's selections after a pre- determined time of inactivity and the SEND button has not been pressed to initiate the commands. The time limit shall also be configurable by site. k. Swap spare regulators into service by simply changing field cables and specifying the new regulator number. 5. Airport personnel shall be able to make any most site adaptation change as may be required in the future without the need to contact the original manufacturer of the Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System. All original program files and source code necessary to make any changes must be provided as part of this contract. 6. Access to all software shall be provided with suitable security measures to prevent inadvertent access to advanced maintenance features, configuration screens and settings. Any ability to make changes to the software must be Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-6 protected using appropriate passwords and security features. These passwords shall be provided to airport personnel to allow them to make future modifications and additions. Security features shall include the following: a. Site assignable usernames with different security levels , allowing individuals access to different system capabilities (i.e. view only, lighting control only, control and monitoring, configuration, calibration). b. Remote access protected by passwords and data encryption. c. Desktop lock feature prevents users from accessing any Windows programs, functions , or preset keys. 1.07 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS The ALCMS shall include the capability to diagnose and locate system faults from the any maintenance authorized PC and the vault PC of the ALCMS. All system software on system computers that resides on hard disks shall be loaded by CDs or suitable mass storage media , provided by the supplier. The system shall not require any special configuration or file management by maintenance personnel to restore the system software. A restore of the hard disk image to the current system revision level, shall be accomplished by system restore CDs, and shall start an autorun or with a single restore command shall restore the entire system image. The system then shall be ready to operate. It shall be possible for failed replaceable components to the diagnosed by maintenance personnel using the software tools training supplied Replacement of DCMUs shall not require additional software applications to reconfigure the Ethernet addresses. All parameters for the DCMU shall either be loaded via the normal Ethernet, or be loaded via the keyboard on the DCMU . 1.08 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS The following operational requirements define the operation of the control system as used by the Air Traffic Control Personnel. These items are subject to change and additional customization as required by AFW and FAA tower personnel. Any additions or changes shall be part of the scope of this contract. A. Brightness C_ontrol 1. 3/5.:.step brightness level control 2. Separate control for each system as required 3. Provide individual brightness level pushbuttons B. Send Pushbutton 1. Must be pressed before any commands are sent to the control engine. 2. Allows entire airfield to be configured prior to initiating changes. C. Cancel Pushbutton 1. Pressing this button will cancel the user's inputs and revert all buttons to the current status of the airfield 2. This allows the user to change their mind, as long as the SEND push- button has not been pressed. 3. The Cancel feature (if enabled) will also cancel any user inputs after a pre -determined time of inactivity without the SEND push-button being pressed. D. Operating Mode Selection Pushbuttons 1. Provide one for each runway direction or Operating Mode 2 . Pre-programmed default settings for VFR, CAT I, CAT II, and CAT Ill Conditions 3. Allows quick switching of runway direction or modes Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-7 4. Lighting patterns to be maintained when switching direction 5. Interlocking to be provided to prevent lights of opposite of runway directions from being energized. Other interlocking to be provided as necessary for safe operations or regulator loading restrictions. E. Runway and Taxiway Menus 1. Pop-up menus 2. SEND or CANCEL to automatically close menus 3. Provision to manually close menu F. Runway Visual Range (RVR) Menu 1. Pop-up menu or permanent display 2. SEND or CANCEL to automatically close menu 3. Provision to manually close menu 4. Provision for Day/ Night Operation 5. Provision for up to 5 visibility settings 7. Less than 1 mile 8. 1 to 2 miles 9. to 3 miles 10. to 5 miles 11. Greater than 5 miles G. Runway Edge Lighting 1. Separate ON/OFF control tor each runway 2. 5-step or 3-step brightness level control H Runway Centerline Lighting 1. Separate ON/OFF control for each runway 2. 5-step or 3-step brightness level control I. Touch Down Zone 1. Separate ON/OFF control for each runway 2. 5-step or 3-step brightness level control J Taxiway Lighting · 1. Separate ON/OFF control 2. 3-step or 1-step brightness level control K. Beacon 1. Separate Auto/Off/Manual control where normal operation is via photocell 2. Separate ON/OFF control where no photocell is used 1.09 ALCMS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Operator Control Panel 1. Each operator control panel shall be capable of independently controlling and displaying the entire airfield lighting installation or any predefined portion. 2. Operator Control panel functions shall include: a. Operation of runway lighting b. Operation of taxiway lighting c. Operation of the Runway Guard Lights d. Operation of the PAPls e. Operation of beacon f. Monitoring of runway and taxiway lighting g. Control and monitoring of the generator h. Alarm indication of critical element failures including all battery low indications, loss of power, generator fail, fiber optic, radio modem communication fail. i. ALCMS or Vault network failure Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-8 j. Alarm indication of regulator or other circuit failures. k. Control panels shall display a graphic representation of the airfield lighting installation. I. Only circuits that are actually "ON" (current is flowing in circuit) shall be indicated as being "ON" on the display. 3. Indication shall be as follows: a. Runways Edge-white bar b. Runway Centerlines -Green bar c. Taxiways Edge -blue bar d. Taxiway Centerlines -Green bar e. Touchdown zones-red bar f. PAPI (to be agreed upon) g. Beacon -rotating yellow X with red center 4. Circuits that are currently not under ATC control from the tower shall be indicated on the mimic display as "LOCAL" 5. Airfield lighting control commands shall be entered at the touch-screen monitors using touch-buttons on the displayed pages. 6. Separate control touch-buttons shall be provided for each controllable lighting element as detailed in Operational Requirements above. 7. Push-buttons shall change color according to the following status indications: a. Gray to indicate push-button is not selected and lighting circuit is OFF. b. Yellow to indicate push-button has been pressed to turn on the lighting but no commands have been ~ent to the PLC. c. Green to indicate the command was initiated and acknowledged by the PLC at the Vault. d. Dark green to indicate push-button has been pressed to turn off the lighting but no commands have been sent to the PLC. e. Flashing red to indicate that the corresponding airfield circuit is not operating as requested by the pushbutton. f. Each display page shall have touch-buttons for command selection, SEND (acknowledge) and navigation to other display pages. g. Provision shall be made to allow the tower personnel to calibrate the touch-screen simply by pressing a push-button on the screen. h. Develop the displays and system/graphics software and coordinate this phase of the work with the ATC, maintenance and operations Personnel. B. Air Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) Panels The LCD panels shall include an embedded graphics engine that supports all of the required display and communications functions. This panel shall include a dual Ethernet interface to be connected to the network switches in the ATCT Equipment room. The ATCT panel shall perform the following functions: 1. Generation of LCD graphics display. 2. Receiving command signals from the touch-screen to control the airfield lighting. 3. Decoding and acknowledging receipt of command signals. 4. Transmitting control command signals to the Tower PLC that are sent via the dual Ethernet connection onto the fiber optic cable to the Vault PLC for execution. 5. Reception of data from the ALCMS network regarding the status of the airfield lighting and associated equipment. The Tower panels shall display only that information, which is has operational necessity for control and monitoring and situational awareness of the airfield lighting components and electrical power sources. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-9 6. Provide real time status of the airfield lighting. 7. Program for calibration of the touch-screen. C. Remote Access: 1. The software shall provide remote access capability to the Tower Computer using a dialup modem connection as follows: a. Maintenance electricians and other personnel as determined by the Airport Authority shall have the ability to remotely connect to the tower computer using a dialup V.92 modem, which is part of the maintenance workstation. b. Remote access shall be password protected and available only to those authorized by the Airport Authority. c. All graphic screens, displays and information that are locally available shall also be available from the remote location. d. Ability to view, control, maintain and troubleshoot the system shall be provided remotely, provided proper security passwords are provided. e. Ability to perform file transfers and product updates from the manufacturer via modem shall be provided. D. Tower Equipment 1. The equipment room under the tower cab shall include an interface to control and monitor the local 1/0 points as indicated, if required. This interface shall include redundant Ethernet network support. One network connection shall be interfaced to each the redundant ALCMS network switch in the equipment room. (2 total). E. Vault PLCs All vault 1/0 shall be via the dual vault Ethernet network and switches. The PLC Control engines shall be redundant including failover mechanism. The functions below are entirely supported on the network. These functions include but are not limited to: 1. Provide output signals to control the regulators: a. Regulator On (CC) b. Regulator Brightness Level 81 c. Regulator Brightness Level 82 d. Regulator Brightness Level 83 e. Regulator Brightness Level 84 f. Regulator Brightness Level 85 2. Provide regulator monitoring input signals: a. Analog output current b. Analog output voltage c. Regulator status d. Control Switch not in remote e. Input voltage present f. Output current sensor when necessary g. Analog Insulation Resistance 3. Provide monitoring input signals for the following: a. Generator ON b. Automatic Transfer Switch--Commercial power on line c. Automatic Transfer Switch--Generator Transfer d. ALCMS Equipment-120VAC power failure e. Low PLC battery f. Low 24VDC UPS Battery 4. Prov ide Control output signals for the following: a. Generator Start Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-10 b. Generator Stop g Windcone on/off h Reils on/off 5. The PLC shall be provided with an EEPROM module providing non-volatile program backup. The program shall be reloaded directly from EEPROM simply by cycling the PLC power supply switch off and then on. F. Communications Network 1. The ALCMS network shall use standard TCP/IP between the each location to pass data between the Tower equipment,, vault PLCs and the operations computers. 2. Communication between locations shall be via fiber optic network using 2 strands of single mode cable indicated in the drawings that connect between each of the locations. A backup radio modem connecting all of the locations where ALCMS equipment is present shall be supplied and shall switch on line in the event that fiber paths is failed. The relocated beacon shall use the 4.9GHz radio modem as its communications link. 3. Communication shall automatically switch between the main and backup (redundant) backup radio modem as follows: a. Failure of the transmit lines or the receive lines shall cause automatic switch over to the backup radio modem. b. Repair or recovery of the fiber optic lines shall cause communication to automatically switch back to the fiber optic cable. c. Communication switching shall be transparent to the control tower personnel. All systems shall remain fully operational regardless of the mode of operation. Any failure shall be alarmed at the tower and all user panels and PC's. d. A watchdog timer shall be provided for both the fiber optic lines and the backup radio link to ensure the communication network and backup radio are fully operational. G. Failsafe Functions: 1. In the event of communication/control system failure, the CCRs and all lighting controlled by the ALCMS shall enter the failsafe state. This function shall be present in the DCMUs interfaced to the CCRs and other lighting components , and is also included here for clarity of the system functionality a. Each regulator failsafe function shall be independently programmable such that upon communication or system failure, the regulator shall automatically revert to either remain in the last state or switch to OFF, Brightness B1, 82, 83, 84 or 85. b. If failsafe mode occurs , all regulators and lighting components and circuits will set to their failsafe settings. c. The failsafe settings shall be determined by the airport operations and maintenance staff and shall be field adjustable without changing the software. d. A watchdog timer shall be installed to check the status of the control system and communications and the failsafe mode shall be entered if malfunction occurs. 2. When the control system returns to normal, control shall automatically be transferred back to the tower. 1.10 MAINTENANCE DISPLAY Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-11 Maintenance displays with, printer, and software in the vault shall provide real time and historical information on the status of the Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System. In the vault the maintenance display is installed in the PC equipment rack and visible through the door. Airfield lighting systems status information shall be presented on display screens and accessed by means of graphical icons located at the bottom of each page. Various screens shall be provided to display sections of the single line diagram for the airfield lighting power distribution. Single lines shall show the incoming power sources generators, regulators, circuit selectors and feeder circuits as seen physically in the ALCMS. A. Single Line Diagrams 1. Regulators shown on the single line diagrams shall indicate the following conditions. Selecting the single line will bring up the corresponding regulator status screen. Regulator Status Graphical Representation • Input voltage present Breaker -green • Input voltage not present Breaker -Flashes red • Control Switch not in "LOCAL" displays next to CCR remote • Regulator off/ not Regulator single line -black required • Regulator energized and Regulator single line -green current is within specs • Regulator energized and Regulator single line -yellow current is out of tolerance • Regulator commanded on Regulator single line -flashing red but not energized 2. The PLC shown on the single line diagram shall indicate: Regulator Status Graphical Representation • 120VAC available Single line -green • 120VAC failure Single line -flashing red • 24VDC Battery Ok Battery -yellow • 24VDC Battery Low Battery -flashing red B. Regulator Status Displays 1. One Regulator Status Screen shall be provided for each regulator and shall include the following information: a. Pictorial representation of the regulator b. Regulator Cell Number Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-12 C. d. e. f . g. h. i. j . k. I. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. Field Circuit Number and Description Local (manual) selection Input voltage and current Overcurrent, overvoltage or door inter-lock shut-down Selected brightness level (by ATCT) Actual brightness level/series cirGuit output current Output voltage Output Current Elapsed time on each brightness level Number of regulator operations Insulation Resistance of field circuit Current Sensor Status Elapsed time on each brightness level Number of operations Selecting the regulator description shall automatically bring up the corresponding regulator status screen. · Selecting a different circuit selector on the pictorial shall automatically bring up the corresponding status .screen . Reset pushbuttons shall be provided to reset the Elapsed Time meters and operations counters. C. Communications Status Displays 1. A Communication Status Screen shall be provided and shall include: a. Pictorial representation of the communication system b. PLC Battery Status c. 24VDC Battery Status at both Tower and vault d. 120VAC Power Supply Status at both Tower and vault e. Current Mode of Communication f. Status of all network switches on the ALCMS network g. Status of all network switches on the Vault networks h. Status of all network links (between all switches and all devices) i. Fiber Optic Receive Error (for each location) j. Fiber Optic Impending Fault (for each location) k. Fiber Optic Watchdog Timer I. Radio Modem Watchdog Timer m. Push-buttons shall be provided for enhanced diagnostics and troubleshooti ng by automatically forcing failures on any of the fiber optic lines and forcing the fiber optic modules to trap and hold intermittent errors. D. Alarm Summary 1. Alarm Status Screen shall display a list of all current malfunctions and provide: a. Date and time of the malfunction b. Type of Failure or Alarm c. Lighting system, CCR, circuit selector d. Computer or PLC fault e. Communications fault f. Location, e.g. Control Tower, vault g. Description of malfunction Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-13 E. Event Summary 1. Event Status Screen shall display a list of all events and provide: a. Date and time of the event b. Operator circuit switching / brightness changes c. Security information d. System event information provided by hardware e. Description of the event F. Historical Reports 1. Menu-selected screens shall be provided to display all the activities and malfunctions which occurred during a defined time period including. The reports shall be have the capability of being sorted by any field listed for ease of maintenance. a. All lighting system operations b. All control system malfunctions (computers, PLCs, communication systems, power supplies) c. Elapsed time on each brightness level for each CCR/series lighting . circuits d. CCR activity, number of operations for each regulator, and malfunctions e. Generator operations and malfunctions f. Coordinate with and develop software, screen displays, and menus in cooperation with Airport engineering/maintenance personnel, to fully incorporate user requirements. G. Trending 1. The software shall provide simultaneous real-time trending, history logging and history replay of control system data. a. Trending shall be available in real-time, in the background, or from historical data. b. The software shall be capable of displaying real time data and historical data on the same trend, allowing full comparison of current and historical data. c. The software shall be capable of trending any point or parameter of the control system that is either monitored or controlled. d. Trending shall be configurable by the site maintenance electricians to aid in troubleshooting and analysis of airfield lighting circuit or equipment problems. e. Coordinate with and develop software, screen displays, and menus in cooperation with Airport Authority engineering / maintenance personnel, to fully incorporate user requirements. H. Control from Maintenance and Optional Computers 1. In normal operation, control of the runway lighting shall not be permitted from the maintenance and operations computer. Control shall be allowed only from the control tower. I. Remote Access 1. The software shall provide remote access capability to the Maintenance Computer using a dialup modem connection. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-14 a. Maintenance electricians and other personnel as determined by the airport shall have the ability to remotely connect to the maintenance computer using a dialup V.92 modem. b. Remote access shall be password protected and available only to the ALCMS system supplier or those authorized by the Airport. c. All graphic screens, displays and information that are locally available shall also be available from the remote location. d. The ability to view, control, maintain and troubleshoot the system shall be provided remotely, provided proper security passwords are provided. e. The ability to perform file transfers and product updates from the manufacturer via modem shall be provided. J. Event Data Related a. The ALCMS shall include support for archiving log events, reports and other pertinent system events for the purposes of off line storage. b. Archiving shall be supported to any storage volume connected to any workstation in the ALCMS. Events shall be stored for a predefined amount of time. Storage time shall be defined by the airport and shall be configurable from 1 day to 1 year c. This includes but is not limited to CD R/W drives, removable flash storage devices and network storage appliances d. Viewing events, including warnings and alarms, shall be able to be viewed via a user HMI interface. e. Subset Viewing -Subset of events, including warnings and alarms, shall be able to be viewed via a subset HMI interface that allows the user to specify a date and time range to view. In addition, subsets of events shall be viewable based on configurable criteria, such as events involving a particular component, failure type, or any other searchable elements or combinations of elements, allowing the user to see the history of events with common characteristics. f. Logging -All active and cleared events shall be stored to a database designed for optimal retrieval performance. These events shall be viewable as defined ind and e above. g . Date/Time Stamp -Stored events shall be stamped with the date and time of occurrence. h. Purging -The ALCMS shall provide a method (automatic or manual) for erasing the events database to allow for hard disk space recovery 1.11 RESPONSE TIME PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Tower command on touch screen to CCR changing state, and actual back indication shall be less than two seconds B. Operations, vault or tower equipment room selection of any status screen until status of all elements is displayed shall be less than two seconds C. Equipment on the any network fails until appropriate alarm or status is displayed shall be less than 30 seconds D. Equipment on the any network is restored until appropriate alarm or status displayed is cleared shall be less than 30 seconds Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electr ical Improvements 16917-15 E. Any event resulting in an automatic network failover shall be completed in less than 30 seconds. Any temporary loss of status or control beyond the failover delay is not permitted. No control or status change of state as a result of a failover event is permitted. F. Any event resulting in a restoration of an automatic network failover shall be completed in less than 30 seconds. Any temporary loss of status or control beyond the failover delay is not permitted. No control or status change of state as a result of a failover event is permitted G. The PLC control engines shall keep system status synchronized between each other in order to meet the failover performance requirements H. No false status or nuisance alarms are permitted. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 1601 O -General Provisions (Item L-100). B. Design Submittal. All significant equipment to be supplied shall be listed followed by descriptive data sheets. The equipment list shall include each component name, supplier, model number, a description of the operation, quantity supplied and any special setup, operation and maintenance characteristics. C. The submittal shall include a description, by specification paragraph number, of how each of the requirements in the specification will be met. D. Software submittals shall provide a complete description of the system on a functional level. E. All submittal items shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Materials and methods identified and described not meeting the requirements of this specification or, in the opinion of the engineer, are not suitable for the intended application, may be rejected, in whole or in part. The supplier shall be required to modify the submittal including changes to materials and methods to the satisfaction of the engineer. F. Shop Drawings and Product Data 1. Provide drawings showing mounting details of Control Tower touch-screen video display monitors, general arrangement of control panels, identification and location of device and panel, "bill of materials." For control panels, provide as a minimum a plan view and a front view with doors removed. Show overall dimensions and component mounting details, cable routings, connections, and terminations. 2. Provide detailed power schematics of computer or PLC control cubicles, showing incoming power supplies, circuit breakers, cooling fan and control, battery charger and control. 3. Provide detailed control schematic and wiring diagrams including all control, monitoring, and communications interconnections and terminations between PLC 1/0 and airfield lighting control and monitoring points and terminals; PLC and computer interconnections, fiber optic communication connections, computer to touch-screen video display monitor interconnections. Provide control and monitoring schematic diagrams in electrical ladder format. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-16 4. Provide preliminary and final touch-screen video display monitor "page" layouts. Include graphic displays, touch, "pushbuttons," status displays (brightness level, on/off, alarm); graphic display representation for each field lighting element, and, for pushbuttons (back-indication from computer to acknowledge operator input; back-indication from computer or PLC to confirm action taken; alarm). 5. Submit 3 copies of all drawings and data to the Engineer for review. K. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Provide 3 copies of Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Provide a detailed description of the ALCMS operation principles and information on troubleshooting, servicing, and maintenance of the equipment, including computers, touch-screen video display monitors, computers or PLCs, and related equipment, and the actions required in the event of faults. 3. Manuals shall be in full color including color photographs of all equipment at site and full color screen captures of all ALCMS operator and maintenance graphic screens 4. Provide a typical step-by-step procedure describing use and systematic troubleshooting of the system. Maintenance manuals shall describe in detail specifically how ALCMS symptoms are diagnosed, isolated and repaired. 5. Provide individual manuals for specific equipment as appropriate. Provide identified tabs and sections in master manuals for individual equipment data/manuals. 6. Include schematics and detailed power and control/monitoring diagrams for all equipment supplied. 7. Provide full and complete system software and associated source codes. Software shall be complete so that the AFW can modify or change the program or graphics as required without the need to contact the ALCMS manufacturer. 8. Include detailed material lists with parts numbers. 1.13 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. A. All drawings, materials lists, and software documentation shall be updated to as built condition to include any factory assembly modifications and field installation modifications. 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-53, latest edition, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program. All items that are FAA approved at the time of bidding, that meet the project specifications, are acceptable. 8. All hardware and software proposed must be commercially available off-the-shelf products and must be available from various suppliers. C. Systems of the type and configuration proposed must have been operational at other airports for at least a period of 2 (two) years. Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-17 1.15 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturers must have a minimum of five PLC based airfield lighting control systems installed and fully operational. B. Submit a detailed experience list for approval by the owner including the following information: location, date of final acceptance, and a description of the hardware and software used in the control system. 1.16 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Perform all work in conformance with guidelines established by the FAA for an ALCMS. 1.17 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01610- BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. Accept products on site in factory containers. Inspect for damage. 1.16 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty that the ALCMS equipment and components supplied and installed are warranted against defects and malfunction for a period of 12 months from date of completion of commissioning. 1.17 SPARE PARTS A. Provide a recommended spares kit for the ALCMS . 1.18 REFERENCES A. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Advisory Circular 150/5345-53, latest edition, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program. B Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Advisory Circular 150/5345-56, latest edition, L- 890 Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. D. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), ICS-1-lndustrial Control and Systems General Requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 VAULT PC MAINTENANCE SYSTEM A. Furnish and install one computer (PC) as specified, 8.5" x 11" color printer, and software , to provide real time and historical information on the status of ALCMS. B. All functionality and capability identified in this specification shall be included Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-18 C. Include and install all components identified in this specification. 2.02 Bid Alternate Optional PC on the Administration building A. Furnish and install one commercial grade computer (PC) with 19" color LCD Display, and software in the operations office to provide real time and historical information on the status of ALCMS. 8. All functionality and capability identified in this specification shall be included C. Include and install all components identified in this specification.and contract drawings 2.3 Tower Equipment A. Video Display Monitors (Control Tower) 1. 17" Active matrix TFT LCD color panel, equivalent, high resolution, suitable for operation in sunlight conditions and capable of displaying 256 colors. 2. 1024 x 768 resolution at 80Hz, non-interlaced, SVGA software compatible. 3. Mounting: on adjustable assembly for optimal viewing. 4. Monitor to be complete with integral Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) type touch- screen. 5. Graphics engine is embedded in this assemble with 2 Ethernet ports to connect to the ALCMS redundant networks B. Equipment (Control Tower and Vault). Provide and install as described in this specification and on contract drawings. 1. PLC Controls Enclosures. a. The computer or PLC controls enclosure shall be rated NEMA 12, with single door front access design and nominal dimensions of 32" wide, 78" high, and 20" deep. b. Provide the enclosure with removable side panels to facilitate future expansion. c. The enclosure shall be equipped with the following: 1) Door locking system. 2) Rear component mounting plates. 3) Cooling fan and controls for filtered positive air pressurization. 4) Terminal blocks, clips, rails, ducts, and other material as required to provide properly terminated and supported wire and cable routing. 5) Grounding straps as required. 2. Control System Power a. Provide two 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 1-phase power to the PLC controls enclosure from the existing 120/240V panel-board. Terminate the circuit in a suitable circuit breaker mounted inside the enclosure. b. Provide two 24 VDC power supply(as hot standby redundant) for each PLC (4 total) within the PLC controls enclosure and wire to terminals. Distribute as required to the computer or PLC rack and to all inputs and outputs. The 24 VDC power supply is to be provided by gel cell battery with float charger system and is to be capable of providing 1 O hours of Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-19 uninterrupted power to the computer or PLC and control monitoring circuits, in the event of utility power failure. c. The charger must have sufficiently low ripple that it can supply the load requirements of the system while the battery is removed for service. Similarly, the charger must be capable of being removed for service without disruption to the control system. d. A battery low voltage sensor shall be provided to alarm when the battery voltage drops below 23.5 voe. C. VAULT EQUIPMENT: 1. Provide _and install all vault equipment as described in this specification and contract drawings. 2. The PLC control engines shall be Allen Bradley Control Logix. D. Fiber Optic Communications 1. The fiber-optic network shall use 2-fiber 8/125 um cable suitable for 1300 nm optical wavelength and industrial data highway fiber-optic modules. 2. Fiber Optic communication modules shall be suitable for operation in a redu.ndant, fault tolerant, self-healing design. All 4 fibers shall be connected and operational (2 for transmit and 2 for receive). In this configuration, the system shall remain fully operational with severing of all 4 fibers between any two nodes. The fiber optic modules shall be provided with complete on-line diagnostic features. E. Network Components . 1. The ALCMS network Switch shall be Hirschmann RS20-0900-VVS2-SDAE, or approved equal 2. The Network backup radio shall be the Esteem 192EP or approved equal 3 . Vault Network switch shall be Hirschmann RS20-2400T1T1 SD or approved equal. F. Bid Alternate Computer 1. The computers shall be IBM or 100% compatible personal computer, complete with, but not limited to, the following major components: a. PCI bus architecture. b. Card Slots, as required including spare slots for future. c. Cooling fan for filtered, positive air pressurization. d. Front-panel-located power on and disk activity LED's. e. 2 Serial Ports, 1 Parallel port, keyboard, mouse, video connectors. f. Processor: Intel Pentium P4-2.4GHz minimum, g. Memory: 1 GB RAM minimum. i. Disk Drives: 160 GB disk drives (9 ms access time or better). j. 1.44 MB 3.5" Floppy Diskette Drive. k. · CD Rom drive (20X minimum). I. Microsoft compatible mouse and keyboard. m. Microsoft Windows XP Pro. n. 10/100/1000 Mb Ethernet. o. Internal modem for remote access, maintenance, and troubleshooting, V.92. 2. Monitor: 19", flat, high contrastTFT; 0.28 mm dot pitch PC compatibility to 1024x 768 non-interlaced; 72 Hz refresh; 65 MHz maximum band width; front controls Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-20 include power, brightness, contrast, horizontal size and position, vertical size and position, and manual degauss; low emission 3. UPS: 300VA minimum G. Wiring Methods and Practices 1. Conductors: install copper conductors not smaller than #12 AWG for 120 V power 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. circuits and #20 AWG for control wiring. · Insulation: rated 600 V, 90QC. Color Code a. AC power circuits: b. AC control circuits: c. DC control circuits: d. Interlock circuits energized from an external source e. Ground conductors: f. Current-carrying grounded conductors: Terminal Blocks black red blue yellow green white a. Provide terminal blocks rated 600 V for both power and control wiring. b. Locate terminal blocks so that connections are readily accessible. c. Provide minimum 15% spare terminals for future use. d. Group power and control terminals separately. Identify all terminals using clear indelible markings. Device Nameplates a. Identify all power, control, and communications devices by means of b. c. d labels or lamacoid nameplates. Label backplate mounted devices in a visible location adjacent to the device. Lamacoid nameplates: 3-mm thick, white face, black lettering, 5-mm high letter, minimum. All ALCMS cables must be labeled at both ends as to the signal name Provide a network diagram laminated in plastic showing all network connections. This should be placed in the each cabinet of the ALCMS for wiring at that location. Panel Wiring a. Contained in noncombustible plastic wiring duct with removable covers b. C. and filled to no more than 60% capacity. Where the use of wiring ducts is impractical, wires shall be neatly bundled and mechanically supported. All installed 1/0 points shall be wired to terminal blocks including points installed but left as spare. Grounding a. Ground controls enclosure and individual components. b. Observe grounding procedures in accordance with the manufacturer's C. d. Assembly and Installation Manual. Provide separate bond to ground for enclosure door with electrical devices mounted thereon. Provide a bolted ground lug at the bottom of the enclosure and connect to building ground bus using insulated ground wire. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests of all equipment covered by these specifications shall be witnessed by an AFW representative. The contractor shall provide the AFW with advance notice of a minimum Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-21 of two weeks prior to the schedule of factory testing. All costs associated with this testing shall be the contractor's expense for two (2) personnel to attend all testing. B. Perform a complete examination of the system to determine compliance with the specifications and drawings with respect to materials, workmanship, dimensions and marking. C. Conduct a complete review of all graphic screens to determine compliance with air traffic control and maintenance requirements prior to shipment. D. Verify sequence of operations to ensure complete functionality and performance of system. Perform complete testing of fiber optic and backup communication systems using cables of reduced length. E. Perform any additional tests that the AFW representative may require to satisfy themselves of the adequacy and satisfactory operation of the system. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of the new ALCMS and removal of the old system shall be coordinated with the Air Traffic Contro~ personnel and AFW maintenance personnel as follows: 1. Existing control system shall remain operational until the new system has been installed and verified for correct operation. The changeover period shall be coordinated with the FAA and AFW and shall only occur during the windows agreed upon. 2. During the changeover, provision shall be made for local operation from the regulator vaults. 3. Refer to phasing plans for staging of ALCMS work. 4. 4.9 GHz backup radio/ and antenna sighting and mounting shall be done providing line of sight between the tower antenna and the vault antenna, and between the tower antenna and the antenna on the relocated beacon tower. The supplier shall follow the manufacturer's requirements for site design, and install the system so the ALCMS can meet the all performance requirements of this specification. All Licenses shall be obtained by the supplier of the ALCMS. 5. Install Tower computers or PLC controls cubicle in the tower. Connect to supply. 6. Terminate fiber optic cable into Tower PLC controls cubicle. 7. Install touch-screens, cables as required. Connect to 120VAC UPS power in tower. 8. Install the new PLC controls cabinets in regulator vaults, while maintaining operation of the existing control system components. Provide temporary connections necessary to achieve continuity of operation. Connect 120VAC power to the new computer or PLC panel. 9. Terminate fiber optic cable into vault computer or PLC controls cubicle. 10. Install and wire all regulator, circuit selector, and other monitoring kits. 11 . Install and connect all control and monitoring wiring as required between the regulators and the computer or PLC controls cabinet. 12. Make grounding connections as previously outlined in this Section. 13. Install vault PC, in cabinet and printer on computer desk provided by others. Supply and install new 120VAC receptacle and conduit. 14. Install fiber-optic communication cables in new and/or existing underground ducts and in cable trays and conduits as indicated on the drawings Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-22 15. Provide fiber optic patch panels, terminations and testing . Test existing fiber optic strands planned for ALCMS operation. 16. After completion of transfer to the new control system, disconnect and remove the old control system components and wiring. 3.02 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING A. Prepare and submit a proposed testing and commissioning procedure for the ALCMS. Prepare these documents listing the testing and commissioni'ng procedures and expected test results. As a minimum, tests shall include the following: 1. Point-to-point wiring continuity tests. 2. Insulation and grounding tests. 3. Fiber-optic network communications tests. 4. Verification of all remote control functions for each controllable element. 5. Touch-screen monitor operations, screen display sections, command select acknowledgment, action confirmed representations, and alarm indications. 6 . Maintenance Center computer tests. B. Acceptance testing. See section 16030 (Item L-111) for acceptance testing requirements. 3.03 TRAINING A. Provide a qualified factory-trained service engineer to conduct on-site familiarization, operation, and maintenance training program for the ALCMS. Training will be for the Airport's Control Tower ATS Operations and the Maintenance personnel and shall be conducted after the system is fully commissioned . 1. Provide 2 sets of 4 hours of on-site training for Air Traffic Control personnel covering operational procedures including allowance for shift work periods. 2 . Provide 2 sets of 4 hours of on-site training for maintenance personnel covering operational, maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. 3. Provide 2 sets of 4 hours of on-site training for maintenance personnel covering software and system configuration of lighting components. 4. Provide 2 sets of 4 hours of on-site training for maintenance personnel covering operational, maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. 5. As a minimum, training shall include the following: a. Familiarization with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. b. Review of schematic drawings -how to read them and how to use them to troubleshoot system function and control problems. c. Review of software documentation. d. Physical check-over of equipment, noting device locations and relationships to schematics. e. Equipment functional tests and checks. f. Equipment operating instructions. g. Equipment routine service requirements. h. Equipment troubleshooting instructions and procedures -review equipment self-diagnostic features and indications, define most likely problems, symptoms and corrective actions. i. Trouble shooting shall include causing simulated faults throughout the system so that they can be diagnosed by maintenance personnel . j. On site refresher courses lasting two days minimum shall be conducted at a minimum, annually, to ensure that the maintenance personnel remain Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements 16917-23 PART4 familiar with the system troubleshooting. This activity shall also include system fault diagnostic training with simulated faults. k. Training sessions shall be video recorded and provided to AFW for future use. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Measurement for the ALCMS Upgrade shall include all work and materials required by this specification and plan details. 4.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Payment for the ALCMS Upgrade shall include all work and materials required by this specification and plan details. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item in accordance with the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Payment will be made under: 16917-01 Modifications to Airfield Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS) as described in the specification and contract drawings, including all radio components and the vault radio pole and foundation as described on contract drawings, including all conduit, cables, patchcords, circuit breakers, and receptacles, to provide a complete and functional system -Per Lump Sum 16917-02 Bid Alternate to provide a PC in the Administration Building, including all conduits, cables, patchcords, circuit breakers receptacles, software and fiber transceivers in the administration building and tower for a complete and functional system, -Per Lump Sum Ft. Worth Alliance Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Improvements END OF DOCUMENT 16917-24